00 OpI 20141338

TP-D – Wo / TK-CH-cs
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE KAISERSLAUTERN - 2015
TRANSLATION
OF THE ORIGINAL
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
BA20141338
for grinding plant with vertical roller mill
type MPS 3350 BC
Manufacturing year: 2015
Customer: Gebr. Pfeiffer Inc.

18 503 Pines Blvd., Suite 306
Pembroke Pines,
FL 33029
UDA
Code word: BARRANQUILLA 2 - CO
Manufacturer: Gebr. Pfeiffer SE

Barbarossastraße 50 – 54 (goods)
D-67655 Kaiserslautern
Postfach 30 80 (correspondence)
D-67618 Kaiserslautern
Telephone: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-0
Telefax: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-1 91
- Foreword -
ge141338-00.docx Page 1 / 2
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Foreword BA20141338-ES/EN/DE
KAISERSLAUTERN Edition 02.2015
__________________________________________________________________________
Foreword to the operating instructions
These operating instructions are designed to familiarize the user with the machine
and its designated use.
The instruction manual contains important information on how to operate the

machine safely, properly and most efficiently. Observing these instructions helps to
avoid danger, reduce repair costs and downtimes and increase the reliability and
life of the machine.
The instruction manual is to be supplemented by the respective national rules and

regulations for accident prevention and environmental protection.
The operating instructions must always be available wherever the machine is in

use.
These operating instructions must be read and applied by any person in charge of
carrying out work with and on the machine, such as:
- operation including setting up, troubleshooting in the course of

work, evacuation of production waste, care and
disposal of fuels and consumables.
- maintenance (servicing, inspection, repair) and/or
- transport
Danger!
Working with heavy components and hydraulic units which are
under high pressure may be life threatening.
Hence only especially trained personnel is allowed to work with
such components or hydraulic units and the like.
In addition to the operating instructions and to the mandatory rules and regulations
for accident prevention and environmental protection in the country and place of
use of the machine, the generally recognized technical rules for safe and proper
working must also be observed.
Copyright
The copyright to these operating instructions remains with GEBR. PFEIFFER SE.
The operating instructions are meant for the user and the operating personnel of
the machine. They must not be copied in full nor in part or be used for
unauthorized competition purposes.
- List of Revisions –
- Contents -
ge141338-00.docx Page 2 / 2
department: TP rev.-no.:
Revisions list made by: Flickinger rev. date:
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
Kaiserslautern made on: 18.02.2015 checked by: TP / TK
checked on: 18.02.2015
client: Gebr. Pfeiffer Inc. project: BARANQUILLA 2 - CO / MPS 3350 BC project no.: 20141338
Rev checked, approved by date language documents
00 Mr. Barz // Mr. Hartmann 18.02.2015 EN / DE / ES first editon
Rev00_EN_20141338.xlsx Tabelle1 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE BA20141338-ES/EN/DE
KAISERSLAUTERN Table of Contents Edition 02.2015
Contents
- Cover sheet
- Foreword
- Revision list
- Table of contents
1. Process data File 1

1.1 Rating data
1.2 Process description
Flow Sheet
2. Fundamental safety instructions

2.1 Warnings
2.2 Basic operation and designated use of the machine/plant
2.3 Organizational measures
2.4 Selection and qualification of personnel – basic responsibilities
2.5 Safety instructions governing specific operational phases
2.5.1 Standard operation
2.5.2 Special work during production and maintenance as well as repair
during production and disposal of parts and consumables
2.6 Warning of special dangers
2.6.1 Electric energy
2.6.2 Gas, dust, steam and smoke
2.6.3 Hydraulic and pneumatic equipment
2.6.4 Noise
2.6.5 Oil, grease and other chemical substances
2.7 Safety instructions for the user
3. Technical description
3.1 Design and operation
3.2 Description of the main components
3.3 Measuring and regulating equipment
4. Transport, Storage and erection

4.1 Transport
4.2 Storage
4.3 Scope of supply
4.4 Erection
4.4.1 General instructions
4.4.2 Erection site – machine
Annex:
List of storage categories
ge141338-I.docx page 1 / 6
Clearance gauge drawings for mill

- foundation frame
- gearbox plate
- grinding bowl
- pressure frame
- grinding roller
- hydraulic cylinder
- mill housing
Clearance gauge drawings for classifier

- classifier bottom part
- classifier top part
- outlet duct
- louver
- grit cone
- separating wheel
Arrangement of sealing cord
Warranty conditions for mill gearbox
5. Commissioning
5.1 Measures to be taken before commissioning
5.1.1 Check of erection
5.1.2 Performance control
5.2 Commissioning
6. Operation
6.1 Start-up after operational shut-down
6.2 Shut-down
6.3 Start-up after an extended downtime period
6.4 Important
General data
7. Malfunctions
7.1 General instructions
7.1.1 Comments on indication of malfunctions
7.2 Table of malfunctions
8. Maintenance

Before restarting the machine
8.2 Inspection and servicing

8.2.1 List of inspection and service works
8.2.2 Description of service works
8.2.2.1 Seal air pressure - seal air system of vertical roller mill
8.2.2.2 Lifetime and marking of a hydraulic hose ducting
8.2.2.3 Checking of the oil level in the grinding rollers
8.2.2.4 Oil change on the grinding rollers
8.2.2.5 Check of automatic leveling of grinding rollers
8.2.2.6 Lubrication of classifier bearing
8.2.2.7 Lubrication of roller bearings in the plummer block housings without grease nipples
8.2.2.8 Oil level check at drive of two-flap gate lock
8.2.3 Table: Tightening torques for screws
Table: Wear limits
Table: Gap and wear measurement – pressure frame stop
Leaflet: Wear measurement at grinding elements
8.3 Lubrication instructions

8.3.1 General hints
8.3.2 Instructions for lubrication of grinding roller bearings
Diagram of lubrication points
Lubrication list
Lubrication chart
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system
8.4 Repair
8.4.1 Lifting of the classifier
8.4.1.1 Lifting of the classifier top part
8.4.1.2 Lifting of the complete classifier
8.4.1.3 Lifting of the classifier outlet duct
8.4.2 Removal and mounting of grinding rollers
8.4.3 Replacement of roller tires
8.4.4 Replacement of grinding plate segments
8.4.5 Replacement of liner plates
8.4.6 Removal of a hydraulic cylinder of the tension system
8.4.7 Repair of the oil pressure ducting to go with the tension system
of the MPS mill
8.4.8 Replacement of roller bearings and radial shaft sealing rings
of the grinding rollers
8.4.8.1 Preparatory work
8.4.8.2 Removal of radial shaft sealing rings
8.4.8.3 Fitting of radial shaft sealing rings
8.4.8.4 Removal of roller bearings
8.4.8.5 Fitting of roller bearings
8.4.9 Replacement of pressure yokes
8.4.10 Repair of torque support of pressure frame

8.4.10.1 Emergency operation with a defective hydraulic buffer
8.4.10.2 Removal of torque support of the pressure frame (completely)
8.4.10.3 Removal and repair of hydraulic buffer
and internals of torque support of pressure frame
8.4.11 Replacement of a ball and ball socket
8.4.12 Hardfacing of grinding elements
8.4.12.1 General
8.4.12.2 Hardfacing
8.4.13 Removal of grit cone
8.4.14 Removal of louver
8.4.15 Removal of separating wheel and separating wheel hub
8.4.16 Removal of classifier drive
8.4.17 Removal of classifier bearing
8.4.18 Repair of rotary lock
8.4.18.1 Adjustment of sealing ledges
8.4.18.2 Replacement of sealing ledges
8.4.18.3 Replacement of wear rings
8.4.18.4 Replacement of roller bearings
8.4.18.5 Removal of cell wheel and replacement of wear bushing
8.4.8.19 Repair of two-flap gate lock
8.4.8.20 Repair of hot gas generator
Annex
Drawings
9. Spare parts File 2

9.1.1 How to use the spare parts lists
9.2 Spare parts lists / Spare parts drawings
- Mill
- Classifier
- Rotary lock
- Two-flap gate lock
- Hot gas generator
10. Lists and drawings

10.1 List of machines and equipment
10.2 List of electric consumers
- flow sheet
10.3 Interlocking diagram
10.4 List of measuring points
- flow sheet
10.5 Foundation plan
11. Plant components / Bought-out items

Operating instruction / Data sheets
11.1 Suspension system

- lifting eye bolt
11.2 Drive for the rotary lock (30-RF1), with

- gear motor
- frequency converter
11.3 Tension system for vertical roller mill (50-HT1) for the roller mill, with
- hydraulic unit
- hydraulic cylinder, with
- linear displacement transducer system
- sub-PLC of hydraulic unit
11.4 Lift-and-Swing System (90-HT1), with

- hydraulic unit
- hydraulic cylinder
- rotary actuator
11.5 Torque support for pressure frame, with

- hydraulic buffer
- cooling unit (60-RM1.CO1)
- flow measurement
- temperature monitoring
11.6 Seal air system, with

- fan (30-FN1)
- pressure measurement
11.7 Water injection (65-WI1) and grinding aid proportioning device (71-WI1), with
- with pump for water injection (65-WP1), with
- gearmotor
- pump for grinding aid proportioning device (71-WP1), with
- gearmotor
- tank
- frequency converter
- fill level measuring device
- flowmeter
- 2/2-port directional valve
- pressure switch
- non-return valve
- corner overflow valve
- maintenance unit for compressed air
11.8 Temperature monitoring of grinding roller bearing system (60-RM1.TZ2+TZ3+TZ4)
11.9 Mill drive for vertical roller mill (60-RM1), with

- gearbox (40-GB1), with
- coupling
- oil supply unit
- maintenance drive
11.10 Hydraulic bolt tensioner, with

- hand lever pump
11.11 Vibration monitoring device mill gearbox (60-RM1.SB1-SB3)
11.12 Temperature monitoring of classifier bearing system
11.13 Drive for classifier (30-SR1), with

- gearbox, with
- oil supplying unit
- coupling gearbox – motor
- coupling gearbox – classifier shaft
- shrinkage disc
11.14 Drive for two-flap gate lock (80-FV1), with

- gearmotor
- speed monitoring
11.15 Hot gas generator (35-HG1), with

- burner
- fan
12. Dismantling and disposal
12.1 Dismantling
12.1.1 General information
12.1.2 Safety instructions
12.2 Disposal
12.2.1 Parts and components
12.2.2 Lubricants
12.2.3 Motors and gearboxes
12.2.4 Drive elements
12.2.5 Pneumatic parts
12.2.6 Electric parts
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Chapter 1 BA20141338-ES/EN/DE
KAISERSLAUTERN Process Data Edition 02.2015
1. Process data
1.1 Rating data
The vertical roller mill type MPS 3350 BC supplied is rated for the grinding of clinker,
limestone, and gypsum according to the following data:
Feed material
For producing the three cement types, different feed materials are used as follows:
OPC
Feed size: 0 to max 70 mm
Surface moisture: 2.0 % max.
Bulk density (for rating): 1.4 t/m3
Material composition: 90 % clinker
5 % limestone
5 % gypsum
Slag
Feed size: 0 to max 70 mm
Surface moisture: 10 %
Bulk density (for rating): 1.4 t/m3
Material composition: 100 % slag
Slag cement
Feed size: 0 to max. 70 mm
Surface moisture: 6 % max.
Bulk density (for rating): 1.4 t/m³
Material composition: 50 % clinker
40 % slag
5 % gypsum
5 % limestone
ge141338-01.docx Page 1 / 3
Finished product
OPC
Throughput: 64 t/h at 3,500 Blaine
55 t/h at 4,000 Blaine
Surface moisture: 0.5%
Slag
Slag cement
For gas data refer to balance sheets:
With hot gas generator: 00131/21 592 to 00133/21 592

00269/21 592 to 00274/21 592
ge141338-01.docx Page 2 / 3
1.2 Process description

The process description refers to P&I diagram no. 190 052.
Mill operation
The material components are fed separately into inlet funnels by means of a wheel
loader and each component is transported by a reclaim belt conveyor, conveying
belt, and bucket elevator into the related feed bin. A magnet separator is arranged
over the conveying belt. The components proceed to the mill separately as well.
The four components are reclaimed from the feed bins by means of four
proportioning belt scales and the mix is then transported to the mill by a conveying
belt. Over this conveying belt, a magnet separator and metal detector are arranged.
The material proceeds through a two-way chute to a rotary lock arranged upstream
of the mill to provide an air seal. If metal is detected, the two-way chute is changed
over so that the contaminated material can be directed to an intermediate bin. From
there the material is reclaimed by a conveying belt with variable speed and is
checked again by another metal detector. The non-contaminated material proceeds
to the external material recirculation.
The material is ground to the required target fineness in the mill while being dried
simultaneously. The target fineness is set by adjusting the speed of the separating
wheel.
The material is dried with hot gases from a hot gas generator.
The finished product is carried out of the classifier with the gas flow from which it is
separated in a bag filter which is followed by the mill fan.
The required gas volume flow is set by controlling the speed of the mill fan.
The negative pressure ahead of the mill is controlled by means of a damper in the
recirculating air ducting.
To take away any spillage material, the mill is equipped with an external material
recirculation.
Any material falling through the nozzle ring is conveyed by scrapers arranged below
the grinding bowl to the reject chute which is fitted with a two-flap gate lock serving
as an air seal and preventing false air from entering the mill.
From the reject chute, the material is returned to the mill feed by means of two
conveying belts and one bucket elevator.
For emptying the mill in case of maintenance work, the material can be transported
into the intermediate bin by the conveying belts and bucket elevator.
Two metering systems are provided:

one for injecting water into the mill and one for injecting grinding aid onto the feed
conveying belt.
When discharged from the filter, the material is transported by air slides and
bucket elevators to the finished product silos.
ge141338-01.docx Page 3 / 3
KAISERSLAUTERN Safety Instructions Edition 02.2015
2. Fundamental safety instructions
2.1 Warnings
The following remarks are used in the operation manual to call the user’s attention
to particular risks.
Danger! Any non-compliance with orders and prohibitions aiming at

preventing personal injuries will cause serious injuries or death.
Warning! Any non-compliance with orders and prohibitions aiming at

preventing personal injuries may cause serious injuries or death.
Caution! Any non-compliance with orders and prohibitions aiming at

preventing personal injuries and damages on the equipment may
cause injuries and/or damages on property.
2.2 Basic operation and designated use of the machine/plant
The machine/plant is built in accordance with state-of-the-art standards and

recognized safety rules. Nevertheless its operation may constitute a risk to life and
limb of the user or of third parties, or cause damage to the machine/plant and to
other material property.
The machine/plant must not be used unless it is in a technically perfect state.

Moreover it must be used only for the purpose it is designated for, considering any
safety and danger aspects and observing the operating instructions. Any functional
disorders, especially those affecting the safety of the machine/plant, must therefore
be rectified immediately.
The machine/plant is designed exclusively for the purpose described in chapter 1 of

the operating instructions. Any other use is considered contrary to the designated
use. The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held liable for any resulting damage. The
inherent risk lies entirely with the user.
To ensure observance of the designated use also implies the observance of the
operating and maintenance instructions.
2.3 Organizational measures
The operating instructions must always be at hand at the place of use of the
machine/plant.
In addition to the operating instructions, observe any other generally applicable legal
and other compulsory provisions in terms of accident prevention and environmental
protection and instruct the user accordingly.
Such compulsory provisions may also concern the handling of hazardous

substances, the use of personal protective equipment, or traffic rules.
ge141338-02.docx Page 1 / 9
The user must give directives relating to the duties of supervision and reporting, e.g.
concerning in-house work organization, working sequences or staff entrusted with
work, and must add such directives to the operating instructions.
Before starting work, personnel entrusted with work on the machine/plant must have
read the operating instructions and in particular the chapter on safety. It is too late to
read the instructions after work has begun. This applies especially to persons who
work only occasionally on the machine/plant, e.g. during setting up or maintenance.
Check - at least from time to time - whether the personnel carry out work in
compliance with the operating instructions, considering risk and safety aspects.
For safety reasons, long hair must be tied back, garments must be close-fitting and
no jewelry including rings is allowed. Injury may result from being caught up in the
machinery.
Use protective equipment whenever required by circumstances or aw.
Observe all safety instructions and warnings attached to the machine/plant.
Make sure any safety instructions and warnings on the machine/plant are complete
and perfectly legible in any given moment.
In the event of safety-relevant changes in the behavior of the machine/plant during

operation, stop the machine/plant immediately and report the malfunction to the
competent person.
Any modifications, additions or rebuilds which might affect safety must not be
carried out without the supplier's approval. This also applies to the installation and
adjustment of safety devices and valves as well as to welding work on load-bearing
elements.
Spare parts must comply with the technical requirements specified by the
manufacturer. Original spare parts comply with this request.
Do not modify the software of programmable control systems.
Replace hydraulic hoses within stipulated and appropriate intervals even if no

safety-relevant defects can be found.
Adhere to prescribed intervals or those specified in the operating instructions for

routine checks and inspections.
For maintenance work, appropriate tools and workshop equipment are absolutely
indispensable.
The personnel must be familiar with the location and operation of fire extinguishers.
Observe all fire-warning and fire-fighting procedures.
ge141338-02.docx Page 2 / 9
2.4 Selection and qualification of personnel - basic responsibilities
Any work on and with the machine/plant must be executed by reliable personnel
only. Statutory minimum age limits must be observed.
In case the machine/plant is not erected and/or commissioned by the supplier’s

personnel, qualified personnel must be made available by the operator/buyer.
Assign only trained and instructed staff and set out clearly who is responsible for
operation, set-up, maintenance and repair.
Make sure any work on the machine/plant is carried out by assigned persons only.
Define the machine operator's responsibilities and allow him to refuse any third
party’s instructions that are against safety regulations.
Do not allow persons to be trained or instructed or persons taking part in a general

training course to work on the machine/plant without being permanently supervised
by an experienced person.
Work on the electric system and equipment of the machine/plant must be carried out
by a qualified electrician only or by instructed persons under the supervision and
guidance of a qualified electrician and in accordance with electrical engineering
rules and regulations.
Work on gas-fuelled equipment (gas consumers) must be carried out by specially

qualified personnel only.
Work on the hydraulic system must only be carried out by personnel having special
knowledge and experience of hydraulic equipment.
2.5 Safety instructions governing specific operational phases
2.5.1 Standard operation
Avoid any operational mode that might be prejudicial to safety.
Take the necessary precautions to make sure the machine/plant is not used unless
it is in a safe and functional state.
Do not operate the machine/plant unless any protective equipment and safety
devices, such as removable safety devices, emergency shut-off equipment, sound
attenuation elements and suction devices, are in place and fully functional.
Check the machine/plant at least once per shift for obvious damages or defects.
Report any changes (including those in the operating behavior) to the competent
person immediately. If necessary, stop the machine/plant immediately and secure it.
In the event of malfunctions, stop the machine/plant immediately and secure it. Any
defects must be rectified immediately.
ge141338-02.docx Page 3 / 9
During any start-up and shut-down procedures, watch indicators as stipulated in the
operating instructions.
Before starting the machine/plant, make sure nobody is at risk.
The selector switch must be set to "Normal" and locked.
Never switch off or remove any suction and ventilation devices while the
machine/plant is running.
2.5.2 Special work during production and maintenance as well as repair during production
and disposal of parts and consumables
Observe the adjusting, maintenance and inspection activities and intervals set out in
the operating instructions, including information on the replacement of parts and
equipment. These activities must be executed by qualified personnel only.
Before starting out on any such special work and maintenance, brief the operating
personnel and appoint a person to supervise the activities.
Whenever doing any work concerning operation, changes in production, adjustment

of the machine/plant and safety equipment as well as work during inspection,
maintenance, and repair, always observe the start-up and shut-down procedures set
out in the operating instructions and the information on maintenance work.
Make sure to adequately secure the entire maintenance area.
If the machine/plant is completely shut down for maintenance and repair work, it
must be secured against unintended restart by:
- locking the main control elements and removing the ignition key
and/or
- attaching a warning sign to the main switch.
To avoid the risk of accidents, individual parts and large assemblies that are to be
moved for replacement purposes should be carefully attached to lifting tackle and
secured. Use only suitable and technically perfect lifting gear and suspension
systems with adequate lifting capacity. Never work or stand under suspended loads.
The fastening of loads and the instructing of crane operators should be entrusted to
experienced persons only. The person giving the instructions must be within sight or
sound of the operator.
For any overhead assembly work, use appropriate and safe ladders and working
platforms. Never climb on machine/plant parts. Wear a safety harness for
maintenance work at great height.
Keep all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, landings and ladders free from dirt,
snow and ice.
ge141338-02.docx Page 4 / 9
Clean the machine/plant, especially connections and threaded unions, of any traces
of oil, fuel or preservatives before carrying out maintenance/repair. Never use
aggressive detergents. Use lint-free cleaning rags.
After cleaning, examine all fuel, lubricant and hydraulic fluid lines for leaks, loose
connections, chafe marks and damage. Any defects found must be rectified without
delay.
Always retighten any screwed connections loosened for maintenance and repair
work.
Any safety devices removed for set-up, maintenance or repair purposes must be
refitted and checked immediately upon completion of maintenance and repair work.
Ensure that all consumables and replaced parts are disposed of safely and with
minimum environmental impact.
2.6 Warning of special dangers
2.6.1 Electric energy
Use only original fuses with the specified current rating. Switch off the machine/plant
immediately if trouble occurs in the power supply.
Work on the electric system or equipment of the machines must be carried out by a
qualified electrician only or by instructed persons under the supervision and
guidance of a qualified electrician and in accordance with electrical engineering
rules and regulations.
If requested by regulations, cut off power supply to parts of machines which are to
undergo inspection, maintenance and repair work. Before starting any work, check
whether these parts are currentless, then ground and short-circuit them, and
insulate them from adjacent parts that are not currentless.
The electric equipment of machines is to be inspected and checked at regular

intervals. Defects such as loose connections or scorched cables must be rectified
immediately.
Do not perform any work on live parts unless a second person is available for cutting
off the power supply in case of danger by actuating the emergency shut-off or main
power switch. Secure the working area with a red-and-white safety chain and a
warning sign. Use insulated tools only.
Before starting work on high-voltage assemblies and after cutting off the power
supply, the feeder cable must be grounded and components, such as capacitors,
must be short-circuited with a grounding rod.
ge141338-02.docx Page 5 / 9
2.6.2 Gas, dust, steam and smoke
Do not carry out any welding, flame-cutting and grinding work on the machine/plant
unless this is expressly allowed (risk of explosion and fire).
Before doing such work, clean the machine/plant and surroundings from dust and
other inflammable substances and make sure the premises are adequately
ventilated (risk of explosion).
Observe any applicable local regulations when working in narrow rooms.
2.6.3 Hydraulic and pneumatic equipment
Work on hydraulic equipment must only be carried out by persons that have
special knowledge and experience of hydraulic systems.
Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections regularly for leaks and obvious
damage. Repair damage immediately. Ejecting oil may cause injury and fire.
Before carrying out any repair work, depressurize all system sections and pressure
pipes (hydraulic system, compressed-air) that will have to be opened, observing
the related instructions for the units concerned.
Hydraulic and compressed-air lines must be laid and fitted properly. Do not mix up
connections! The fittings, lengths and quality of the hoses must comply with the
technical requirements.
2.6.4 Noise
During operation, any sound attenuation devices must be working.
Always wear the prescribed ear protectors.
2.6.5 Oil, grease and other chemical substances
When handling oil, grease and other chemical substances, observe the product-
related safety regulations.
Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of burning).
ge141338-02.docx Page 6 / 9
2.7 Safety instructions for the user
The setting into operation of a machine must not be possible other than by
deliberately activating a device specially designed for this purpose.
Always observe the instructions for setting into operation and switching off the
machine (interlocking).
For setting into operation and for indicating any malfunctions, indicators with
distinct signals (both acoustic and visual) must be provided.
The interlocking must be made in a way as to guarantee that any unintended

restart of the machine is not possible.
Danger!
Inspection doors must not be opened unless the machine is
at standstill.
When opening any inspection doors, bear in mind that rotating
parts may continue to run for several minutes even after stopping
the drive.
Safe access to any inspection doors and openings and to any maintenance areas
must be ensured.
Caution!
Hot surfaces may cause skin burn.
Various plant parts have high temperatures.
If necessary, use appropriate protective equipment.
Warning!
If persons must enter the machine for eliminating any malfunction,
it must be ensured that the drive cannot be restarted unintendedly
and that the relevant values (maximum workplace concentration)
are harmless.
When doing any maintenance work inside the machine, ensure
proper ventilation.
Only persons instructed in safety regulations are allowed to enter the machine.
ge141338-02.docx Page 7 / 9
Warning!
An electric shock may cause severe burn and life threatening
injuries.
Persons that need to enter any metal containers for inspection
and repair work are allowed to use hand lamps and electric
tools with a maximum 48 V only.
If persons are obliged to enter the machine, e.g. for doing any maintenance work,
it is not only required because of the high risk involved to secure the drive against
any unintended restart but also to post a watch outside during the entire
maintenance work.
If other machines nearby must remain in or be put into operation, the supervisor
must be informed accordingly.
The machine is not suited for treating any explosives.
Danger!
The plant cannot withstand an explosion. Any bursting flames or
debris flying around may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
The MPS mill is operated under depression to prevent dust from escaping.
In addition, the exit of combustion exhaust gases must be prevented.
Caution!
In case of overpressure, there is the danger of intoxication as well
as of fire and explosion (especially when gas firing is involved). If
the pressure monitoring device responds, the depression control
might be wrongly set or defective.
By performing regular checks, make sure the safety equipment works properly at all
times.
Caution!
The machines/plant components have high wall temperatures
during operation. Measures need to be taken to prevent any
unintended touching.
Caution!
Painted machines/plant components may catch fire when exposed
to hot gases.
Make sure to use heat resistant paint (up to 400°C) when touching
up or when applying new paint.
ge141338-02.docx Page 8 / 9
Caution!
The sound pressure level of the machines/plants or any of
their components, may exceed 80 dB(A).
Noise may cause a hearing damage.
Ear protection must be worn.
When working on the machines/plants or any of their components, the safety and
working instructions of the related manufacturers must also be observed (see
chapter 11).
Ear protection must be worn as stipulated by legal requirements.
Potential equalisation:
Care must be taken to ensure that all metal parts like for instance:
- machines (mill, gearbox, motors, etc.)

- ductwork (gas, oil, air, water etc.)
- trough conveyors
- cable trays or ducts
- steel structure and platforms
- foundations (in particular when made of a non-conducting, vibration insulating
material)
- bridging of non-conducting transitions (e.g. expansion joints)
-
are connected to earth (potential equalisation).
The electrical continuity of the protective conductor system must be ensured.
ge141338-02.docx Page 9 / 9
KAISERSLAUTERN Technical Description Edition 02.2015
__________________________________________________________________________
3. Technical description
The following description of design and operation of the machine will help you to
better understand the functions and make it easier to handle the machine.
3.1 Design and operation
MPS Vertical roller mill

The MPS vertical roller mill is an air-swept mill consisting of several components.
The main components, i.e. mill and classifier, are firmly connected with each other,
forming a compact unit.
The principal feature of the MPS mill is to be found in its three stationary grinding
rollers that roll on a slowly rotating grinding plate.
With the pressure frame and three pull rods, the grinding rollers form a statically
determined system which provides a uniform load distribution over the grinding
bed and the segmented thrust bearing of the gearbox. Each grinding roller is
flexibly connected to the pressure frame by means of a pressure yoke which
allows lateral rocking movements of the grinding rollers.
This flexibility of movement and the pneumatic suspension of the tensioning

system ensure an optimum adjustment of the grinding rollers to the grinding bed.
The material fed into the mill by the infeed device is drawn in between the grinding
rollers and grinding plate and is ground.
The forces required for the grinding are produced by pressing the grinding rollers
onto the grinding plate.
The contact pressure is created by a hydro-pneumatic tensioning system and can

be varied during operation if necessary.
The material is ground and conveyed toward the nozzle ring by compression and
shear. The gas flowing up through the nozzle ring mixes with the material, thus
forming a rotating fluidized bed above the nozzle ring. The coarser particles fall
back onto the grinding plate for being reground.
The fine-ground particles are taken up by the gas stream and carried to the
classifier. In the classifying zone, a rotating separating wheel classifies the material
into the fine finished product and coarse particles (grits). The separating wheel is
fitted with a variable speed drive to adjust the rotation speed to the required
finished product fineness.
The separated finished product is carried by the gas stream to the dust collector
arranged after the mill. The coarse material falls back onto the grinding plate for
being returned into the grinding process.
ge141338-03.docx Page 1 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
The MPS mill is designed for operation with an external material recirculation. The
material falling through the nozzle ring, with the mill operated under increased
load, is discharged through the reject duct in the mill base. The reject duct is fitted
with a discharge lock with two flaps that open and close alternately. The material
slides through a material chute onto a belt conveyor. The material is transported to
a bucket elevator by means of two belt conveyors.
The bucket elevator takes the material back up to the mill feed material.
The grinding plant is fitted with a grinding aid metering device. By means of
metering pumps, the grinding aid is sprayed through nozzles onto the feed
material. The grinding aid serves to increase the grinding capacity.
The mill is equipped with a water proportioning unit. Water is injected through
nozzles into the grinding gap to stabilize mill operation.
For drying the material, hot gases from a hot gas generator are led into the mill.
ge141338-03.docx Page 2 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
3.2 Description of the main components
MPS Vertical roller mill
Foundation frame: The complete mill (mill and classifier) including the mill drive is based
on a section steel construction which is embedded in the mill
foundation. The three pull rod anchors for the fastening of the hydraulic
tensioning cylinders are welded to the foundation frame.
The forces required for the grinding process are transmitted into the
foundation frame through the mill gearbox and the hydro-pneumatic
tensioning system.
Mill drive: A special gearbox - driven by an electric motor -transmits the required
torque to the grinding bowl and at the same time absorbs the forces
that are created by the grinding process affecting the grinding bowl.
The gearbox bearings are connected to a pressure circulating
lubrication system with oil pump and oil cooler.
Maintenance drive: The main mill drive is fitted with a maintenance drive. The maintenance
drive is used for the precise positioning of the grinding plate for
inspection and servicing purposes as well as for repair works (see
chapter 8.2 and 8.4).
For detailed information on the mill drive see the separate operating
instructions in chapter 11.
Grinding bowl: The grinding bowl is positioned on the gearbox output flange which is
based on an adequately dimensioned segmented thrust bearing. The
bottom zone of the grinding bowl is closed against the interior of the
mill by a horizontal flat floor. The clear inner zone of the grinding bowl
is covered by a steel plate cap which prevents the material from falling
in.
Grinding plate: The grinding plate (wear part) is fastened onto the grinding bowl. The
three stationary grinding rollers roll in the trough-shaped track of the
grinding plate.
As a result of the rotating movement of the grinding bowl, the material
is drawn in and ground between grinding plate and grinding rollers.
The grinding plate consists of various segments and is fitted onto the
grinding bowl by means of clamping elements.
ge141338-03.docx Page 3 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Grinding rollers: The three stationary grinding rollers are arranged equidistantly on the
grinding plate. Each grinding roller is fixed to the pressure frame by
means of a pressure yoke.
Each grinding roller is borne by two special roller bearings on the axle
of the pressure yoke.
The grinding rollers are fitted with crowned tyres (wear parts).
The one-part tyres are fastened by means of clamping elements.
Make sure the grinding rollers always roll on a material bed and never
directly on the grinding plate.
Caution!
Any direct contact between grinding roller and grinding
plate will cause increased wear and increased risk of
breakage.
Caution!
The grinding plate and grinding roller tires are subject
to natural wear. When the wear limit is reached, these
parts have to be replaced.
Risk of breakage!
In case it is intended to hardface the wear parts, it is
imperative to observe the wear limits. Once these are
exceeded, hardfacing is no longer possible.
For details on how to measure wear and on how to
determine the wear limits, see chapter 8 –
Maintenance.
Hydraulic tension The contact pressure required for the grinding rollers is created
system: by a hydropneumatic tension system. The pressure frame which has
the shape of an equilateral triangle transmits the forces created by the
tension system onto the pressure yokes with the grinding rollers. Fitted
to the corners of the pressure frame are the pull rods which transmit
the forces from the hydraulic tension cylinders.
The three hydraulic tension cylinders are supplied with oil by one
common hydraulic unit producing the pressure required for the pre-
tensioning of the grinding rollers.
Each hydraulic tension cylinder is fitted with one or two bag-type

pressure accumulators filled with nitrogen gas, absorbing the pressure
and shocks occurring during mill operation.
The hydropneumatic tension system is designed such that the grinding

rollers can be lifted when starting the mill.
For further details on the hydraulic unit and hydraulic tension cylinders,
see separate operating instructions in chapter 11.
ge141338-03.docx Page 4 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Nozzle ring: The nozzle ring is located between grinding plate and mill housing. The
guide channels of the nozzle ring show an oblique arrangement and so
create a spiral gas flow. The spiral flow carries the fine material
upwards into the separating zone.
The gas stream enters the mill through the hot gas channel which is
located below the nozzle ring.
Particles falling through the nozzle ring are conveyed by scraper(s) to
the reject duct in the mill base and are discharged.
The nozzle ring has a lining, the top-mounted air guide cone is made of
wear resistant material.
Seal air system: The seal air system prevents dust from passing through the sealings
into the grinding roller bearings and so protects the sealings from
premature wear.
The seal air fan located outside the mill sucks air through a filter,
carrying it through a ring-shaped ducting to the connecting points on
the pressure yokes. The connecting ducts to the pressure yokes are
flexible and thus follow the movement of the grinding rollers. Inside the
pressure yoke, the seal air flows into an annular gap before the sealing
of the grinding roller bearing and is discharged through a labyrinth gap
into the interior of the mill.
The correct functioning of the seal air system is checked by monitoring

the seal air pressure and the power consumption of the fan motor.
Caution!
During the service period and with progressing wear,
seal air pressure drops constantly. Once it has gone
down to about 70% of the rate measured at the time
of commissioning, the seal air system will have to be
checked. When seal air pressure has dropped to
50%, mill operation must be stopped because
otherwise dust might get into the bearings and
destroy
them (also refer to chapter 8.2).
Classifier: Separation of the fine product is carried out by means of a lamella

classifier type SLS.
The classifier housing is fitted on top of the mill housing and screwed
to it. The bearing of the classifier shaft, the classifier shaft with the
lamella wheel (separating wheel), the louver with the obliquely
arranged blades and the grit cone are fitted into the classifier housing.
The variable speed drive of the separating wheel is installed outside
the classifier.
The separating wheel turns clockwise when viewed from the top.
ge141338-03.docx Page 5 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
The ground product carried by the gas stream is taken through the
louver into the separating zone. The oblique arrangement of the louver
blades give the particles an additional spin. A pre-separation of the
coarser particles is provided due to the centrifugal forces.
The fine product having the required fineness is separated by means of

the separating wheel. The gas stream carries the separated fine
product out of the classifier and into the dust collector arranged
downstream.
The coarse particles (coarse material) which do not have the required
fineness do not pass through the separating wheel. Together with the
material rejected by the louver, they fall through the grit cone back onto
the grinding plate.
The required end fineness of the product is infinitely variable within a

wide range by changing the speed of the separating wheel. Speed
increase leads to a higher product fineness; speed reduction leads to a
lower product fineness.
The bearing is protected from dust by means of a seal air sealing. For
this purpose, a ducting is installed from the outside up to the
connection socket on the classifier shaft. Due to the depression in the
mill, air is sucked in from the outside, entering the interior of the
classifier through an annular gap located in the classifier shaft sealing
and thus preventing the penetration of dust.
The classifier is provided with a complete lining.
The classifier outlet duct is fitted with a ceramic lining. The bearing
stand is lined.
Separating wheel The separating wheel is driven by an electric motor with the gearbox
drive: arranged downstream. Flexible couplings are provided between
electric motor and gearbox and between gearbox and classifier shaft.
Stepless variation of the speed is ensured by a frequency converter.
For further details on the separating wheel drive, see the separate
operating instructions in chapter 11.
Mill housing: Being completely closed, the principle function of the MPS roller mill
housing is to guide the gas stream. With the forces created by the
grinding process being transmitted through the mill gearbox and the
tensioning system into the foundations and into the torque support of
the pressure frame the housing is largely relieved.
The housing of the MPS roller mill is lined.
ge141338-03.docx Page 6 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
For checks and maintenance, the following points are provided with
doors:
- mill housing bottom (grinding bowl zone)

- mill housing top (grinding roller zone)
- mill housing top (pull rod housing zone)
- classifier housing top (separating wheel zone)
- classifier housing top (outlet duct zone)
- classifier housing bottom (in grit cone)
Warning!
Hands and arms may be crushed when caught in the
rotating parts.
Do not open the door until the machine is at standstill.
Torque support
for pressure frame: By fitting a torque support, the run of the mill will be considerably
smoother.
Material feed: The feed material is conveyed into the mill by means of a rotary lock.
The rotary lock is located above the material chute and prevents false
air from entering the mill.
The cell wheel is provided with side shields and readjustable sealing
ledges.
The cell wheel is heated in order to prevent sticky material from

clinging to it. For this purpose there is a hollow space inside the cell
wheel. The hot gas enters and leaves the wheel laterally in axial
direction.
The hot gas enters the cell wheel through openings in the side shield,
flows through the hollow space and is discharged through openings in
the opposite side shield.
The cell wheel is driven by a gearmotor with constant speed. The

rotary lock is provided with a rotation monitor. In case of an outage of
the rotary lock, alarm is released in the central control room and the
machine is automatically switched off.
The rotary lock is fitted with a reversible drive. If the cell wheel is
blocked, the drive is reversed twice. If it is not possible to clear the
blockage, the rotary lock must be emptied manually.
ge141338-03.docx Page 7 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Warning!
Hands and arms may be caught, squeezed or cut off by
turning parts.
Do not start emptying the rotary lock until after it is at
standstill!
Caution!
In order to avoid any premature or unintended restart,
there is a local switchbox with a lockable repair switch.
Prior to any work on the rotary lock, the position of the
repair switch must be changed to 0 and the responsible
surveying person must secure the switch in this position
with a padlock.
The padlock must not be removed until after the work is
finished.
Discharge lock: When operating the mill with the external material recirculation, a
discharge lock must be provided to avoid the entry of false air.
Such discharge lock is designed as a two-flap gate lock, with the two
flaps opening alternately. The flaps are closed with a common return
spring.
The flap movement is controlled by a cam disc driven by a gearmotor
(also refer to documents in chapter 11).
MPS Lift-and-Swing The mill is fitted with a Lift-and-Swing System which is used for
System: maintenance work, i.e. for the ease of removing and refitting the
grinding rollers.
For details see chapter 8.4.
Supporting arms are mounted to a sinkable central column located in
the mill center. For the removal of the grinding rollers, the pressure
yokes are fastened with the grinding rollers to the column.
Then the connection between pressure frame and pressure yokes is
loosened and the pressure frame is lifted up.
The grinding plate is turned by means of the maintenance drive until
the grinding roller reaches the maintenance door.
After being fastened to the pivoting device, the pressure yoke and
grinding roller are lifted, swung out of the mill and prepared for being
taken away.
ge141338-03.docx Page 8 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Hot gas For drying the material hot gases produced by a hot
generator gas generator are used.
The hot gas generator mainly consists of combustion chamber, burner

and dilution air fan; these parts are installed onto a mobile mounting
unit.
The burner can within its range be steplessly regulated and is made for
the combustion of light fuel oil and/or gas depending on its design.
The continuous combustion of the diluted fuel/gases is initiated by an

electric ignition device. The combustion takes place in the combustion
chamber made of heat resistant steel.
The dilution air fan injects cold air into the combustion chamber to
reduce the exhaust gas temperature (as measured at the chamber
outlet) to the required maximum value and to cool the chamber walls.
The air volume flow is regulated by means of a throttle flap at the

suction duct of the dilution air fan and must never be completely
switched off to protect the combustion chamber from damages due to
overheating.
For further details on the hot gas generator see separate operating
instructions in chapter 11.
Plant fan: The plant fan is arranged after the dust collection filter and is rated for
the required gas volume flow of the grinding plant.
The gas volume flow is controlled by varying the speed of the fan (see
also chapter 3.3).
Filter unit: For collecting the fine product which is carried out of the roller mill with
the gas stream a filter for compressed air cleaning is used.
The air leaving the filter passes through the plant fan and is then
divided into recirculating air and exhaust air.
ge141338-03.docx Page 9 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
3.3 Measuring and control equipment

(Measuring and control schematic with list of measuring points in chapter 10.4)
The below descriptions are meant to give some rough information only. For the
details of machine/plant control, please refer to the interlocking diagram in chapter
10.3.
MPS vertical roller mill:
Regulation - feed rate
The purpose of the feed regulation is to keep the differential pressure and thus the
fill level in the mill at a constant level. The effect is that the mill throughput rate is
adjusted to the varying grindability of the material. The differential pressure is
taken by a differential pressure measuring transducer and led to a controller which
varies the feed velocity and thus the material quantity by means of a suitable
actuator. The measuring points for measuring the differential pressure are located
in the gas inlet duct of the mill and ahead of the classifier. For start-up and shut-
down of the grinding plant the feed quantity control is operated manually.
Regulation - gas volume flow
The gas volume flow is measured in a suitable test section by a measuring device.
A differential pressure measuring transducer converts the pressure signal into an
electric signal which is then taken to a controller. The controller regulates the
speed of the plant fan in such a way that the gas volume flow in the grinding plant
is kept at a constant level.
Regulation - heat requirement
Temperature after mill is kept at a constant level, thus ensuring that the finished
product will be dried down to a minor residual moisture. Any deviation from the
preset exhaust gas temperature after mill will cause the controller to respond. If the
exhaust gas temperature is too low, the heat supply is increased. If it is too high,
the heat supply is reduced.
Attention!
If the exhaust gas temperature is too high, temperature sensitive
components (e.g. bearings, dust collection filters, etc.) may be
destroyed. Limit value contacts must be provided.
These limit value contacts are included in the interlocking, causing an automatic
switch-off of the hot gas supply in case the exhaust gas temperature is too high.
Exhaust gas temperature control is by:

1. setting the hot gas generator
2. setting the fresh air flap
ge141338-03.docx Page 10 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Regulation - depression ahead of mill
Depression ahead of the mill is measured and taken to a measuring transducer for
conversion into electric signals. These are evaluated by the superordinate control
system. If the set limit values are reached, alarm is released. Depression
regulation is by adjusting the position of the recirculation air damper.
Monitoring - temperature ahead of mill
The temperature ahead of the mill is measured by means of a resistance

thermometer for evaluation by the superordinate control system. If temperature is
too high, the hot gas supply must be interrupted.
Monitoring – oil temperature of grinding rollers
The temperature of the grinding roller bearing system is measured by means of a

resistance thermometer for evaluation by the superordinate control system. If
temperature is too high, the hot gas supply must be interrupted.
Monitoring – temperature of classifier gearoil
The temperature of the classifier gearoil is monitored by means of a resistance

thermometer for evaluation by the superordinate control system.
5 switchpoints are provided:
switchpoint 1 LL: classifier cannot be started
switchpoint 2 L: pump of cooling circuit OFF
switchpoint 3 H: pump of cooling circuit ON
switchpoint 4 HH: alarm
switchpoint 5 HHH: classifier drive OFF
Monitoring - tension pressure
The hydraulic tension system is fitted with an electronic pressure switch with
measuring transducer. An indicator shows the actual value of tension pressure.
The signals are transmitted to the control system and shown by the process
visualization system.
Monitoring of oil temperature of mill gear
For the monitoring of the gear oil temperature, the gearbox is fitted with resistance
thermometers, with the measured values being evaluated by the superordinate
control system.
For more details, please refer to the operating instructions of the gearbox
manufacturer.
ge141338-03.docx Page 11 / 12
__________________________________________________________________________
Monitoring - vibration level
The mill sub-structure is fitted with a vibration monitor for the vibration level. Any
vibration exceeding the standard level releases alarm. If the vibration level
increases even further exceeding the maximum limit value, the mill is stopped. The
limit value which causes the mill to stop is set during commissioning.
Indication - classifier speed
The frequency set on the frequency converter is transmitted to the superior

process control system as an analogue signal and shown as a speed value.
Indication - flap position
The flap actuators are fitted with a potentiometer. An R/I transducer produces an
electric signal which indicates the flap position.
ge141338-03.docx Page 12 / 12
KAISERSLAUTERN Transport, Storage and Erection Edition 02.2015
4. Transport, storage and erection
4.1 Transport
Due to the size of the machine, it will be disassembled for transport. The packing
of the parts depends on their size and the type of transport. The packing is in
compliance with the packing regulations HPE and/or stipulations of the contract.
Observe instructions attached to the packing concerning correct positioning for

transport, sling points, and storage.
Warning!
Any falling machine parts may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Observe the sling points marked on the packing and/or machine
part.
Make sure to charge only experienced staff with suspending the
loads from the crane and with marshaling the crane operator. The
marshal must stay in visual or verbal contact with the crane
operator.
Use appropriate tackles and lifting components considering the
weight and size of the part to be lifted.
Do not stay or work underneath suspended loads!
Parts that lie on the ground may swing against the sense of lifting
when lifted at one end only.
Do not stay in the area where parts are lifted!
Wear protective equipment while working!
For transporting and lifting the grinding roller, use only the following three devices
specially conceived and delivered for this purpose. Depending on the weight of the
rollers, these may be
1. high-strength lifting eye bolts

or
2. load rings (bolted)
or
3. eye plates (load rings on boltable plates)
including the high-strength screws for fastening the eye plates.
ge141338-04.docx Page 1 / 6
Warning!
Screws other than the above may break. A falling grinding
roller may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
(When using load rings or eye plates, also refer to separate
operating instructions in chapter 11.)
Observe the drawing “Roller dimension drawing for loading purposes” in the annex.
4.2 Storage
The parts are to be stored as stipulated on the labels of the parts and/or in the
packing list. For the definition of the storage sites (A, B, C, and D), see below
table.
soil/ground
protected against rainfall and the like
protected against storm, sand, dust

not exposed to rainfall and the like
constant temperature 18°C ±3°

protected against temperature
variations ΔT per 12h <10K
protected against access by

protected against direct sun
constant air humidity <65%
(min 200 on mm)
Storage site
square timber supported
unauthorized persons
temperature > 0°C
permeable to water
able to take load

outdoor climate
indoor climate
A X X X X X outdoor
Entire temperature and
humidity range depending on roof + makeshift
B X X X X X local climatic conditions! X X X lateral walls / stored
in container
C X X X X X X X X X X closed rooms
airconditioned
D X X X X X X X X X X
rooms
Caution!
Machines or parts may be damaged by inappropriate loads.
Do not stack any parts.
Warning!
Any falling machine parts may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Do not stack any parts.
ge141338-04.docx Page 2 / 6
Make sure no moisture or foreign substances can settle on the parts and ensure
for proper venting of the storage site.
The parts are designated for short storage (less than 6 months), observing the
above instructions.
For longer storage periods (more than 6 months), the external and internal
preservation must be checked on a regular basis and repaired or renewed as
necessary.
Also observe the instructions given in the documents concerning the related plant
part.
In maritime regions, the parts must be protected against sea air.
4.3 Scope of supply
The scope of supply is listed in the shipping documents. Delivery must be checked
for completeness immediately upon arrival.
Any damages occurred during transport and/or missing parts must be reported in
writing.
4.4 Erection
4.4.1 General instructions
Observe the fundamental safety instructions laid down in chapter 2.
Any erection work must be carried out thoroughly and in due consideration of
safety aspects.
Erection work must be carried out by qualified personnel only.
Warning!
During erection work, the staff must use their protective equipment.
Caution!
Damaged parts and plant components etc. may cause a failure and
as a result damage the machinery or lead to injuries.
Do not fit in any damaged parts.
For warranty reasons, erection must be carried out and/or supervised by our qualified
personnel.
Before starting erection, check whether the delivery including accessories is

complete. The parts must be prepared for transportation to the place of erection
considering the sequence of erection.
ge141338-04.docx Page 4 / 6
Also provide for suitable and sufficiently sized lifting gear and means of transport.
Warning!
The machine turns. Therefore do not reach into the turning
machine. Fingers, hands or arms may be crushed or cut off by the
rotating parts of the machine.
Being part of an overall system, the machine must not be run
unless any plant components before and after it are firmly screwed
with the machine. Inspection doors must be closed and any
protection devices must be in place.
Corrosion damages may occur if erection work is interrupted or if commissioning is

delayed after completion of erection.
Caution!
If the grinding plant is not put into operation right after completion of
erection or if erection is suspended, plant parts which are not
appropriately protected may show corrosion damages within few
weeks. As a result, their lifetime may be reduced considerably and
major consequential damages and downtimes may be caused.
The following must be observed:

Most of all, bearings, gearboxes, motors, and cylinders as well as
any electric and electronic devices are prone to corrosion damages.
Whoever is responsible (plant operator or general contractor) must
disassemble, preserve, and adequately store such equipment.
If any plant part or group of parts cannot be disassembled or if such
disassembly would require much effort, this part or group must be
preserved and additionally protected on site by adequate measures
like encasing them or covering them with tarpaulin etc. to protect
them against any environmental influences.
In case of suspensions of up to 6 months, corrosion on mechanical
parts may be prevented by protecting them against environmental
influences and turning them regularly (once a week or month
depending on weather conditions) and by relubricating them on a
regular basis.
If such measures are not ensured, the damaged parts must be
replaced or remachined prior to commissioning in order avoid the
risk of major consequential damages.
Detailed and specific information on storage and preservation is
included in the operating instructions of the various plant
components (see chapter 11). Such instructions must be observed.
Any plant components that had been unpacked too early, with the
preservation removed, must be preserved, packed, and stored to
avoid any corrosion damages.
ge141338-04.docx Page 5 / 6
4.4.2 Erection site - machine
Foundations:
Foundations must be horizontal and flat. They must be designed in a way as to
ensure that any resonance vibrations will not occur and that vibrations cannot be
transmitted to or from other foundations.
Provide suitable recesses in the foundation for fastening screws of the machine
and/or for the supporting structure. The arrangement and dimensions of the
recesses are indicated in the foundation plan.
The recesses are grouted with concrete after alignment of the machine.
Steel structure:
The steel structure provided for supporting the machine must be torsion resistant,
with the supporting points being horizontal and on the same level. The steel
structure must be rated to suit the weight of the machine and the type of load.
When determining the erection site of the machine, make sure to provide sufficient
space for working on the machine (during maintenance for example).
ge141338-04.docx Page 6 / 6
department: rev.-no.:
Storage categories made by: rev. date:
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
Kaiserslautern
Lagerkategorien made on: 19.08.2011 checked by:
checked on:
client: project: project no.:
English Deutsch
Outdoor storage Lagerung im Freien

Lagerung im Freien
Lagerkategorie A –
Hazard Level A –
Outdoor storge
Ground must be able to take the loads and Untergrund muss die Lasten aufnehmen
be water permeable können und wasserdurchlässig sein
Teile müssen auf Holzbalken
Parts must be stored on square-shaped
(min. 200 mm x 200 mm)
timber (min. 200 mm x 200 mm)
gelagert werden
Protection from unauthorized access Schutz vor unbefugtem Zutritt
Covered outdoor storage Überdachtes Freilager

Hazard Level B – Covered outdoor storage
Untergrund muss die Lasten aufnehmen

Ground must be able to take the loads and
können und wasserdurchlässig sein; wenn
be water permeable; if it is not water
der Boden wasserundurchlässig ist, muss
permeable, drainage must be installed.
eine Drainage gelegt werden.
Überdachtes Freilager
Parts must be stored on square-shaped Teile müssen auf Holzbalken (min. 200 mm
Lagerkategorie B –
timber (min. 200 mm x 200 mm) x 200 mm) gelagert werden

Protection from precipitation Schutz vor Niederschlägen
Protection from direct sunlight Schutz vor direkter Sonneneineinstrahlung
Protection from wind, storm, sand and dust Schutz vor Wind, Sturm, Sand und Staub
Adequate storage conditions may be
angemessene Lagerbedingungen sind: Dach
provided by a roof with provisional side
mit Seitenwänden, Lagerung in Containern
walls, storage in a container with open
mit offenen Türen, Abdeckung mit einer
doors, covering with tarpaulin with a
Plane in einer dachähnlichen Konstruktion
substructure forming a roof-like cover, a
mit Unterbau, Zelt etc.
marquee etc.
Storage in a closed room Lagerung im geschlossenen Raum

Hazard Level C – Storage in a closed room
Soil must be able to take the loads Boden muss die Lasten aufnehmen können
Lagerung im geschlossenen Raum
Lagerkategorie C –
Protection from variations in temperature (Δ Schutz vor Temperaturschwankungen

T/12 h < 10°C) (Δ T/12 h < 10°C)
Temperatur immer
Temperature always ≥ 0°C and ≤ 20°C
≥ 0°C und ≤ 20°C
Protection against animals Schutz vor Tieren
Store the parts side by side; do not stack
Teile nebeneinander lagern; nicht stapeln.
them.
Adequate storage: warehouse angemessene Lagerung: Lagerhaus
Lagerkategorien_2011_08_24.XLS Englisch 1/2

department: rev.-no.:
Storage categories made by: rev. date:
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
Kaiserslautern
Lagerkategorien made on: 19.08.2011 checked by:
checked on:
client: project: project no.:

Lagerung im geschlossenen, klimatisierten Raum
Storage in a closed, air-conditioned room Lagerung im geschlossenen,

Hazard Level D – Storage in a closed, air-
Soil must be able to take the loads Boden muss die Lasten aufnehmen können
Lagerkategorie D –
conditioned room
Constant humidity < 65 % konstante Feuchte < 65 %

Constant temperature konstante Temperatur
18°C +/- 3°C 18°C +/- 3°C
Protection against animals Schutz vor Tieren
Store the parts side by side; do not stack
Teile nebeneinander lagern; nicht stapeln.
them.
Adequate storage: air-conditioned angemessene Lagerung: klimatisiertes
warehouse. Lagerhaus
Lagerkategorien_2011_08_24.XLS Englisch 2/2

department: TK rev.-no.:
clearance gauge drawings - MPS made by: Scherrer rev. date:
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
Kaiserslautern Lademaßbilder - MPS made on: 26.01.2015 checked by:
no.: checked on:
client: project: Barranquilla 2 com. no.: 20141338
Zeichng-Nr.
Benennung Designation
Drawing no.
Lademaßbild: clearance gauge drawing for:
Fundamentrahmen foundation frame 181249
Getriebeplatte gearbox plate 181348
Mahlschüssel grinding bowl 180936
Düsenring nozzle ring ---------------
Druckrahmen pressure frame 191012
Mahlwalze grinding roller 181725
Hydraulikzylinder mit Druckspeicher hydraulic cylinder with pressure accumulator 181962
Gehäuse mill housing 182124
Anmerkung: Einige Zeichnungen werden nur bei bestimmten Typen oder Größen benötigt,
daher nicht benötigte Zeichnungen streichen, ggf. notwendige Zeichnungen ergänzen.
20141338_Lademaßbilder_MPS.xls MPS01 1/1

clearance gauge drawings - SLS 2900 made by: Schröck rev. date:
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
Kaiserslautern Lademaßbilder - SLS 2900 BC made on: 05.07.2014 checked by:
no.: 20141338 checked on:
client: Gebr.Pfeiffer, Inc. project: BARRANQUILLA 2 - CO com. no.: 20141338_00900
Zeichng-Nr.
Benennung Designation
Drawing no.
Sichter-Unterteil classifier bottom part 184297-2
Sichter-Oberteil classifier top part 184298-2
Ausblasstutzen outlet duct 184299-2
Jalousie louver 184300-2
Griessekonus grit cone 184301-2
Sichtrad separating wheel 184302-2
20141338_Lademaßbilder_SLS.xls SLS 2900 BC 1/1

TP-I/Gi, 04.07.2014
Gebr. Pfeiffer
Caution!
Important note to ensure fulfilment of warranty conditions
of mill gearbox by client
Please check also our information from head office to this subject
1. The mill gearbox needs to be stored inside of the undamaged seaworthy packing until it is
mounted on gearbox plate. To receive the storage time communicated, storage in a closed
workshop is necessary. Otherwise refer to the manual for reduced storage time.
2. After installation of the mill gearbox on the gearbox plate it has to be ensured that:
- the seal tape at inlet shaft is complete and undamaged
- the seal tape and the optional seal ring on outlet flange of gearbox is complete and
undamaged
- the seal plugs instead of the breathers are in place and originally closed (no breather filter
installed)
- the seal plugs at all oil pipes are in place and originally closed.
Additionally the gearbox needs to get a water proof cover (foil or tarpaulin) from outlet flange
downwards. Aeration and prevention of condensation water is mandatory.
3. After 3 month of installation on the gearbox plate the gearbox has to be filled with oil
completely up to its top and checked for proper seals. We request to use the operation type.
Clients supply of oil and sealing parts is mandatory
Special cover hoods are necessary for Renk + Siemens gearboxes
An expansion tank on top of gearbox is essential for Renk and recommendable for Siemens
type
Secondary flange of Renk and Siemens gearbox has to be sealed by additional seal ring,
depending on gearbox type
Conservation by manual operation of the low pressure pump of the oil unit only is not
possible
4. In case the gearbox has not been put into operation 1 year after its delivery from gearbox
supplier it is compulsory to order an inspector from the gearbox supplier before the gearbox
is put into standard operation.
GP-Supervisor: ……………...…………… (print name)
Handed over to: ...………………………… (print name of clients site representative)
Received: …………………………... (signature of clients site representative and date)
Plant data: ………………………………………………………………….

MPS………….…Sn.…………… (project name/ order no./ mill type, gearbox serial no.)
Getriebe Handzettel-7 en.docx contributor: TP-A, TP-I, TP-I Supervisor, clients site representative
Gebr. Pfeiffer
KAISERSLAUTERN Commissioning Edition 02.2015
__________________________________________________________________________
5. Commissioning
5.1 Measures to be taken before commissioning
Erection and performance checks have to be carried out before commissioning.
When carrying out these checks, observe all relevant regulations concerning
occupational safety and environmental protection.
Any lubricants (oil/grease) for the main machinery and various other plant
components shall be made available by the customer in due time before
commissioning.
Any oil quantities required for rinsing to be performed prior to commissioning

and/or for any preservation that might become required on the site are not included
in the initial oil filling supplied by Gebr. Pfeiffer SE. In fact such oil quantities for
rinsing/preservation shall be provided by the customer in due time.
5.1.1 Check of erection
Check the connections of ductings and units for material feed and discharge.
Clear any interior and hollow spaces of foreign bodies (e.g. erection tools/loose
screws etc.)
Warning!
Any unintended start of the machine may cause heavy injuries or
casualty.
Interrupt power supply and make sure it cannot be switched on
unintendedly.
Check by moving the rotating parts manually (if possible) whether they rotate
easily and without any impediment.
Check whether all fastening and connection screws are tight.
Check whether the protective equipment is fully installed (e.g. coupling

protection/V-belt protection etc.).
Remove preservation from preserved parts (e.g. gearbox).
Check and relubricate the grease lubrication points and check and fill the oil
lubricants (see also chapter 8.3 - Lubrication instructions).
Provide closeable ducts at suitable points for the taking of material samples (feed
material, fine product etc.)
In case of a longer period between erection and commissioning check whether the
machine(s) and all components are in perfect condition.
It is imperative to check whether all inspection and service doors are correctly
closed before carrying out the performance control.
ge141338-05.docx Page 1 / 7
__________________________________________________________________________
5.1.2 Performance control
The performance control is carried out on the occasion of initial commissioning and
should therefore be executed by the commissioning specialist.
The following measures need not be carried out in a particular order. The
commissioning specialist will determine the order.
Generally, the following checks have to be carried out:
Check the sense of rotation of the individual drives.
Check the flow direction of conveyors.

(The sense of rotation of conveyor drives depends on the flow direction of the
conveyed material.)
Check the interlocking of the individual drives and the electric consumers.
- Check the interlocking according to the interlocking diagram in chapter 10.2.
Carry out the performance control of all measuring points according to the list of
measuring points and the measuring and regulating diagram (chapter 10.4).
(For details see description of the measuring and regulating equipment in chapter
3.3.)
Check the set values during commissioning and correct them if necessary.
Check of sense of rotation of drives of the machine or plant.
Warning!
For checking the sense of rotation, it may become necessary to open
an inspection door of the machine.
Fingers or hands may be crushed or cut off when caught in the
rotating parts of the machine.
Do not reach into the machine while it is operating.
Any unintended start of the machine may cause heavy injuries.
When the inspection doors are open, do not run the machine in the
absence of any supervising personnel.
Immediately close the inspection door after having carried out the
checks.
Caution!
Wrong sense of rotation of mill gearbox will destroy it.
Do not check sense of rotation of mill drive motor unless it is
decoupled.
For erection and performance controls also observe the instructions given in the
documents on the individual plant components - chapter 11.
ge141338-05.docx Page 2 / 7
__________________________________________________________________________
Instructions on the tension system
Before switching on the mill for initial commissioning, the pressure values and limit
switch values of the hydropneumatic tension system have to be set.
Caution!
Any wrong setting may destroy the tension system. The setting
must be done by the commissioning specialist only.
Brief instructions on the setting:

(see also chapter 11 - Tension system)
The pretension pressure is reduced to the specified nominal value in each bag-
type pressure accumulator. By switching on the oil pump, oil pressure is built up.
The pressure valves are to be adjusted as specified in the hydraulic diagram
(chapter 11 - Tension system).
The operating contacts for switching on and off the oil pump and the limit contacts
for signaling any malfunctions (alarm/switch-off) are set.
Check the set values during commissioning and correct them if necessary.
Adjustment of the displacement transducer system in the tensioning cylinders
Adjust the displacement transducer system in the tensioning cylinders in the

course of the initial commissioning and after every replacement of wear parts on
the grinding plate and grinding rollers.
Adjustment is also required in case of wear on the grinding plate and grinding
rollers. The length of the intervals at which this should be done depends on the
amount of wear.
Proceed as follows:
Install grinding rollers in basic position. Make sure there is no material between the
grinding rollers and the grinding plate.
Set the analogue value transmitted by the sensors to zero in the PLC programme.
Adapt the 4-20 mA analogue output signal to the measurement range of the
transmitter.
ge141338-05.docx Page 3 / 7
__________________________________________________________________________
5.2 Commissioning
Important
For warranty reasons, initial commissioning should be carried out
by qualified personnel of the manufacturer.
On this occasion, the attendance personnel may be trained in the procedures of the
daily start-up.
Whenever there is an extended period between end of erection and start of

commissioning, the equipment must be checked for proper condition (checks as per
5.1.1 and 5.1.2).
General instructions on commissioning:
Prior to running the plant with material, the machines undergo a trial run over a
period of several hours (no-load test).
Caution!
The drive of the MPS mill must not undergo the no-load test
because the grinding plate and grinding rollers may be damaged
when operating the mill without material.
During this trial run, the equipment must be checked for
- unusual sounds and vibrations

- excessive temperatures in the bearings
- excessive oil temperatures and
- oil leakage.
After successful conclusion of the trial run, commissioning will be effected by

running the mill with material.
The switch-on sequence is indicated in the interlocking diagram (chapter 10.2). To

be noted that during initial commissioning the machines are switched on manually.
Basically, the switch-on sequence is as follows. Plant-dependent modifications are

included in the interlocking diagram and will be considered during commissioning.
The gear oil supply for the MPS mill drive is switched on together with the material
removal.
After start-up of material removal, the gas routes (filter cleaning, seal air fan,
classifier drive, plant fan) are activated.
ge141338-05.docx Page 4 / 7
__________________________________________________________________________
Caution!
Avoid any overload of the mill fan drive!
Before switching on the fan, ensure that the shut-off or control
device (e.g. radial damper, louver damper, etc.) is closed.
Frequency-controlled mill fans are to be run up slowly in order not to
exceed the maximum current consumption.
After the start of the mill fan, the hot gas generator will be switched on. (The setting
of the burner will have to be carried out by an authorized specialist.)
Caution!
Prior to adding any hot gases, a slight depression must be ensured
before the mill.
If there is overpressure, hot gases or flames may exit injuring any
personnel or causing fire.
The build-up of the hot gas temperature up to the set value of the controller is
adjusted manually. When the set value is reached the controller is switched to
"Automatic".
Heating of the grinding plant
Caution!
To avoid any damages on the grinding bowl, the grinding plant
must be heated in compliance with the following instructions.
An important criterion to be considered when heating is the moisture of the feed

material. If moisture is high, temperature before mill must be high in order to be able
to dry the feed down to the residual moisture as requested/rated.
With the grinding bowl at standstill, the mill must be heated at a maximum 130°C
temperature before mill for a period of 3 hours. Thereupon the mill can be operated
at the grinding capacity as rated.
Such 3-hour heating with the grinding bowl at standstill ensures that the entire
grinding plant is heated throughout. Hence it is avoided that temperature can drop
below the dewpoint, causing undesirable formation of condensate.
Caution!
With the grinding bowl at standstill, temperature before mill must
not exceed 130°C at any point in time to avoid damages on the
temperature sensitive components in the grinding plant such as
sealings. Temperature after mill must never exceed 110°C.
ge141338-05.docx Page 5 / 7
__________________________________________________________________________
Once the grinding plant has reached its operating temperature, the mill drive, the
pump of the hydropneumatic tension system, and the material feed may be switched
on.
Caution!
During grinding, average temperature before mill must not exceed
250 °C at any point in time to avoid damages on the mill.
Temperature after mill must never exceed 110°C.
Maximum admissible operating temperature of the mill is 250°C. Any higher

temperatures require special measures to avoid damages on the mill. If such higher
temperatures are necessary, GEBR. PFEIFFER SE must be contacted for
instructions concerning special measures.
A specific hot gas volume is required for heating. Measured via mill differential
pressure, this hot gas volume should correspond to an approximate 4 mbar.
Caution!
Do not run the mill without material.
This could destroy the grinding elements or cause increased wear on
the grinding elements (grinding rollers and grinding plate).
Immediately after lowering the grinding rollers, they should roll on a material bed to
prevent any damage on the grinding plate and grinding rollers. Depending on the
feed rate, tension pressure, and material properties (e.g. grain size), the thickness of
the grinding bed will be determined during commissioning.
The feed rate is increased until the specified differential pressure of the mill is
reached. After having run the mill for some length of time, the optimum differential
pressure must be established and set as theoretical value for automatic control.
Check the fineness of the removed fine product. To adjust the required end fineness
the speed of the classifier can be readjusted.
If it is necessary for process related reasons to increase gas velocity in the nozzle
ring, this can be done by mounting the cast inserts supplied according to the
instructions of our commissioning specialist.
Caution!
High vibrations may cause damages.
Do not run the mill for any considerable period of time when vibrations
are high.
The limit values for vibration monitoring will be determined and recorded by the
commissioning specialist during commissioning.
ge141338-05.docx Page 6 / 7
__________________________________________________________________________
These values are as follows:
V alarm = V operation + 0.5 mm/s
V switch-off = V operation + 0.8 mm/s
If the plant has been operated without any malfunctions over a longer period the set
limit values of the measuring and regulating equipment must be checked and
readjusted if necessary.
Operating data and limit values must be recorded and listed in a table (table see
chapter 6).
After commissioning, check again whether the machine and the plant components
are in perfect condition. Check all screws for tight fit. If this is the case, the machine
can be released for normal operation.
Caution!
Any loose screws or nuts may fall and cause injuries. Moreover they
may cause damages in the grinding plant.
ge141338-05.docx Page 7 / 7
KAISERSLAUTERN Operation Edition 02.2015
__________________________________________________________________________
6. Operation
6.1 Start-up after operational shut-down
This start-up is carried out according to the switch-on sequence specified in the
interlocking diagram and to the sequence determined during commissioning.
Before start-up, ensure that a sufficient quantity of material is available and the
filling capacity of the fine product silo is sufficiently large.
It is imperative that the material feed is regular.
Caution!
Do not run the mill without material.
This could destroy the grinding elements or cause increased wear
on the grinding elements (grinding rollers and grinding plate).
During operation, regularly check the operating parameters (power consumption,

speed rates, temperatures, etc.) and compare them with the values established
during commissioning.
Heating of the grinding plant:
The following criteria must be observed:
1. Damages on the mill must be avoided.
2. The plant must be heated due to process-related reasons.
3. Temperature must not fall below the dew point in any part of the plant.
Please observe description of heating in chapter 5.2.
Heating times may vary depending on the duration of the standstill and ambient
temperature. Hence if the mill operating in warm ambient temperature had been
stopped for a short period only, the heating time is considerably shorter or may not
be required at all. If, however, ambient temperature is extremely low and the
downtime was long, the heating time must be prolonged. The actual heating time
will have to be determined by the attendance personnel in consideration of the
description given in chapter 5.2.
Should any unexpected changes occur, check the machine; if necessary switch it
off until the cause is found and the malfunction is remedied (see chapter 7 –
malfunction).
We recommend that the principle operating data (e.g. feed rate, target fineness,
power consumption, speed values, pressure and temperature values etc.) be put
down in a record file.
ge141338-06.docx Page 1 / 4
__________________________________________________________________________
6.2 Shut-down
Shut-down (switch-off) of the plant will be carried out according to the switch-off
sequence specified in the interlocking diagram.
For downtime periods exceeding 6 months, the plant needs to be preserved.
For preservation purposes, observe the instructions and regulations for the
individual plant components (see chapter 11).
6.3 Start-up after an extended downtime period
Before bringing the grinding plant back into operation after an extended downtime
period, e.g. after some major repair work, performance checks of the individual
machines and interlocking (switch-on and switch-off sequence) should be carried
out.
Also check whether all protective equipment (coupling protections, V-belt

protections, etc.) is correctly fitted.
In addition check the fill levels of lubricants (grease and oil). If necessary, refill
grease and/or oil before start-up.
Caution!
Please also observe the above instructions on heating times.
6.4 Important:
Oil lubrication system of mill gear
When the plant shutdown is less than 2 weeks, the oil lubrication system should be
kept operating. This ensures that the oil temperature will not drop below 15°C and
the mill can be restarted once the mill has been heated up accordingly.
When the shutdown exceeds 2 weeks, the oil lubrication system may be switched
off. However, in this case the gear oil must be heated up with the heating
cartridges to 15°C as required for starting the mill.
The switching conditions for the heating cartridges and pump(s) are stored in the
interlocking diagram.
ge141338-06.docx Page 2 / 4
__________________________________________________________________________
General data
Operating data: Date: ________________
Mill feed material
components:
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
_____________________ _________________________ %
grain size: _________________________ mm

moisture: _________________________ %
feed rate: _________________________ t/h
Finished product
moisture: _________________________ %
fineness: __________ % R __________ mm
__________ % R __________ mm
finished product rate: _________________________ t/h
Power / current consumption

mill main motor: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
mill fan: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
classifier motor: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
filter fan: ___________ kW __________ Amp/Volt
seal air fan:
Volume flows
hot gas flow from kiln/cooler: ________________________ m3/h
gas flow mill fan: ________________________ m3/h
Mill data
speed of separating wheel: ________________________ 1/min
tension pressure: ________________________ bar
grinding bed thickness (average): ________________________ mm
vibration velocity: ________________________ mm/s
seal air pressure: ________________________ mbar
ge141338-06.docx Page 3 / 4
__________________________________________________________________________
Temperatures
ahead of mill: ________________________ °C
after classifier: ________________________ °C
kiln exhaust gas: ________________________ °C
cooler exhaust gas: ________________________ °C
gearbox of segmented thrust bearing: ________________________ °C

gear oil of segmented thrust bearing: ________________________ °C
Pressures
ahead of mill: ________________________ mbar
after mill: ________________________ mbar
after classifier: ________________________ mbar
ahead of cyclone: ________________________ mbar
after cyclone: ________________________ mbar
ahead of filter: ________________________ mbar
after filter: ________________________ mbar
ahead of fan: ________________________ mbar
after fan: ________________________ mbar
seal air: ________________________ mbar
Differential pressures
mill: ________________________ mbar
cyclone: ________________________ mbar
filter: ________________________ mbar
Other
ge141338-06.docx Page 4 / 4
KAISERSLAUTERN Malfunctions Edition 02.2015
__________________________________________________________________________
7. Malfunctions
When troubleshooting and rectifying any malfunctions, always observe the safety
instructions given in chapter 2 and in the documents concerning the individual
plant component (chapter 11).
Malfunctions that occur during the guarantee period and require repair work on
single components must only be rectified by our qualified personnel.
In order to rectify any malfunctions the cause of which cannot be stated clearly, we
recommend to order our service even after termination of the guarantee period.
Malfunctions can generally be avoided if the machines are properly operated and
maintained. Should malfunctions occur, read chapters 6 (Operation) and 8
(Maintenance) before starting troubleshooting.
The malfunctions listed in the table of malfunctions can only give you a lead. We
assume that the machine is properly fitted and connected. It is also necessary to
consider all plant components when troubleshooting.
Malfunctions in the electric drives or in the measuring and regulating equipment

cause the relevant machines to be switched off by the plant interlocking. Before
restarting the plant find the cause of the malfunction and rectify it.
Should any malfunction occur that does not cause automatic switch-off but
presents a safety risk, immediately switch off the machine and rectify the
malfunction right away.
Warning!
Any unintended start of the machine may cause heavy injuries or
casualty.
unintendedly.
Make sure to have any work on the electric or hydraulic equipment carried out by
qualified personnel only.
Warning!
If for eliminating a malfunction the personnel is required to enter
the
mill, it must be ensured that the drive is locked against any
unintended restart and that the workplace exposure limits are not
exceeded.
This is of special importance for mills heated with rotary kiln

exhaust
gases or hot gases from a hot gas generator because these hot
gases have got a reduced oxygen content.
ge141338-71.docx Page 1 / 1
__________________________________________________________________________
Caution!
Let the machine cool down before entering.
7.1.1 Comments on indication of malfunctions
If the plant is shut down due to a malfunction in the drive or in a machine

component (e.g. gearbox) carry out checks according to the relevant operating
instructions (chapter 11 or documents available with the customer).
If malfunctions occur which are not due to machine faults check the performance
of the measuring and regulating equipment according to the values set during
commissioning.
The machine is rated for particular operation requirements. The most important
parameters for these requirements are indicated in chapter 1.1. Any modification of
one of the parameters affects all other parameters.
During commissioning the measuring and regulating equipment is adjusted: if one

parameter is modified all related parameters are adjusted as long as the
modification made keeps within a particular, specified range.
In case of any major deviation causing the set limit values to be exceeded, it is
necessary to examine for which parameters a modification of the limit values is
possible.
If the limit values cannot be further modified, the one parameter whose limit value
has reached its maximum serves as basis for the optimum adjustment.
(Example: The feed moisture is too high. The gas volume flow and/ or the hot gas
temperature has already reached its maximum value so the feed rate must be
reduced to a level which provides the required moisture.)
7.2 Table of malfunctions
Detailed information on the individual malfunctions listed in the following table is

added where necessary.
ge141338-71.docx Page 3 / 3
__________________________________________________________________________
Table of malfunctions
malfunctions possible cause remedy
Grinding plant:
mill running roughly feed rate too low increase feed rate
(indication/alarm
vibration monitor) feed rate too high reduce feed rate
portion of fines in increase differential

feed material too large pressure
check grain size of
feed material
Important!
Do not stop material
feed completely.
outage of water injection check system

system for defective pump
for clogged nozzles
depression ahead of feed rate too high/ reduce feed rate

mill too low mill overcharged
plant fan speed not at its check plant fan speed

maximum (see operating instructions
of plant fan)
recirculating air flap close recirculating air flap to

too wide open the extent that required
depression is reached
fresh air flap close fresh air flap to

too wide open the extent that required
exhaust gas flap open exhaust gas flap to the

too much closed extent that required
ge141338-72.docx Page 1 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
insufficient cleaning check operating pressure

of filter bags of compressed air
check filter cleaning
(see operating instructions of
filter)
differential pressure feed rate too high reduce feed rate

mill "max"
ported air ring clogged check if there are any foreign
bodies/material cloggings in
the ported air ring; if
necessary clean ported air ring
pressure gauge tube clean pressure gauge tube

ahead of mill clogged
differential pressure feed rate too low increase feed rate

mill "min"
material feed break- check feed unit and conveyor
down routes
(see also Operating
instructions under feed unit)
pressure gauge tube clean pressure gauge tube

after mill clogged
seal air pressure malfunction - seal air check seal air fan
dropping fan (also refer to operating
instructions of seal air fan)
suction filter clogged
seal air sealing rings worn replace seal air sealing rings
(refer to spare parts dwg. of
grinding roller in chapter 9)
leak in seal air duct check seal air duct

check seal air sealing rings on
pressure yoke
check seal air gap on
articulation bearing
also refer to chapter 8.2.2.1 “seal air pressure”

ge141338-72.docx Page 2 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
temperature ahead feed rate too high reduce feed rate

of mill too high
moisture of feed reduce feed rate
material too high
hot gas temperature too reduce hot gas temperature

high
incorrect measurement check measurement
outage of the firing malfunction fuel supply see Operating instructions

under hot gas generator
malfunction hot gas see Operating instructions

generator under hot gas generator
material feed material feed inlet clear clogging

irregular clogged
bridging in feed silo if necessary use discharge

aid
rotary lock cell wheel blocked by remove foreign matter and/

does not turn foreign matter or too or such coarse feed
coarse a feed material material
Danger!
Fingers, hands, arms or other extremities will be cut by the turning rotary
lock.
Do not reach into the rotary lock or enter into it.
feed rate too high reduce feed rate
drive disturbed check drive

(see separate operating
instructions for gearmotor)
ge141338-72.docx Page 3 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
fine product removal conveying unit over- check for damages/wear

charged
malfunction filter see Operating instructions

cleaning under filter
conveyor route clogged clear clogging
outage of a plant malfunction of the see related operating

component drive of plant com- instructions
ponent concerned
temperature limit find cause and remedy

value exceeded
flaps of two-flap gate rupture or fatigue of springs replace springs

lock do not close
material caking remove caking
defective drive check drive
excessive amount material feed rate too high/ reduce feed rate
of rejects mill overcharged
gas volume flow too low check speed of fan
check position of main air flap

ahead of fan
nozzle ring worn replace nozzle ring
finished product speed of separating reduce speed

too fine wheel too high
air flow too low increase air flow
ge141338-72.docx Page 4 / 5
__________________________________________________________________________
finished product speed of separating increase speed

too coarse wheel too low
outage of classifier drive check classifier drive

(see operating instructions
of classifier drive)
air flow too high reduce air flow
separating wheel check separating wheel

damaged or worn
ge141338-72.docx Page 5 / 5
KAISERSLAUTERN Maintenance Edition 02.2015
8. Maintenance
The purpose of all maintenance works is to keep the machine in working condition,
to avoid outages, to keep repair costs to a minimum and to prolong the lifetime of
the machines.
A deterioration of the working condition is mainly due to wear, overcharge and

material fatigue (ageing).
Among the reasons for outages are external troubles such as wrong machine
operation or external force as well as deposits and dirty machines.
Therefore, regular checks of the condition of the machine, observance of the service
instructions and repair works are indispensable.
The works to be done are described in the following chapters
8.2 - Inspection and servicing

8.3 - Lubrication instructions
8.4 - Repair
When carrying out these works always observe the relevant regulations on accident
prevention and environmental protection valid for the respective place of erection.
Observe also the safety instructions described in chapter 2 and in the documents on
the relevant plant components (chapter 11).
Before machine restart
When the maintenance works on the machine are terminated the machine must be
in safe and perfect working condition to be restarted.
The termination of the maintenance works must be reported to the responsible

person who declares the machine ready for restart.
ge141338-81.docx Page 1 / 1
8.2 Inspection and servicing
Regular inspections and careful servicing are indispensable to recognize and rectify
possible malfunctions as early as possible.
As operating conditions vary frequently, only standard intervals for perfect operation
can be stated. The actual service intervals depend on the local conditions (switch-on
frequency, load, dirt etc.).
Observe also the instructions given in the documents on the relevant plant
components (see chapter 11).
In case of malfunctions or unusual conditions which cause an overcharge of the

machine (e.g. overload, external force etc.), carry out the inspections immediately.
All service work must be carried out with care and only by personnel assigned to the
job (refer to chapter 2.4).
The individual inspection and service measures are listed in chapter 8.2.1 below.
The individual service work is described in chapter 8.2.2.
Warning!
Any unintended restart of the machine may cause heavy injuries
or casualty.
Interrupt power supply and make sure it cannot be switched
on unintendedly.
Any service work must be carried out on machines at standstill only. If service work
has to be carried out on operating machines, this is explicitly indicated. For such
work, take special safety measures.
Parts of the machine are operated at high temperatures.
Caution!
Let the machine cool down before doing any repair work.
Warning!
A falling grinding roller may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Do not enter the grinding area while the grinding rollers are lifted.
ge141338-82.docx Page 1 / 1
machine components intervals remarks

- measures to be taken
General
- check for d with machine switched on

 unusual sounds
 vibrations if necessary switch off
 oil leakage, waste oil machine and rectify the
 obvious damages fault
and faults
 loose screw connections
Seal air system for grinding rollers
- check seal air pressure w see description of service work,

"Seal air pressure", chapter 8.2.2
- check filters on seal air fan w clean or replace clogged filters

see separate operating
structions „seal air fan“, chapter 11
- check all ductings for leaks m
Grinding roller for item numbers, see spare parts

drawing of MPS - grinding roller,
chapter 9
- check oil level m see chapter 8.2.2
- check overpressure valve m item 339
- change oil see chapter 8.2.2,

for intervals see lubrication list,
chapter 8.3
- check for oil leaks m possible causes of oil leakage:

a) too much oil
b) damaged/worn radial shaft
sealing rings or O rings
d = daily / w = weekly / m = monthly
ge141338-8L.docx Page 1 / 12

- measure wear progress on see chapter 8.2.3
- check fastening of roller tires m item 313

retighten with torque wrench,
for tightening torque
see chapter 8.2.3
- check pressure yokes and pressure m

yoke lining for wear
Grinding plate for item numbers, see spare parts

drawing MPS - group grinding
bowl, chapter 9
- measure wear progress on see chapter 8.2.3

grinding elements
- check fastening of grinding m check for any protruding segments

plate segments and if any, fit them in correctly
Grinding zone
- check for wear m

 seal air ductings
 pressure frame
 housing
 lining of housing
 nozzle ring
 air guide cone
 lining of air guide cone
 water injection
 and any other internals
ge141338-8L.docx Page 2 / 12

Inner grinding roller stop and strap items 860-885

(see spare parts drawing MPS -
grinding roller stop,
chapter 9)
- check for wear m Wear limits of grinding

roller stop, see chapter 8.2.3.
Caution!
When the wear limits
are exceeded, the
parts may break.
Replace the parts as
soon as the wear
limits are reached.
- check for damaged springs m replace damaged springs
Outer grinding roller stop items 766-769

(see spare parts drawing MPS,
chapter 9)
- check for wear m Wear limits of grinding

roller stop, see chapter 8.2.3;
when reaching the wear limit,
replace the liner plate (item 768),
replace or hardface the grinding
roller stop part (item 766).
- check the gap and readjust m see spare parts drawing - MPS
if necessary for the required gap width;
as soon as the pivoting angle
is 4°, reduce distance to 3° by
means of shims (item 769) or
replace worn parts
ge141338-8L.docx Page 3 / 12

Pull rod housing for item numbers, see spare parts

drawing - MPS, chapter 9
- check for wear m
. liner plates of housing and items 701 and 702

pressure frame items 706 and 707
. bolts of the torque support item 904

for pressure frame Wear limits of pressure frame
stop", chapter 8.2.3;
replace worn parts as soon as
wear limits are reached
- check gap between liner plates m see table "Gap and wear
and readjust if necessary measurement – pressure frame
stop”, chapter 8.2.3
- check articulated connections m

between pressure frame and pull
rods for wear
- check pull rod sealings for wear m Wear limits, see chapter 8.2.3
Torque support for pressure frame for item numbers, see spare parts
drawing MPS - torque support for
pressure frame, chapter 9
- relubricate friction bearings item 909

through lubrication nipples,
chapter 8.3
Check whether used grease exits

through discharge opening above
grease receptacle; if not, clean
discharge opening;
if grease exits between torque
supports and housing, sealing
(item 908) is defective; replace
sealing and clean seal air
channels;
ge141338-8L.docx Page 4 / 12

- lubricate contact and sliding surfaces items 916, 918, 919

on the inside of the torque support for intervals see lubrication list,
for pressure frame chapter 8.3
- empty grease collecting receptacle when required
- check for wear m see table "Wear limits of pressure

frame stop", chapter 8.2.3;
replace worn parts as soon as
wear limits are reached
- check hydraulic buffer for m see also operating instructions

. wear and tightness of the hydraulic buffer, chapter 11
(visual inspection)
. proper retraction for stroke see table "Gap and
(proper functioning) wear measurement - pressure
frame stop”, chapter 8.2.3
- clean piston rod of hydraulic buffer m
Hot gas chamber
- check for foreign bodies m
- check for wear m

 material scraper
 sealing ring
 housing
 lining of housing
- check for wear and tight fit m

. insulation of housing bottom
ge141338-8L.docx Page 5 / 12

Gearbox chamber
- check sealing ring (labyrinth ring) m if sealing gap is irregular,

for wear newly center sealing ring
Indicator, grinding bed
- adjust indicator to be done with progressing wear

on grinding elements
Hydraulic tension system for item numbers, see spare parts

drawing MPS - tension system,
chapter 9
- relubricate articulation bearings item 551.1

of hydraulic cylinders through lubrication nipples
chapter 8.3
- replace articulation bearings of for intervals see lubrication list,

hydraulic cylinders chapter 8.3,
and also chapter 8.4 "Removal of
a hydraulic cylinder of hydraulic
tension system"
- check automatic leveling during m see description of service work,

lifting of grinding rollers chapter 8.2.2
Classifier housing
- check for wear by visual inspection m if wear is considerable, line the

or possibly ultrasonic inspection relevant parts
- check the lining for wear m if necessary repair or replace the

lining
ge141338-8L.docx Page 6 / 12

- check housing parts (in particular m report to Gebr. Pfeiffer SE;

the weld seams) for cracks Gebr. Pfeiffer SE will supply
instructions concerning repair
work
Classifying zone
- check for wear: m if wear is considerable, line the

 support of classifier bearing relevant parts or replace them
 louvre
 grit cone
 inlet chute
 and all other internals
Separating wheel
- check lamellas of separating m if necessary replace separating

wheel for wear wheel
- check screws for tight fit m retighten screws;

replace worn screws
- check all other rotor parts for wear m if wear is considerable

report to Gebr. Pfeiffer SE;
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE will supply
instructions on suitable measures
-check gap between upper flange m for item numbers and gap width
of separating wheel (item 160) see "Spare parts drawing SLS",
and wear ring (item 122) chapter 9;
if wear is considerable, replace
worn parts;
if wear is only minor, readjust gap
width by raising the separating
wheel (see chapter 8.4 "Removal
of separating wheel");
ge141338-8L.docx Page 7 / 12

Classifier bearing
- monitor bearing noises w if necessary rotate separating

wheel slowly, switch off other
machines;
if in doubt rotate separating wheel
by hand and locate noise source
- lubricate roller bearings see chapter 8.2.2

chapter 8.3
- check seal air inlet on classifier m with mill fan running

drive socket for proper functioning
Rotary lock for item numbers, see spare parts

drawing RL, chapter 9
- check sealing ledges for m item 121

wear readjust or, if necessary, replace
sealing ledges
- check wear bushing for m item 110

wear in case of increased wear,
replace wear bushing
- check wear ring for m item 112

wear in case of increased wear,
replace wear ring
- monitor bearing noises w bearings (items 163, 183)

if required, switch off surrounding
machines;
find source of noise;
pay attention to increased
temperatures on bearing
housings;
ge141338-8L.docx Page 8 / 12

Caution!
Hot surfaces may
cause skin burn.
- lubrication of roller bearings see description of maintenance

work in chapter 8.2.2
- check of shaft passages m if required, fit in new

for excessive lubricant escape sealings (item 136)
Two-flap gate lock
- check smooth running and heat m

build-up of bearing and drive
- check bushings of bearings and m if necessary, replace sealings

protruding shaft ends for leakage and/or bearings
of lubricants and damaged sealings
(visual inspection)
- lubricate roller bearings use lubrication nipples,

for intervals see lubrication list
in chapter 8.3
- lubricate cam rollers and use lubrication nipples,

articulation heads for intervals see lubrication list
in chapter 8.3
- check flaps and liner plates m if wear is considerable, replace

for wear flaps and/or liner plates
Hot gas generator
- check intermediate and inner tube m probably due to overheating report

for scalings and deformation of to GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
plates
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE will supply
instructions about suitable
measures;
ge141338-8L.docx Page 9 / 12

Hydraulic ductings
- check fastenings m
- check ducting connections

for tightness m
- check for exterior damage m
Hydraulic hose pipes
- check for m replacement of hose pipes:

 obvious damages, a) when described damages
e.g. chafe marks occur
 brittleness b) at least every 6 years
 deformation (see description of service
 leaks work "Lifetime and marking
 damage on fittings of hose pipes of a hydraulic hose ducting",
 hose pipes coming out of fittings chapter 8.2.2)
 corrosion of fittings impairing
their functioning and durability
Ductings
- check expansion joints for tightness m
- check flaps for tightness and m

ease of movement
Flanges
- check all flanges for tightness m retighten screws if required
Doors
- check all doors for tightness m if required, retighten screws/nuts;

if required, replace sealing
ge141338-8L.docx Page 10 / 12

Fastening screws
- check for tight fit m if required, retighten screws;

replace worn screws
Mill gearbox and oil supply unit see separate operating

instructions, chapter 11
Coupling to mill gearbox see separate operating

instructions,
"Mill gearbox", chapter 11
Hydraulic unit, grinding roller see separate operating

suspension system instructions, chapter 11
Hydraulic cylinder to grinding see separate operating

roller suspension system instructions, chapter 11
Pressure accumulator to see separate operating

hydraulic cylinder instructions,
"Hydraulic unit – grinding roller
suspension system",
chapter 11
Seal air fan see separate operating

Classifier drive see separate operating

instructions chapter 11
Flexible coupling(s) see separate operating

to the classifier drive instructions, "Classifier drive",
chapter 11
ge141338-8L.docx Page 11 / 12

Drive of rotary lock see separate operating

Drive of two-flap gate lock see separate operating

instructions in chapter 11
- check oil level see chapter 8.2.2
Radial fan to see separate operating

hot gas generator instructions, chapter 11;
Burner to hot gas generator see separate operating

instructions, chapter 11;
Pump for water injection see separate operating

ge141338-8L.docx Page 12 / 12
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Chapter 8 BA20141338-ES/EN/De
8.2.2 Description of service works
8.2.2.1 Seal air pressure - seal air system of vertical roller mill
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawings of the MPS mill
in chapter 9.
The seal air pressure goes down with increasing wear of the seal air sealing rings
(items 322 and 323) fitted into the grinding rollers.
Furthermore wear may occur on the seal air ducting, especially on the moving parts
such as the articulation bearings of the seal air ducts (item 601) and wear bushings
(item 606), which also causes the seal air pressure to drop.
In our experience the wear limit is reached with a wear of 1 or 2 mm (also refer to
table "Wear limits of seal air gaps" in chapter 8.2.3) and a 50% drop of the seal air
pressure rate as measured during commissioning.
With a seal air pressure of 70% of the rate measured during commissioning, a
general check of the seal air system should be carried out. Special attention must be
paid to a clean filter. (If required, clean or replace the filter insert). See operation
instructions for seal air fan in chapter 11.
Once seal air pressure drops to 50% of the rate measured during commissioning,
the seal air sealing rings must be replaced.
A sudden or considerable pressure drop may suggest a leakage in the seal air
ducting. In this case, the leakage must immediately be repaired in order to prevent
damage to the shaft sealing rings and resulting damage to the roller bearings by the
inleak of dust.
Important
Record the seal air pressure rate at the time of the initial
commissioning (with new seal air sealing rings).
ge141338-8W.docx Page 1 / 12
8.2.2.2 Lifetime and marking of hydraulic hose ductings
Elastomers used in hydraulic hose ductings are prone to aging. Therefore their
storage time and lifetime is restricted.
The lifetime of a hydraulic hose ducting including any storage time should not
exceed six years. Storage time should not exceed two years.
Hence the lifetime of a hose ducting is limited and the user must ensure its
replacement in due time.
Time of storage and use as per DIN 20066
max 4 years max 6 years

age of the hoses time of use of hose ducting
max 2 years storage time

of hose ducting
date of manufacture of date of manufacture of

hoses hose ducting
As to the marking, a manufacturing date is indicated for the hose (on the hose) and
for the finished ducting (on the socket of the fitting).
For the lifetime of the hose ducting, the manufacturing date on the finished ducting
(socket of the fitting) is decisive. Any hose ducting must durably be marked with the
sign of its manufacturer and its manufacturing date (year and month).
Example of a marking for August 2014 (indicated on the socket of the fitting):
XXX /330 bar/ 14 08

(1) (2) (3) (4)
(1) sign of the manufacturer of the hose ducting
(2) pressure in bar (MPa or psi is also possible)
(3) year
(4) month
ge141338-8W.docx Page 2 / 12
8.2.2.3 Checking of the oil level in the grinding rollers
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawing of the MPS mill
(grinding roller) in chapter 9.
For checking the oil level, it is necessary to enter the grinding zone.
Switch off the machine.
Warning!
Any unintended restart of the machine may cause heavy injuries or
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
Hot surfaces may cause skin burn. The mill housing and internals
have high temperatures.
Warning!
Lack of oxygen or the presence of toxic kiln gases may cause
unconsciousness.
For any work inside the mill, ensure proper ventilation.
There are three oil drain plugs (screw plug, item 353.5) on the closed bearing lid
(item 353). For checking the oil level, two of the screw plugs must be in the upper
position on a horizontal level.
The oil level must reach up to these two screw plugs.
Caution!
Any contaminations contained in the oil may cause a bearing
damage. Carefully clean the area around the screw plug in order to
avoid any entry of dust into the grinding roller.
For checking, remove these two screw plugs.
If the oil level is too low, refill oil (see section "Oil change").
Check the permanent magnets of the oil drain plugs for metal chips, then carefully
clean the permanent magnets.
Caution!
Any metal chips contained in the oil may cause a bearing damage.
Perform regular checks on the oil and replace the bearing if
required.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 3 / 12
Important
After initial start-up or following a bearing replacement, fine metal
chips may be found in the roller bearings. Generally this occurs
during run-in. Such abrasion normally stops after a few operating
hours. Most of it will be flushed away during the first oil change to
be carried out after some operating hours (see lubrication list).
Check the condition of the sealing rings (items 353.6) and replace them if required.
Screw in the screw plugs.
Important
If metal chips are found, also check and clean the third screw plug
if possible. For this purpose, turn the grinding roller.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 4 / 12
8.2.2.4 Oil change on the grinding rollers
Important
Oil change on the grinding rollers is carried out as shown on
drawings no. 184 272 (Emptying of grinding rollers) and
no. 177 886 (Filling of grinding rollers) in chapter 8 – annex.
The parts required for this purpose have been delivered as
accessories together with the mill.
Caution!
Any contaminations contained in the lubricating oil will reduce the
lifetime of the roller bearings.
The parts delivered for emptying must be used only for emptying
the grinding rollers.
Do not mix polyglycol oil with other oil types or liquids.
The pump, filter, and hose provided for filling must be used only for
filling the grinding rollers.
Important
The item numbers 300 to 399 refer to the spare parts drawing of
the MPS mill (grinding roller) in chapter 9.
For doing the oil change, it is necessary to enter the grinding zone.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
When working inside the warm mill, wear appropriate protective
clothing.
Important
An oil change should preferably be made at service temperature
because the grinding rollers are filled with a highly viscous oil.
Warning!
unconsciousness.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 5 / 12
Caution!
Environmental damages may be caused by oil leakages.
Use an oil binder for immediately removing any oil spilled during
draining or filling.
Professional waste oil disposal must be ensured.
There are three oil drain plugs (screw plug, item 353.5) on the closed bearing lid
(item 353). For draining the oil, one screw plug must be in the uppermost position
while the other two are in the lower position on a horizontal level.
Caution!
Any contaminations contained in the oil may cause a bearing
damage. Carefully clean the area around the screw plug in order to
avoid any entry of dust into the grinding roller.
Instead of the upper screw plug fit a double nipple (items 1 to 4) with sealing ring
(items 5 to 8) along with a ball cock (item 9). Make sure to close the ball cock.
Warning!
Moving parts may squeeze parts of the body, causing heavy
injuries or casualty.
Leave the mill before turning the grinding rollers.
Turn the grinding roller with the maintenance drive until the ball cock is in the lowest
position. The two screw plugs will then be in the upper position on a horizontal level.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
You may enter the grinding zone now and connect one end of the draining hose to
the ball cock (item 9).
The other end of the draining hose with the pump nozzle (item 12) must be outside
the mill.
Remove the two upper screw plugs to ensure proper ventilation of the bearing zone.
Open the ball cock (item 9).
Use an appropriate receptacle, open the pump nozzle (item 12) and drain the oil into
the receptacle.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 6 / 12
Caution!
Skin burn may be caused by hot oil leaking out.
Use protective gloves.
Check the permanent magnets of the three oil drain plugs for metal chips, then
carefully clean the permanent magnets.
Important
To become aware of the state of the grinding roller bearing, weigh
the metal chips and enter the value into the “Checklist grinding roller
bearing” in chapter 8.3.
Caution!
Any metal chips contained in the oil may stem from a bearing
damage.
Perform regular checks on the oil and replace the bearing if
required.
Important
After initial start-up or following a bearing replacement, fine metal
chips may be found in the roller bearings. Generally this occurs
during run-in. Such abrasion normally stops after a few operating
hours. Most of it will be flushed away during the first oil change to
be carried out after some operating hours (see lubrication list).
Check the condition of the sealing ring (item 353.6) and replace it if required.
Replace the ball cock (item 9) with the screw plug.
Filling
Important
The items 1 to 9 mentioned below refer to dwg. no. 177 886 “Filling
of grinding rollers”.
For filling in the oil, open the two upper screw plugs, which are on a horizontal level.
Screw one of the double nipples (items 4 to 6) with its sealing ring (items 7 to 9) into
one of these two bores.
Screw in the fixed half of the threaded coupling (item 3).
Connect the hose (item 2) with the pump/filter unit (item 1).
Caution!
Fill in the oil through the pump/filter unit (item 1) into the roller.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 7 / 12
Use the pump/filter unit (item 1) to pump the oil into the roller until the oil level
reaches the level of the two horizontally positioned screw plugs on the bearing lid.
Important
For lubrication intervals and quantities and for the oil quality to be
used, see our lubrication list in chapter 8.3.
Check the condition of the sealing rings (items 350.3 and 353.6) and replace them if
required.
Remove the hose and screw back in the screw plugs.
Caution!
The parts required for filling the grinding rollers have to be
protected against dust during storage.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 8 / 12
8.2.2.5 Check of automatic leveling of grinding rollers
Prior to start-up of mill, the grinding rollers are lifted and leveled automatically by
means of the displacement transducers (refer to interlocking diagram in chapter
10.3).
When lowering the grinding rollers, the displacement transducers monitor whether or
not lowering is performed uniformly.
Important
For the functional description, refer to operating instructions of
hydraulic unit for grinding roller tension system in chapter 11.
It is necessary to level and uniformly lower the rollers to make sure they are put
down on the grinding plate simultaneously.
Caution!
If the grinding rollers are out of alignment when going down onto
the grinding bed, damages may be caused on the mill.
Therefore check the automatic leveling at regular intervals.
For checking, lift off the grinding rollers.
After the automatic leveling of the grinding rollers, measure the stroke on each of
the three hydraulic cylinders.
The extended length must be the same on all three hydraulic cylinders, with a
tolerance of +/- 5 mm.
If this is not the case, the system must be checked. A displacement transducer
might be defective or might have to be newly calibrated.
Important
Also refer to operating instructions of displacement transducer in
chapter 11.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 9 / 12
8.2.2.6 Lubrication of classifier bearing
1. When delivered, the roller bearings of the machine and the lubrication pipes
are filled with grease.
2. When new roller bearings are fitted and/or when the lubricant is changed, fill
the roller bearings with fresh grease completely, fill two thirds of the free space
in the bearing housings and 100% of the lubrication pipes.
3. Relubrication
Use lubrication nipple at classifier drive duct.
When relubricating, check whether any grease is pressed into the lubrication
pipe. If the lubrication pipe is clogged, clear it.
Important
For lubrication intervals and quantities and for the grease quality to
be used, see our lubrication list in chapter 8.3.
Caution!
Too much grease in the roller bearing may cause overheating and
result in a bearing damage.
Do not exceed the amount of grease indicated when filling the roller
bearings.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 10 / 12
8.2.2.7 Lubrication of roller bearings in the plummer block housings without grease nipples
1. When the machine is supplied to the site, the roller bearings are filled with
grease.
2. It is not possible to relubricate the roller bearings through grease nipples.
3. Replacement of lubricant
Fill new grease into the roller bearings in regular intervals as described below.
Shut down the machine.
Warning!
Any unintended restart of the machine may cause heavy injuries.
unintendedly.
Caution!
The plummer block housings may be hot and cause burn on the
hands.
Let the plummer block housings cool down.
Remove the lids on the plummer block housings. Largely remove the old grease
from the roller bearings. Then fill in fresh grease. Make sure to fill the roller bearings
completely and two thirds of the cavities of the plummer block housings.
Important
The lubrication intervals as well as lubricant quantity and grease type
to be used are referred to in our lubrication list (see chapter 8.3).
Check the sealings and replace them if necessary.
ge141338-8W.docx Page 11 / 12
8.2.2.8 Oil level check at drive of two-flap gate lock
Contrary to the supplier's instructions it is not possible to check the oil level with the
oil level plug.
If oil leaks, estimate the quantity that leaked and fill up correspondingly.
When changing the oil, fill up the oil quantity specified in our lubrication list.
Important
For lubrication intervals and quantities and for the oil quality to be
used, see our lubrication list (chapter 8.3).
ge141338-8W.docx Page 12 / 12
Chapter 8.2.3
- table: Tightening torques for screws - general
- table: Tightening torques for screws - MPS
- table: Tightening torques for screws – SLS
- table: Tightening torques for screws - RL
- table: Wear limits of seal air gaps
- table: Wear limits of grinding roller stop
- table: Wear limits of pressure frame stop
- table: Gap and wear measurement - pressure frame stop
- leaflet: Wear measurement at grinding elements
ge141338-8E.docx Page 1 / 1
department: TK rev.-no.: 03
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Prägert rev. date: 25.06.2003
Kaiserslautern Tightening torques for screws made on: 11.12.1997 checked by: Prägert
checked on: 25.06.2003
Maschine: Allgemein
machine: general
Schrauben- Festigkeits-
Teil-Nr. * Bezeichnung Anziehdrehmoment
größe klasse
part no. * description screw size property tightening torque
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
5.6 18 Nm 21 Nm
M 10
8.8 41 Nm 50 Nm
5.6 30 Nm 38 Nm
M 12
8.8 70 Nm 87 Nm
Achtung! M 16
5.6 75 Nm 93 Nm
Spezielle Anziehdrehmomente einzelner 8.8 170 Nm 210 Nm
Schrauben in den Einzeltabellen der 5.6 150 Nm 180 Nm
Maschinen (Kapitel 8.2.3) sowie in den M 20
8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
Unterlagen der Anlagenkomponenten
(Kapitel 11) beachten. 5.6 250 Nm 310 Nm
M 24
8.8 570 Nm 710 Nm
Attention! 5.6 370 Nm 460 Nm
M 27
Observe special tightening torques of 8.8 850 Nm 1 050 Nm
individual screws specified in the individual
5.6 500 Nm 620 Nm
machine tables (chapter 8.2.3) and in the M 30
8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
documents of the plant components
(chapter 11). 5.6 870 Nm 1 100 Nm
M 36
8.8 2 000 Nm 2 500 Nm
5.6 1 400 Nm 1 750 Nm
M 42
8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
5.6 2 100 Nm 2 650 Nm
M 48
8.8 4 800 Nm 6 000 Nm
5.6 3 400 Nm 4 200 Nm
M 56
8.8 7 700 Nm 9 700 Nm
5.6 5 000 Nm 6 300 Nm
M 64
8.8 11 500 Nm 14 500 Nm
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnung (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl

* For the part numbers see the spare parts µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
drawing (chapter 9) µ = 0,14: geölt
** coefficient of friction
µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
µ = 0,14: oiled
Die in dieser Tabelle angegebenen Drehmomente ergeben eine Dehnung auf 90% der Schraubenstreckgrenze.
The torques specified in this table result in an elongation corresponding to 90% of the screw yield point.
Etkb1m01.XLS Allgemein 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Scherrer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Tightening torques for screws made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
client / project: Gebr. Pfeiffer Inc. / Barranquilla 2- Co
Maschine: Walzenschüsselmühle
MPS 3350 BC
machine: vertical roller mill
größe klasse
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
Klemmschraube
214 M 30 8.8 1 200 Nm 1 420 Nm
clamp screw
Sechskantschraube
262 M 56 8.8 7 700 Nm 9 700 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Zylinderschraube
313 M 30 8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
hexagon socket head cap screw
Zylinderschraube
321.1 M 42 8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
Sechskantschraube
351.1 M 42 8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
352.1 M 48 8.8 4 800 Nm 6 000 Nm
hexagon head screw
Sechskantschraube
353.1 M 48 8.8 4 800 Nm 6 000 Nm
hexagon head screw
Schraube mit Hartgusskopf
361.1 M 20 5.6 150 Nm 180 Nm
bolt with chilled iron head
Schraube mit Hartgusskopf
361.2 M 20 5.6 150 Nm 180 Nm
bolt with chilled iron head
Sechskantschraube
401.1 M 30 8.8 1 150 Nm 1 420 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Sechskantschraube
537.3 M 48 8.8 4 800 Nm 6 000 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Zylinderschraube
541.2 M 16 8.8 / 210 Nm
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen MPS (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl

200-299 Gruppe Mahlschüssel µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
300-399 Mahlwalze µ = 0,14: geölt
400-499 Zusammenstellung
500-599 Spannvorrichtung
* For the part numbers see the spare parts ** coefficient of friction
drawings MPS (chapter 9) µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
200-299 assembly grinding bowl µ = 0,14: oiled
300-399 grinding roller
400-499 assembly
500-599 tension device
Für die in dieser Liste nicht aufgeführten Schrauben der MPS gelten die Anziehdrehmomente
gemäß der Liste "Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben - Allgemein ".
For the MPS screws not specified in the above list the tightening torques specified in the
table "Tightening torques for screws - general " apply.
Etk20141338.xlsx Mo_MPS 1/2

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Scherrer rev. date:
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
MPS 3350 BC
machine: vertical roller mill
größe klasse
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
Zylinderschraube
556 M 24 8.8 570 Nm 710 Nm
Zylinderschraube
557 M 24 8.8 165 Nm 190 Nm
Stiftschraube
702.1 M 42 8.8 3 200 Nm 4 000 Nm
stud
Stiftschraube
768.1 M 20 8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
stud
Sechskantschraube
901.1 M 24 8.8 570 Nm 710 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Sechskantschraube
901.3 M 16 8.8 170 Nm 210 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Sechskantschraube
902.1 M 20 8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Sechskantschraube
903.1 M 20 8.8 330 Nm 410 Nm
hexagon head bolt
Zylinderschraube
916.1 M 8 8.8 20 Nm 24 Nm
Zylinderschraube
920.1 M 8 8.8 20 Nm 24 Nm
Vorspannkraft ***
tensioning force ***
Schraubenbolzen
743 M 72x6 8.8 1600 kN
stud bolt
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen MPS (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl
500-599 Spannvorrichtung µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
700-799 Zusammenstellung µ = 0,14: geölt
900-999 Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen *** mit Vorspannwerkzeug
drawings MPS (chapter 9) µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
500-599 tension device µ = 0,14: oiled
700-799 assembly *** with bolt tensioner
900-999 torque support for pressure frame
Für die in dieser Liste nicht aufgeführten Schrauben der MPS gelten die Anziehdrehmomente
For the MPS screws not specified in the above list the tightening torques specified in the
Etk20141338.xlsx Mo_MPS 2/2

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Hollstein rev. date:
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Maschine: Lamellensichter
SLS 2900 BC
machine: lamella classifier
größe klasse
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
Sechskantschraube
202.1 M 24 8.8 570 Nm 710 Nm
hexagon head screw
Zylinderschraube
217.1 M 16 8.8 170 Nm 210 Nm
Zylinderschraube
221.1 M 16 8.8 170 Nm 210 Nm
Zylinderschraube
226.1 M 16 8.8 170 Nm 210 Nm
Zylinderschraube
238.1 M 12 8.8 70 Nm 87 Nm
Schrumpfscheibe anziehen, bis Vorderkante fluchtet

128
shrinkage disk to be tightened until front edge is aligned
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen SLS (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl

µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
µ = 0,14: geölt
drawings SLS (chapter 9) µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
µ = 0,14: oiled
Für die in dieser Liste nicht aufgeführten Schrauben des SLS gelten die Anziehdrehmomente
For the SLS screws not specified in the above list the tightening torques specified in the
Etk20141338.xlsx Mo_SLS 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Anziehdrehmomente für Schrauben made by: Gehrke rev. date:
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Maschine: Zellenradschleuse
machine:
RL 1250 C
rotary lock
größe klasse
class µ = 0,1 µ = 0,14 **
Stehlagergehäuse
160 / 180 M 24 8.8 350 Nm
pillow block frame
Sechskantmutter
161 / 181 M 30 8.8 1400 Nm
hexagon nut
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen RL (Kapitel 9) ** Reibungszahl

µ = 0,1 : geschmiert mit MoS2 -Paste
µ = 0,14: geölt
drawing RL (chapter 9) µ = 0,1 : lubricated with MoS2 -paste
µ = 0,14: oiled
Für die in dieser Liste nicht aufgeführten Schrauben der RL gelten die Anziehdrehmomente
For the RL screws not specified in the above list the tightening torques specified in the
Etk20141338.xlsx Mo_RL 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Verschleißgrenzen der Sperrluftspalte made by: Scherrer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Wear limits of seal air gaps made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
machine:
MPS 3350 BC
vertical roller mill
Teil-Nr. * Beschreibung Spaltbreite Verschleißgrenze
part no. * description gap width wear limit
Sperrluftspalt Mahlwalze ca. 2 mm oder Sperrluftdruck
322 / 323 0,5 - 1,0 mm
seal air gap grinding roller abt. 2 mm or seal air pressure
Sperrluftspalt Zugstangenabdichtung ca. 2 mm
532 / 546 1,0 mm
seal air gap pull rod sealing abt. 2 mm
Sperrluftspalt Zugstangenabdichtung ca. 2 mm
547 / 545 0,5 - 0,9 mm
seal air gap pull rod sealing abt. 2 mm
Sperrluftspalt Sperrluftleitung ca. 2 mm oder Sperrluftdruck
601 / 606 0,3 - 0,35 mm
seal air gap seal air piping abt. 2 mm or seal air pressure
Sperrluftspalt Drehmomentstütze ca. 4 mm
904 / 701 2,0 mm
seal air gap torque support abt. 4 mm
* Teil-Nr. siehe Ersatzteilzeichnungen MPS (Kapitel 9)

300-399 Mahlwalze
500-599 Spannvorrichtung
600-699 Sperrluftleitung
900-999 Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen
* For the part numbers see the spare parts drawings MPS (chapter 9)
300-399 grinding roller
500-599 tension device
600-699 seal air ducting
700-799 assembly
Etk20141338.xlsx Sp_B02 1/1

Verschleißgrenzen Mahlwalzenanschlag
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Scherrer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Wear limits of grinding roller stop made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
machine:
MPS 3350 BC
Teil-Nr. * Beschreibung Verschleißgrenze (Abhängig von der Verschleißform)
part no. * description wear limit (depending on the wear profile)
Anschlag für Mahlwalze nach Verschleiß
766 10 mm
stop to grinding roller after wear material loss
Panzerplatte nach Verschleiß
768 10 mm
liner plate after wear material loss
Bolzen Restquerschnitt Verschleiß
860 Ø 60 mm = 5 mm
bolt when worn down wear material loss
861 Ø 60 mm = 5 mm
Lasche nach Verschleiß
862 5 mm
strap after wear material loss
874 Ø 70 mm = 5 mm
875 Ø 70 mm = 5 mm
Lasche nach Verschleiß
876 5 mm
strap after wear material loss
alle anderen Teile von Mahlwalzen-
anschlag, innen nach Verschleiß
865-877 15%
all other parts of the inner after wear material loss
grinding roller stop

860-877 Mahlwalzenanschlag, innen
700-799 assembly
860-877 grinding roller stop - inside
Etk20141338.xlsx V_MW 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Verschleißgrenzen Druckrahmenanschlag made by: Scherrer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Wear limits of pressure frame stop made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
machine:
MPS 3350 BC
Teil-Nr. * Beschreibung Verschleißgrenze
part no. * description wear limit
Panzerplatte nach Verschleiß (= Aufschweißschicht)
702 5 mm
liner plate after wear material loss (= hard faced layer)
Panzerplatte nach Verschleiß (= Aufschweißschicht)
707 7 mm
liner plate after wear material loss (= hard faced layer)
701 4 mm
706 3 mm
Bolzen (Kopf des Bolzens) nach Verschleiß
904 3 mm
bolt (head of the bolt) after wear material loss
916 / 918 / Pufferkopf / Stößel / Kugelpfanne nach Gesamtverschleiß
3 mm
919 buffer head / bolt / ball socket after total wear
Anschlagring nach Verschleiß (für jeden Anschlagring)
922 2 mm
retainer ring after wear material loss (for each retainer ring)
Bolzen / Gleitlager nach Verschleiß (im Durchmesser)
904 / 909 1 mm
bolt / friction bearing after wear material loss (diameter)

904-920 Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen
701-707 assembly
Achtung! Spaltweiten beachten.

Siehe Tabelle "Spalt- und Verschleißmessung Druckrahmenanschlag".
Attention! Observe gap width.

See table "Gap and wear measurement - pressure frame stop"
Achtung! Auch bei zunehmendem Verschleiß darf der Bolzen (Pos.904) nicht
an der Panzerplatte (Pos. 706) verhaken.
Attention! Ensure that even with progressing wear the bolt (item 904) cannot
get caught in the liner plate (item 706).
Achtung! Verschleißgrenzen der Panzerplatten Pos. 701 und 706 sowie Pufferkopf (Pos. 916), Stößel
(Pos. 918) und Kugelpfanne (Pos. 919) nicht überschreiten, da sonst die Drehmomemtstütze
beschädigt werden kann.
Attention! Do not exceed wear limits of liner plates, items 701 and 706, buffer head (item 916), bolt (918)
and ball socket (item 919) since otherwise the torque support may suffer damage.
Etk20141338.xlsx V_DR13 1/1

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Gap and wear measurement made by: Scherrer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern pressure frame stop made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
machine: vertical roller mill MPS 3350 BC

A. Gap and wear on liner plates
gap dimension
for item numbers 904 - 918 and dimensions
A B y z
y and z see spare parts drawing MPS
normal position
8 0 46 82 - torque support for pressure frame
with new parts
for item numbers 701 - 707
values as
see spare parts drawing MPS - assembly
measured
dimensions in mm
values calculated from measured values

1. Actual gap with A:
for z = 82 mm applies: effective gap = A + B
calculated value:
for B = 0 and z < 82 mm applies: effective gap = A - ( 82 - z )
Newly adjust gap by means of shims (item 703) or replace worn parts at the latest when the actual gap width
totals a maximum 8 mm (see description "Replacement of liner plates", chapter 8.4).
2. Wear at bolt (item 904) and liner plate (item 706): Observe wear limits!
for B = 0 and z = 82 mm applies: wear = 46 - y
calculated value:
for B = 0 and z < 82 mm applies: wear = 46 - y - ( 82 - z )
3. Wear at liner plates (item 702 and 707): Observe wear limits!
for B = 0 and y = 46 mm applies: wear = A- 8
calculated value:
for B = 0 and y < 46 mm applies: wear = A - 8 - ( 46 - y )
Etk20141338.xlsx DRD3-e 1/2

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Gap and wear measurement made by: Scherrer rev. date:
Kaiserslautern pressure frame stop made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
machine: vertical roller mill MPS 3350 BC
B. Gap and wear on torque support for pressure frame
gap dimension Items 903 - 922 as well as

C w z zmax zmin gap w and dimension z
values see spare parts drawing MPS -
0 12 177 185 100 torque support for pressure frame
with new parts
values as
measured dimensions in mm
pre-tensioning of buffer (= zmax - z): v= 8

total stroke of hydraulik buffer (= zmax - zmin): h= 85
1. Wear at buffer head (item 916), bolt (item 918) and ball socket (item 919):
Observe wear limits!
wear = 12 - w calculated value:
2. Correction of value z for C > 0: Observe wear limits!

for C = 0 mm applies: z = zmeas
calculated value:
for C > 0 mm applies: z = zmeas + C
Maximum admissible value for z: zmax,adm = 182 mm
When reaching the maximum admissible value for z = zmax,adm use shims (item 903.4) for readjusting dimension z
back to the value as for new parts.
Etk20141338.xlsx DRD3-e 2/2

department: TK rev. no.: 02
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Wear measurement of made by: Prägert/Schn. rev. date: 17.02.2014
Kaiserslautern grinding elements made on: 19.03.1998
Along with the mill, Gebr. Pfeiffer SE supplies wear templates (see tool box) allowing the customer
to determine the current state of wear of the grinding elements.
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE evaluates these wear measurements with a computer programme (computer
aided wear analysis). The result is a wear profile which informs of the particular wear progress
in mm, kg and %, of details of specific wear and of the expected lifetime of the grinding elements.
The customer is requested to advise Gebr. Pfeiffer SE of the measured values (in mm) determined on the
measuring rays, along with the operating hours elapsed (in h) and throughput achieved (in t) since the fitting
of these wear parts. Please use the below table to obtain our evaluation shortly.
However, such evaluation will not make any sense until wear is clearly measurable (several mm).
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE recommends regular wear measurements. If wear does not change considerably
between the individual measurements, intervals can be prolonged.
It is imperative for an accurate evaluation that wear measurement is carried out with the supplied
wear templates only. A drawing of the templates is included in the annex of chapter 8.
order no.: Com./ Serial no.:

mill: client:
Wear at the grinding roller

date of operating time quantity ground measuring points (mm)
measurement in hours * in tons ** 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Wear at the grinding table

date of operating time quantity ground measuring points (mm)
measurement in hours * in tons ** 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
* = operating hours since last replacement of wear parts

** = throughput of dry finished product since last replacement of wear parts
Etkb1m12.xls chart 1/3

department: TK rev. no.:
Wear measurement at
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Prägert. rev. date:
Kaiserslautern
grinding elements
made on: 21.04.2004
- grinding roller -
1
1
C B
mill centre
1
2
3 . .
3 . A
A template for grinding roller (drawing see annex of chapter 8)
B roller tyre
C wear
Wear measurement
- push the template over the grinding roller tyre
- Attention! Template to be flush with roller tire 1
- fixe the template with the star handle screws 2
- measure wear along the marked lines 3
Measure wear at all grinding rollers, if possible.
Etkb1m12.xls roller08 2/3

department: TK rev. no.:
Wear measurement at
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Prägert/Schn. rev. date:
Kaiserslautern
grinding elements
made on: 19.10.2001
- grinding table -
1
2 3
3
1
.
. .
2
B
C 1
A template for grinding table (drawing see annex of chapter 8)
B grinding table
C wear
Wear measurement
- clean grinding table
- place the templates on the places marked 1
- push the template to the stop 2
- measure wear along the marked lines 3
Measure wear at two or three places, if possible.
Etkb1m12.xls table08 3/3

8.3 Lubrication instructions
8.3.1 General hints
The lubrication points (oil/grease) are indicated in the following lubrication list.
The list quotes the oil and grease qualities to be used (designations according to
DIN 51 502) and includes lubrication intervals and quantities.
The lubrication list is complemented by the enclosed lubrication chart.
For the various lubricants, the chart gives the brand names of various lubricant
suppliers.
Observe also the instructions given in the documents on the individual machine and
its components (chapter 11).
Observe the relevant regulations on environmental protection when using any

lubricants and when disposing of them!
Greasing instructions:
The heating of the greased bearings is checked during commissioning. High

temperatures suggest that there is too much grease in the bearing. In this case
check the grease filling (with machine switched off) and remove any excessive
grease.
After exchange of the grease filling or after regreasing, higher temperatures can
occur when starting the machine until the grease is evenly spread.
(Check temperature in bearings from time to time.)
Oil lubrication instructions:
Observe the intervals for oil changes quoted in the lubrication list.
Before carrying out oil changes, carefully clear the housing of oil mud, used oil
remainders and abraded particles. For this purpose use the oil quality which is used
for operation (heat up viscous oil qualities before use).
Use only oil qualities as specified!
Synthetic oil qualities must not be mixed with mineral oil or other synthetic oil
qualities. When changing from one oil quality to another (if permitted) rinse
thoroughly with the new oil quality.
ge141338-83.docx Page 1 / 4
8.3.2 Instructions for lubrication of grinding roller bearings
Most important for achieving a long lifetime of the roller bearings is to use the right
lubricating oil!
Caution!
Inadequate lubricating oils cause bearing damages.
Use only such oils that comply with the following requirements
and/or are listed on our lubricant chart.
As is usual on grinding-drying mills, the grinding roller bearings must be lubricated

with a fully synthetic, polyglycol-based lubricating oil (PG oil).
The designation as per DIN 51502 is: CLP PG xxx

(xxx stands for basic viscosity at 40°C.)
The minimum requirements for the lubricating oil are laid down in DIN 51517-3 (as
of June 2009).
In addition, the lubricating oil must comply with the following quality requirements
stipulated by Gebr. Pfeiffer SE which are more severe than those specified in the
above DIN standard:
• Viscosity index as per DIN ISO 2909 must be ≥ 250.

• Pour point must be ≤ - 25°C.
• When carrying out the roller bearing test FE8 as per DIN 51819-3 with test
conditions D7,5/80-80, maximum roller wear must be < 10 mg and maximum
cage wear must be < 100 mg.
However, for proper lubrication, even more important than the basic viscosity at
40°C is the viscosity at operating temperature.
In fact the lubricating oil suited for grinding roller bearings must have a viscosity at
operating temperature of at least 100 mm²/s as stated in the roller bearing
manufacturers’ instructions.
Moreover, the maximum temperature for using such oil must be at least 20°C higher
than operating temperature.
The above requirements are fulfilled by polyglycol oils only. Other synthetic
lubricating oils such as polyalpha olefins PAO (with a viscosity at 100°C of about 70
mm²/s only and a viscosity index VI of about 150) do not fulfill these requirements.
Mineral oils are totally inadequate (viscosity at 100°C is about 30 mm²/s only, VI
about 90).
Hence for grinding rollers with dip lubrication, lubricating oil type CLP PG 1000 is
normally used because the operating temperature of the bearings is > 100°C.
In case of circulating oil lubrication, lubricating oil type CLP PG 680 is normally used
because additional cooling is provided for the operating oil (operating temperature of
bearings is < 100°C).
ge141338-83.docx Page 2 / 4
For plants that are not used for grinding-drying, i.e. where temperature after
classifier is less than 85°C, other lubricating oils may be used after consultation with
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE.
In each case, however, the specifications under 2.1 of our lubrication list must be
observed.
The products listed on our lubricant chart do fulfill these requirements. However,
using such oil does not automatically provide a guarantee. You are requested to ask
your lubricant supplier to undertake a guarantee for the quality of the lubricating oil.
New grinding rollers are filled with preserving oil. Prior to commissioning, the
preserving oil must be drained completely and the grinding rollers must be filled with
service oil (lubricating oil) as specified in our lubrication list.
A remainder of less than 1% of the preserving oil in the rollers after draining won’t
do any harm. This remainder will definitely be removed by carrying out the first oil
change after a few operating hours (see lubrication list).
During initial commissioning or after having replaced a bearing, fine metal abrasion
may occur in the roller bearings which is - technically seen - quite normal. This
phenomenon is sort of start-up abrasion which will normally stop during the initial
operating period. Most of the metal abrasion will be removed while carrying out the
first oil change scheduled after a few operating hours already (see lubrication list).
Polyglycol oils must not be mixed with mineral oils or other synthetic oils. Problems
may also be caused by mixing polyglycol oils from different manufacturers or by
mixing such oils with different viscosity rates. Hence, when refilling, always use the
same lubricating oil quality from the same supplier.
If you want to use a different product, the lubricating oil in the grinding rollers must
be drained completely.
Caution!
Any impurities contained in the lubricating oil reduce the lifetime of
the roller bearings.
Ensure cleanliness when filling in the oil:
- thoroughly clean the area around the oil filling screw
on the grinding rollers to avoid any inleak of dust;
- use clean receptacles only;
- fill in the oil through a filter.
ge141338-83.docx Page 3 / 4
If large amounts of oil are involved, it is recommended to carry out the oil change
whenever this turns out to be necessary after an oil analysis. With such an oil
analysis, at least the following criteria must be verified:
- viscosity at 40°C
- viscosity at 100°C
- viscosity index (VI)
- water content
- iron content
- PQ index
- contamination
- aging
- any additives used?
Any oil changes and oil checks must be documented in the attached “Checklist for
grinding roller bearings”.
ge141338-83.docx Page 4 / 4
Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Gehrke rev. date:
Kaiserslautern Lubrication list made on: 16.02.2015 checked by: Hartmann
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
client: Gebr.Pfeiffer Inc. project: Barranquilla 2 - Co com. no.: 2014133800400
Nr. Anz. Bezeichnung Schmierstoff Füllmenge 1. Fül- Nach- Nachschmier- 1. Schmier- weitere Schmier- Bemerkungen
Kennzeichnung nach lung vor- schmier- intervall stoffwechsel stoffwechsel
DIN 51502 handen menge
siehe auch Schmierstofftabelle je X =Ja je
no. qty. designation lubricant filling 1st. lubricant relubrication 1st. lubricant further lubricant remarks
symbol acc. to DIN 51 502 capacity filling quantity to intervals change changes
see lubrication chart existing be refilled
Öl Fett
oil grease per item X =Yes per item
Zellenradschleuse
1.2 1 RL 1250 C
rotary lock
ca. / approx. Wälzlager ganz und 2/3 des freien Raums im Gehäuse
Wälzlager
mit frischem Fett füllen. Verschiedene Fettsorten
1.2.1 2 3 kg X
nicht Mischen; soll ein anderes Fett verwendet werden,
rolling bearing KP2R-20 12 Monate / months
ist das Altfett vollständig zu entfernen.
fill roller bearing completely and 2/3 of the free
space in housing with fresh grease;
do not mix greases of different type; carefully
replace old grease if another grease is to be used.
Getriebemotor siehe Betriebsanleitung /
1.2.2 1 see operating instructions: SEW
gearmotor Kapitel / chapter 11.2
Getriebe KH 157 CLP PG 220 31 l + < 15.000 h Öl überprüfen: < 3 000 h
1.2.2.1 1 X
gearbox R107 6,3 l < 5 Jahre / years check oil: < 6 Monate / months
(synth. Öl / oil)
Motor siehe Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten)
1.2.2.2 1 Typenschild X
motor see nameplate greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings)
Achtung: Bitte beachten Sie die Schmier- und Wartungsanweisungen der einzelnen Hersteller Attention: Please observe the lubrication and maintenance instructions of the
(siehe Betriebsanleitungen und Typenschilder). individual manufacturers (see operating instructions and nameplates).
Vor dem Betrieb sind die Schmierstellen und die Ölfüllungen zu überprüfen. Check lubrication points and oil fillings before putting the machine in operation.
Nur die von dem jeweiligen Getriebehersteller freigegebenen Öle verwenden. Only use oil qualities specified by the individual gearbox manufacturer.
Etk20141338.xlsx RL01 1/9

Schmierliste
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Walzenschüsselmühle
2.0 1 MPS 3350 BC
CLP PG 1000 < 8 000 h
Mahlwalze Ölprobe alle 3 Monate, Beurteilung und
2.1 3 synth. Öl / oil 45 l 1.) 50 - 100 h < 1 Jahr / year
Freigabe durch den Ölhersteller
nur Öle verwenden, die in unserer abhängig von Öl-
grinding roller
Schmierstofftabelle aufgeführt sind 2.) < 1 000 h probe auch > 1 Jahr
oil sample to be taken every 3 months,
only use oils specified in our depending on oil
assessment and release by lubricant manufacturer
lubrication chart sample also > 1 year
Radialwellendichtring zur Mahlwalze bei Dichtungswechsel
2.2 3 radial shaft sealing ring to go with KP2N-20 0,1 kg X
grinding roller with each replacement of sealing
Hydraulikaggregat ca. / approx. siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.3 1 Mahlwalzenfederung HLP 46 500 l < 1 000 h 3 000 - 5 000 h see operating instructions: Hydac
Kapitel / chapter 11.3
hydraulic unit of grinding roller Füllmenge inkl. Hydraulikzylinder
suspension system filling capacity incl. hydraulic cylinders
Motor Hydraulikaggregat Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.3.1 1 X see operating instructions: Siemens
motor to hydraulic unit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.3
Gelenklager Hydraulikzylinder
2.4 3 KPF2K 30 cm3 5 cm3 150 h Lagerwechsel:
15 000 h
articulation bearing of hydraulic mit/with MoS2 replace bearing:
cylinder
Gleitlager zur ca. / approx.
je 2 Schmiernippel pro Drehmomentstütze
2.5 3 Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen Klüberlub 0,75 kg X 2 x 15 cm³ 72 h
sliding bearing to BE 41-1501
2 lubricating nipples each per torque support
torque support for pressure frame
bei Montage und Instandhaltung alle Kontakt- und siehe Ersatzteilzeichnung
Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen
2.6 3 Klüberlub Gleitflächen im Innern der Drehmomentstütze neu schmieren MPS - Drehmomentstütze für Druckrahmen
BE 41-1501 provide all contact and sliding surfaces inside the torque see spare parts drawing
torque support for pressure frame
support with new grease during fitting and maintenance MPS - torque support for pressure frame
Etk20141338.xlsx MPS01 2/9

Schmierliste
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Sperrluftventilator siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.7 1 see operating instructions: Rotamill
seal air fan Kapitel / chapter 11.6
Motor Sperrluftventilator Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
motor to seal air fan greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.6
Schwenksäule der vor jedem Schmierstellen siehe Zeichnung
2.8 1 Walzenausbauvorrichtung K3K-20 Gebrauch "Walzenausbauvorrichtung" (Kapitel 8 - Anhang)
Lift-and Swing column of before lubrication points acc. to drawing
Lift-and-Swing System every use "Lift-and-Swing System" (chapter 8 - Annex)
Hydraulikaggregat zur ca. / approx. siehe Betriebsanleitung /
3 Jahre / years
2.9 1 Walzenausbauvorrichtung HLP 46 30 l see operating instructions: Hydac
portable hydraulic unit of je nach Ergebnis einer Ölanalyse Kapitel / chapter 11.4
Lift-and-Swing System depending on result of oil analysis
Motor Hydraulikaggregat Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
motor to hydraulic unit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.4
Etk20141338.xlsx MPS01 3/9

Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Barz rev. date:
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Pumpe zur Wassereindüsung siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.10 1 NM 038 see operating instructions: Netzsch
pump for water injection Kapitel / chapter 11.7
Bolzengelenk bei jedem Öffnen

2.10.1 2 CLP HC 460 0,15 l X
pin joint when opening the pump for any reason
2.10.2 1 see operating instructions: Nord
Getriebe siehe < 10 000 h
2.10.2.1 1 SK 20 Typenschild 0,35 l X
gearbox see nameplate < 2 Jahre / years
Motor Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten)
2.10.2.2 1 X
motor greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings)
Etk20141338.xlsx Eindüs05 4/9

Schmierliste
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Pumpe für Mahlhilfsmittel siehe Betriebsanleitung /
2.11 1 NM 015 see operating instructions: Netzsch
pump for grinding aid Kapitel / chapter 11.7
Bolzengelenk bei jedem Öffnen

2.11.1 2 UH1 6-460 0,015 l X
pin joint when opening the pump for any reason
2.11.2 1 see operating instructions: Nord
Getriebe siehe < 10 000 h
2.11.2.1 1 SK 01 Typenschild 0,22 l X
gearbox see nameplate < 2 Jahre / years
2.11.2.2 1 X
Etk20141338.xlsx Eindüs05(02) 5/9

Schmierliste
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Mühlenantrieb
3.0 1
mill drive
ca. / approx. je nach Ergebnis siehe Betriebsanleitung /
Getriebe CLP 320
1 000 h der Ölanalyse see operating instructions: Siemens
3.1 1 KMPS 396 (ISO VG 320) 2 600 l
depending on Kapitel / chapter 11.9
gearbox
nur vom Getriebehersteller ( = gesamte oder je nach result of oil analysis Öl auf Wassergehalt kontrollieren:
freigegebene Öle verwenden, siehe Betriebsöl- Ergebnis der check oil for water content:
Flender Schmierstoffempfehlung menge / Ölanalyse (ohne Ölanalyse: 1.) 400 h 2.) < 1 Jahr / year
only use oil qualities specified = total without oil analysis: Ölanalyse:
operating < 1 000 h
by the gearbox manufacturer or depending on < 18 Monate / oil analysis:
see Flender list "Recommended oil quantity) result of oil analysis months vor Erstinbetriebnahme ist das Getriebe zu Spülen
Lubricants" < 5 000 h) prior to first start-up rinse the gearbox
Motor Niederdruckkreis siehe Schmierschild < 10 000 h siehe Betriebsanleitung /
KL3N
3.2.1 1 X see lubricataion see operating instructions: Siemens
motor to low-pressure circuit Esso Unirex N3 data-plate < 3 Jahre / years Kapitel / chapter 11.9
Motor Nebenstromkreis Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
motor to by flow filter circuit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.9
Motor Hochdruckkreis Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
motor to high-pressure circuit greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.9
Mühlenmotor keine Lieferung von Gebr. Pfeiffer SE
3.3 1
mill motor not supplied by Gebr. Pfeiffer SE
Wartungsantrieb (Getriebemotor) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
3.4 1 see operating instructions: Siemens
maintenance drive (gearmotor) Kapitel / chapter 11.9
siehe ca. / approx. Ölbeschaffenheit kontrollieren:
Getriebe MOTOX < 10 000 h
3.4.1 1 Typenschild X check the oil quality: < 6 Monate / months
K 108 12,6 l *
see * genaue Ölmenge siehe Typenschild
gearbox < 2 Jahre / years
nameplate * exact oil quantity see name plate
3.4.2 1 X
Etk20141338.xlsx Getr09 6/9

Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Hollstein rev. date:
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Lamellensichter Schmierstellen siehe Ersatzteilzeichnung SLS /
4.0 1 SLS 2900 BC lubrication points acc. to spare parts drawing SLS
lamella classifier (Kapitel 9 / chapter 9)
ca. / approx. * ein gemeinsamer Schmierpunkt für alle 3 Lager,
Lager unten X
4.1 1 KP2N-20 1,0 kg 15 cm3 * 24 h 2 Jahre / years **
die Verteilung erfolgt über einen Progressiv-
Verteiler (Pos.291)
bottom bearing
one common lubrication point for all 3 bearings,
ca. / approx. with distribution being effected by a progressive
Lager oben X Fett aus den Lagern, dem Lagergehäuse
4.2 1 KP2N-20 1,6 kg 5 cm3 * 24 h sowie aus dem Hohlraum zwischen
distributor (item 291)
=> Gesamtmenge:
top bearing Lagerhülse und Welle entfernen. 30 cm3
total quantity:
ca. / approx. ** Wälzlager ganz und 2/3 des freien Raumes im
Axiallager X Remove grease from bearings, bearing
4.3 1 KP2N-20 1,4 kg 10 cm3 * 24 h housing and from the cavity between
Gehäuse mit frischem Fett füllen
fill roller bearing completely and 2/3 of the free
axial bearing bearing sleeve and shaft.
space in housing with fresh grease
ca. / approx. siehe Betriebsanleitung /
Getriebe CLP HC 320
4.4 1 90 l 400 h < 15 000 h see operating instructions: Siemens
ISO VG 320-PAO Kapitel / chapter 11.13
gearbox < 3 Jahre / years
Öl kontrollieren:
(synth. Öl / oil) < 1 Jahr / year
check oil:
Motor Getriebeölpumpe Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten)
4.4.1 1 X
motor to gear oil pump greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings)
Motor Öl-Kühler Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten)
4.4.2 1 X
motor to oil cooler greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings)
Sichtermotor keine Lieferung von Gebr. Pfeiffer SE
4.5 1
classifier motor not supplied by Gebr. Pfeiffer SE
Etk20141338.xlsx SLS02 7/9

Schmierliste
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Knissel rev. date:
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Zweiklappenschleuse
5.0 1 DSK 630 Z
two-flap gate lock
langsam einpressen, bis frisches Fett aus
Wälzlager
5.1 4 K2K-20 3 < 3 200 h Dichtring austritt
0,02kg X 15 cm
KP2K-20 < 6 Monate / press slowly until fresh grease exudes through
rolling bearing
months the sealing
Kurvenrolle < 3 200 h
K2K-20
5.2 2 0,015 kg X 15 cm3 < 6 Monate /
cam roller KP2K-20
months
Gelenkkopf < 3 200 h
K2K-20
5.3 2 0,015 kg X 15 cm3 < 6 Monate /
articulation head KP2K-20
months
5.4 1 see operating instructions: SEW
Getriebe CLP HC 220 < 10 000 h Öl überprüfen: < 3 000 h
5.4.1 1 4,65 l X
gearbox < 5 Jahre / years check oil: < 6 Monate / months
(synth. Öl / oil)
5.4.2 1 X
Etk20141338.xlsx DSKZ01 8/9

Schmierliste
no.: 20141338 checked on: 16.02.2015
Öl Fett
Ventilator zum Heißgaserzeuger siehe Betriebsanleitung /
6.0 1 see operating instructions: Reitz
fan to hot gas generator Kapitel / chapter 11.11
mit einer Ölkanne etwas Maschinenöl zwischen den

Wellenabdichtung monatlich
Spalt Dichtung-Welle geben
6.1 2
use an oil can to pour a small amount of machine oil
shaft seal once a month
in the gap between the seal and shaft
Klappe
6.2 1 K3N X < 6 Monate / mois
clapet
Motor Lebensdauer geschmiert (Lagerwechselfrist beachten) siehe Betriebsanleitung /
6.3 1 K3N X see operating instructions: Siemens
motor greased for lifetime (observe the replacement interval for bearings) Kapitel / chapter 11.11
Etk20141338.xlsx Gebl04 9/9

order no.: Auftrags-Nr.: 20141338
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Checkliste Mahlwalzenlagerung (Erstbefüllung) com. no.: Komissions-Nr.: 2014133800600
Kaiserslautern mill: Mühle: MPS 3350
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system (first oil filling)
client / project: Kunde / Projekt: G. Pfeiffer Inc. Barranquilla 2
HINWEIS: Ölstandskontrolle monatlich - Ölprobe alle 3 Monate, Beurteilung und Freigabe durch den Ölhersteller
NOTE: Oil level to be checked every month - oil sample to be taken every 3 months, assessment and release by lubricant manufacturer
Mahlwalze
Ölstandskontrolle magn. Verschlussschrauben Ölprobe gezogen
Prüf- Betriebs- nachgefüllte Öl- gefundene Partikel Ergebnis Name
Maßnahme Bemerkungen
datum stunden OK Menge Qualität OK Menge Auffällig ja Viskosität Fe PQ Prüfer
(relativ große P.) 100°C
oil level control magnetic plugs oil sample taken
grinding
name of
roller
date of operating oil re-fill particles found result
done
action remarks control
control hours OK quantity oil type OK quantity remarks on viscosity Fe PQ
staff
coarse particles 100°C
– h X l – X g – X mm²/s mg/kg –
Erstbefüllung 1
2
first oil filling
3
Inbetriebnahme 1
2
commissioning
3
Erster Ölwechsel (nach 50 h) 1

2
first oil change (after 50 h)
3
Zweiter Ölwechsel 1
(nach 500 h)
2
second oil change
(after 500 h) 3
Kontrolle (nach weiteren 4 Wo) 1

2
control (after 4 more weeks)
3

2
3
Etk_check_MW_Tauchschmierung_eng.xlsx / Tabelle1 1/6

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Checkliste Mahlwalzenlagerung (Erstbefüllung) com. no.: Komissions-Nr.: 2014133800600
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system (first oil filling)
Mahlwalze
grinding
name of
roller
done
staff

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Checkliste Mahlwalzenlagerung (Ölwechsel) com. no.: Komissions-Nr.: 2014133800600
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system (oil change)
Mahlwalze
grinding
name of
roller
done
staff
Ölwechsel 1
2
oil change
3
Kontrolle (nach 4 Wochen) 1

2
control (after 4 weeks)
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Checkliste Mahlwalzenlagerung (Ölwechsel) com. no.: Komissions-Nr.: 2014133800600
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system (oil change)
Mahlwalze
grinding
name of
roller
done
staff

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Checkliste Mahlwalzenlagerung (Lagerwechsel) com. no.: Komissions-Nr.: 2014133800600
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system (bearing change)
Mahlwalze
grinding
name of
roller
done
staff
Lagerwechsel 1
2
bearing change
3
Erster Ölwechsel (nach 50 h) 1

2
first oil change (after 50 h)
3
Zweiter Ölwechsel 1
(nach 500 h)
2
second oil change
(after 500 h) 3

2
3

2
3

2
3

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE Checkliste Mahlwalzenlagerung (Lagerwechsel) com. no.: Komissions-Nr.: 2014133800600
Checklist for grinding roller bearing system (bearing change)
Mahlwalze
grinding
name of
roller
done
staff

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

2
3

Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE
Kaiserslautern Lubrication chart
Tabla de lubricantes
Um einen störungsfreien Betrieb zu gewährleisten und eine möglichst lange Lebensdauer zu erzielen, ist eine richtige Schmierung unserer Maschinen unerläßlich. Wir haben
in der nachstehenden Tabelle Schmierstoffe aufgeführt, mit denen nach unseren Erfahrungen eine ausreichende Schmierung unserer Maschinen zu erreichen ist, ohne dass
wir eine Haftung für ihre Eignung übernehmen.
In order to ensure a trouble-free operation and to obtain a maximum life-time, a correct lubrication of our machines is inevitable. The table on the next page contains
lubricants which in our experience have proved sufficient lubrication of our machinery without taking responsibility of their qualification.
Para garantizar un servicio sin anomalías y alcanzar la vida útil máxima posible es imprescindible lubricar correctamente nuestras máquinas. En la siguiente tabla hemos
indicado los lubricantes con los que, según nuestra experiencia, se alcanza una lubricación suficiente de nuestras máquinas sin que asumamos ninguna responsabilidad por
su aptitud.
Achtung:
Bitte beachten Sie die Schmier- und Wartungsanweisungen der einzelnen Hersteller (siehe Betriebsanleitungen und Typenschilder).
Vor dem Betrieb sind die Schmierstellen und die Ölfüllungen zu überprüfen.
Nur die von dem jeweiligen Getriebehersteller freigegebenen Öle verwenden.
Attention:
Please observe the lubrication and maintenance instructions of the individual manufacturers (see operating instructions and nameplates).
Check lubrication points and oil fillings before putting the machine in operation.
Only use oil qualities specified by the individual gearbox manufacturer.
Atención:
Por favor observe las instrucciones de lubricación y mantenimiento de los fabricantes individuales (véanse instrucciones de servicio y placas de características).
Antes del servicio se deben comprobar los puntos de lubricación y las cargas de aceite.
Emplear únicamente aceites homologados por el correspondiente fabricante de engranajes.
Etkschtab_de_en_es.xls
department: TK CLP PG
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Hartmann rev.-date: 06.10.20143

Bezeichnung nach
Schmierstoff ISO VG
designation acc. to
Lubricant DIN 51 519
Denominación según
Lubricante (mm²/s /40°C)
DIN 51 502
Enersyn SG-XP 680

Synthetisches Schmieröl CLP PG 680 ISO VG 680 Berusynth EP 680 - Tribol 800/680 RENOLIN PG 680
auf Polyglykol-basis Aral Degol GS 680
polyglycol-based synthetic lubricating oil
Aceite lubricante sintético
a base de poliglicol CLP PG 1000 ISO VG 1000 Berusynth EP 1000 - Tribol 800/1000 RENOLIN PG 1000
Aral Degol GS 1000
Bezeichnung nach
Schmierstoff ISO VG
designation acc. to
DIN 51 502
Synthetisches Schmieröl CLP PG 680 ISO VG 680 Gearmaster PGP 680 Klübersynth GH 6-680 PG Oil 680 Glygoyle 680 Omala S4 WE 680
auf Polyglykol-basis
polyglycol-based synthetic lubricating oil
Aceite lubricante sintético
a base de poliglicol CLP PG 1000 ISO VG 1000 Gearmaster PGP 1000 Klübersynth GH 6-1000 PG Oil 1000 Glygoyle 1000 -
PG-Öle nicht mischbar mit Mineralölen

Polyglycols are not mixable with mineral oils
Los poliglicoles no son miscibles con aceites minerales
department: TK HLP
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Hartmann rev.-date: 04.02.2014

Bezeichnung nach
Schmierstoff ISO VG
designation acc. to
DIN 51 502
Hydrauliköl DIN 51 524 T2 HLP 22 ISO VG 22 Staroil NR 22 Energol HLP-HM 22 Rando HD 22 Hyspin AWS 22 Renolin B 5
Hydraulicoil
Aceite hidráulico
HLP
HLP 46 ISO VG 46 Staroil NR 46 Energol HLP-HM 46 Rando HD 46 Hyspin AWS 46 Renolin B 15
Hyspin AWS 68
HLP 68 ISO VG 68 Staroil NR 68 Energol HLP-HM 68 Rando HD 68 Renolin B 20
Bezeichnung nach
Schmierstoff ISO VG
designation acc. to
DIN 51 502
Hydrauliköl DIN 51 524 T2 HLP 22 ISO VG 22 Renolin B 5 - Mobil DTE 22 Tellus S2 M 22 Azolla ZS 22
Hydraulicoil
Aceite hidráulico
HLP
HLP 46 ISO VG 46 Renolin B 15 Lamora HLP 46 Mobil DTE 25 Tellus S2 M 46 Azolla ZS 46
HLP 68 ISO VG 68 Renolin B 20 Lamora HLP 68 Mobil DTE 26 Tellus S2 M 68 Azolla ZS 68
department: TK K/KP/KPF
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Prägert rev.-date: 27.01.2014

Bezeichnung nach
Schmierstoff
designation acc. to NLGI-Kl.
Lubricant
Denominación según DIN 51 818
Lubricante
DIN 51 502
Grease L EP 3 Spheerol AP 3 Stabyl L 120

Schmierfett DIN 51 825 K3K-20 NLGI 3 High-Lub L3 Energrease LS 3 Starplex EP 3
Lubricating grease Olista Longtime 3 Lagermeister XXL
Multifak Premium 3
Grasas lubricantes
K/KP/KPF Energrease LS-EP 2 Multifak EP 2 Longtime PD 2 Lagermeister EP 2
KP2K-20 NLGI 2 High-Lub LT 2 EP Spheerol EPL 2
Aralub 4034 Starplex EP 2 Tribol 4020/220-2 Lagermeister XXL
Energrease LC 2 LMX Grease

KP2N-20 NLGI 2 Beruplex CS 2 EP Starplex EP 2 Longtime PD 2 Lagermeister XXL
Aralub 4034 Tribol 4020/220-2
KP2P-20 NLGI 2 Energrease LC 2 High Temp Premium 2 Tribol 4747/220-2 Lagermeister LX EP 2

Berutox M 21 KN Chervron Ulti-plex
Polyharnstoff o. Lithiumkomplex
Energrease SY 2202 synthetic Grease EP Firetemp XT 2 Lagermeister XXL
polyurea or lithium complex
Policarbamida o complejo de litio
KP2R-20 NLGI 2 Berutox FH 28 EPK/II

- High Temp Premium 2 Firetemp XT 2 Urethyn MP 2
(KPHC2R-30)
Polyharnstoff / polyurea / Policarbamida
KP2S-20 NLGI 2
- - - - Urethyn E 2
KPF2K-20 Olistamoly 2
mit / with / con NLGI 2 High-Lub FA 40 MO - Molytex EP 2 Stabyl L-TS MO
MoS2 Molub-Alloy860/460-2ES
department: TK K/KP/KPF
Schmierstofftabelle
GEBR. PFEIFFER SE made by: Prägert rev.-date: 27.01.2014

Bezeichnung nach
Schmierstoff
designation acc. to NLGI-Kl.
Lubricant
Denominación según DIN 51 818
Lubricante
DIN 51 502
Schmierfett DIN 51 825 K3K-20 NLGI 3 Centoplex 3 Unirex N 3 Gadus S2 V100 3 Multis 3
Lubricating grease
Grasas lubricantes
K/KP/KPF Centoplex 2 EP Lical EP 2
KP2K-20 NLGI 2 Mobilux EP 2 Gadus S2 V220 2
Klüberplex BEM 41-132 Multis EP 2
Mobilith SHC 220 Gadus S3 V220 C 2

KP2N-20 NLGI 2 Klüberplex BEM 41-132 Copal EP 2
Mobilgrease XHP 222 Gadus S3 T220 2
KP2P-20 NLGI 2 Multis Complex EP 2

Petamo GHY 133 N SHC Polyrex 462 Gadus S3 T220 2
Polyharnstoff o. Lithiumkomplex
Altis MV 2
polyurea or lithium complex
Policarbamida o complejo de litio
Petamo GY 193
KP2R-20 NLGI 2
- Gadus S3 T220 2 -
Stabutherm GH 462
KP2S-20 NLGI 2
- - - -
KPF2K-20 Multis MS 2
Mobilith
mit / with / con NLGI 2 Gadus S3 V460 D 2
SHC 1000 Special
MoS2 Copal MS 2
8.4 Repair
Repair works must be carried out on shut-down machines only. Ensure that the
machine cannot be switched on unintentionally.
Repair works must be carried out by maintenance personnel assigned to the job
(refer to chapter 2.4). Beside standard repair works special works are required
which demand further specific knowledge of the machine.
We recommend therefore to have these repair works carried out by one of our
qualified supervisors.
Should these repair works be carried out without our experts, we cannot be held
liable for these works nor for possible consequential damages.
Repair works occurring within the guarantee period must be carried out by our
qualified supervisors or with our written approval.
Should repair works be necessary which are mentioned neither in the following
chapters nor in the documents on the relevant plant components (chapter 11)
contact GEBR. PFEIFFER SE.
All parts required for repair works, such as lifting gear, lifting aids, fastening parts
etc., must be checked for damages and wear before use. Damaged or worn parts
must not be used any longer and must be replaced by new original parts.
If repair works are to be carried out for which the existing platforms are not
sufficient, suitable working platforms (e.g. lifting platforms) or scaffolds must be used
in compliance with the local regulations for accident prevention.
Several parts are provided with threads for eye bolts for transport and erection
purposes. These threads are sealed with hexagon head bolts or set screws. After
erection remove the eye bolts and seal the threads to protect eye bolts and set
screws from wear.
Caution!
Any loose screws may cause damage on the machine.
Replace any loose self-locking nuts with new ones.
Warning!
A falling grinding roller may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Do not enter the grinding area while the grinding rollers are lifted.
ge141338-84.docx Page 1 / 55
Weights
These are the weights to be considered for repair works on the plant:
- mill gearbox (without oil filling) 42,000 kg
- grinding bowl (without grinding plate segments) 24,100 kg
- grinding plate segment 650 kg
- grinding roller, complete 15,500 kg
- pressure frame 11,500 kg
- classifier, complete 30,000 kg
- outlet duct with bearing and

separating wheel 14,500 kg
- classifier top part without outlet duct,

with internals 7,500 kg
- classifier top part with outlet duct,

bearing, and separating wheel,
with internals 23,000 kg
- classifier bottom part with

internals 7,000 kg
- rotary lock 6,100 kg
- two-flap gate lock 1,100 kg
- hot gas generator 4,800 kg
For further details of the individual weights, see spare parts lists (in chapter 9) and
documents on the relevant plant components (chapter 11).
Drawing reference
The following chapters on repair include references to various drawings. These

drawings are enclosed in the annex of chapter 8, the drawings of spare parts are
included in chapter 9.
ge141338-84.docx Page 2 / 55
8.4.1 Lifting of the classifier
Observe basic safety instructions contained in chapter 2 and the instructions in

chapter 8.4.
Warning!
Any unintended restart of the machine may cause heavy injuries
or casualty.
on unintendedly.
Caution!
Important
The weight indicated and/or maximum rope load will be increased
by the weight of the equipment added/modified on the site (e.g.
insulation, additional platforms, extra lining). These must absolutely
be observed.
Warning!
The falling classifier may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
If the weight is increased or if the wall thickness is reduced due to
wear, it is no longer allowed to lift the complete classifier. The
maximum mass to be lifted must be recalculated.
Warning!
injuries.
unintendedly. Also make sure that any power lines are off.
Remove the electric connection cable of the classifier drive.
Remove the section of the ducting on the classifier outlet duct.
Important
Proceed to chapter 8.4.1.3 for instructions if only the outlet duct and
the separating wheel need to be removed.
Remove the infeed chute on the material inlet of the classifier top part.
Important
If the complete classifier has to be lifted, continue with
chapter 8.4.1.2.
ge141338-84.docx Page 3 / 55
8.4.1.1 Lifting of the classifier top part
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawings of the SLS
classifier in chapter 9.
Either remove the top part of the classifier (item 150) together with the outlet duct
(item 185) or lift off the classifier top part separately after removing the outlet duct
(refer to chapter 8.4.1.3).
Dismantle the central fall pipe (item 121.1) in the mill.
Loosen the screws (items 103 and 106) between the classifier top part and classifier
bottom part.
Warning!
Do not suspend the outlet duct from the ribs (item 176).
Use suspension eyes (item 171) to suspend the classifier top part together with the
outlet duct and lift it off or else remove the outlet duct first, then suspend the
classifier top part from the flange and lift it off.
Caution!
When lifting the classifier top part by means of ropes, chains or
rods, these may exert pressure on the gear and motor and thus
cause damage to it.
If this cannot be avoided, the gear and motor must be removed
first as described in chapter 8.4.15.
Put down the classifier top part in a suitable place.
Caution!
By putting the classifier top part onto the grit cone (item 121), the
latter will be damaged.
Therefore, when putting down the classifier top part, place
appropriate shims under its flange.
For refitting the classifier top part, proceed in reverse order.
Before placing the classifier top part onto the classifier bottom part, glue a new
sealing cord (item 104) onto the flange of the classifier bottom part.
ge141338-84.docx Page 4 / 55
8.4.1.2 Lifting of the complete classifier
Important
The item numbers refer t o the spare parts drawings of the MPS mill
or SLS classifier in chapter 9.
The classifier can be removed either completely or in two steps, i.e. first the
classifier top part is lifted off as described in chapter 8.4.1.1, and then the classifier
bottom part.
Disassemble the central fall pipe (SLS item 121.1) in the mill.
Remove the differential pressure measuring line (MPS item 750) at the transition to
the classifier.
Loosen the low pressure hoses (MPS item 924) from the ring mains of the water
cooling system for the torque support of pressure frame (MPS item 900).
Loosen the screw connections (MPS items 722-724) between mill and classifier
bottom part.
Warning!
Do not suspend the classifier from the ribs (item 176) welded onto
the classifier outlet duct.
Suspend the classifier bottom part from the flange and lift it up or lift up the complete
classifier, respectively, and put it down where appropriate. For this purpose, use the
suspension eyes (SLS item 171).
Caution!
Fasten ropes, chains or rods in such a way that no pressure is
applied onto the gear and/or motor. Otherwise these may be
damaged.
If this is not possible, remove the gear and motor first (see chapter
8.4.15).
Caution!
By putting the classifier onto the grit cone, the latter will be
damaged.
Therefore, when putting down the classifier, place appropriate
shims under the classifier flange.
For refitting the classifier, proceed in reverse order.
Before placing the classifier bottom part onto the mill, it might be necessary to glue a
new sealing cord (MPS item 721) onto the mill flange.
ge141338-84.docx Page 5 / 55
8.4.1.3 Lifting of the classifier outlet duct
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawings of the SLS
classifier in chapter 9.
Loosen the screws (item 187) between the classifier outlet duct and classifier top
part.
Lift off the classifier outlet duct (item 185) with bearing (item 200) and separating
wheel (items 160-169), using the suspension eyes (item 171).
Caution!
Fasten ropes, chains or rods in such a way that no pressure is
applied onto the gear and motor so that these do not get damaged.
If this is not possible, remove the gear and motor first (see chapter
8.4.16).
Put down the classifier outlet duct where appropriate.
Caution!
By putting the classifier outlet duct onto the separating wheel
(items 160-169), the latter will be damaged.
Do not put the classifier outlet duct onto the separating wheel.
Therefore, when putting down the classifier outlet duct, place
appropriate shims under its flange.
For refitting the classifier outlet duct, proceed in reverse order.
Before placing the classifier outlet duct onto the classifier top part, stick a new
sealing cord (item 188) onto the classifier top part.
ge141338-84.docx Page 6 / 55
8.4.2 Removal and mounting of grinding rollers
The removal and mounting of the grinding rollers will be performed by means of the
Lift-and-Swing System shown in the drawing "Lift-and-Swing System" (see chapter 8
- Annex).
Important
The item numbers 200 to 999 refer to the spare parts drawings of
the MPS mill in chapter 9.
Important
The SLS item numbers xxx refer to the spare parts drawing of the
SLS classifier in chapter 9.
A suitable working platform must be available for the removal of the grinding rollers.
Observe the swing radii of the maintenance door and the grinding roller!
Observe the basic safety instructions provided in chapter 2 and the instructions in
chapter 8.4.
Important
For removing the grinding rollers make sure they are positioned on
the grinding plate at an angle of 15° + 0.5°.
If the angle is wider, lift the grinding rollers briefly with the tension
hydraulics causing them to swing to the inside. After lowering the
grinding rollers, get them to the right angle, using the maintenance
drive.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
Warning!
unconsciousness.
ge141338-84.docx Page 7 / 55
Warning!
Falling from a height may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Use a harness and/or enlarge the firmly installed floor by an
appropriate working platform.
Warning!
A tilting grinding roller may squeeze a body and cause heavy
Observe the tightening torques specified in the drawings.
Remove the torque support of pressure frame (item 900) in the pivoting area of the
maintenance door as described in chapter 8.4.10, or, alternatively, remove the door
completely from the mill after opening it.
Open the maintenance door and swing it aside.
Remove the segments of the lining of the air guide cone (item 223) from around the
door as well as the detachable segment of the nozzle ring.
Remove the parts of the water injection system (item 735) from the grinding zone.
Loosen the covers (item 866) from the pressure yokes (item 360) so that the
grinding roller stop parts (items 865-877) hang freely.
Dismantle and remove the three seal air ducts (item 601) on the pressure yokes
(item 360).
Loosen the elbow joint (item 611) from the pressure yoke (item 360) on each
grinding roller, pull out the plug (item 934) of the cable of the oil temperature
measuring probe (item 930) and remove the fastening clip of the plug (item 935) in
the elbow joint. Now remove the seal air duct.
Caution!
Any dust contained in the seal air may cause a bearing damage.
Cover the seal air openings to keep dust from entering.
Fasten the covers (item 9) to the pressure yokes (item 360).
Open the door to the grit cone (SLS item 121.4).
Mount an appropriate scaffold for accessing the grit cone (SLS item 121) in a way
that the hub locking component of the classifier bearing (SLS item 127) can be
reached.
Replace screw plug (item 83) with a lifting eye bolt (item 82).
Suspend a rope winch or chain hoist from these lifting eye bolts.
Loosen the fastening screws of the central fall pipe (SLS item 121.1).
Then pull up the fall pipe into the grit cone with a rope winch or chain hoist.
ge141338-84.docx Page 8 / 55
Fasten the holding bow (item 85) retaining the central fall pipe (SLS item 121.1) with
the related fastening screws in the grit cone.
Suspend a rope winch or chain hoist between the suspension eye (item 32) of the
grit cone and the lifting eye bolt of the sinkable central column (item 243).
Remove the manhole lid in the cover hood (item 240).
Remove the fastening screws from the sinkable central column, pull the central
column out of the cover hood (item 240) with a rope winch or chain hoist and secure
the central column (item 243) with the same fastening screws.
Mount the three supporting arms (item 4) with the jibs (item 5) on the central column
as follows:
Option no. 1:
- put the three supporting arms with the jibs down onto the grinding bowl and
fasten them with the screws (item 56) onto the central column (item 243),
- tighten the screws (item 56) only slightly,
- pull up the three supporting arms with rope winches or chain hoists and fasten
them with screws (item 46) onto the cover of the central column,
- then clamp the three supporting arms by means of the screws (item 56).
Option no. 2:
- lift the first supporting arm with two jibs with a rope winch or chain hoist and
fasten it to the central column with the screw (item 46),
- lift the second supporting arm and fasten it to the central column,
- when the third supporting arm is lifted, clamp the three supporting arms by
means of the screws (item 56).
Mount the bracket (item 6) to the pressure yoke.
Warning!
Observe an approximate 10 mm clearance between the brackets
and supporting arms to avoid any inadmissible bending load.
Important
Slightly loosen the screws (item 56) to adjust the height of the
supporting arms by means of the screws (item 46) and to adjust
the supporting arms by turning.
ge141338-84.docx Page 9 / 55
Use the cotter bolts (item 7) to connect the brackets with the supporting arms.
Important
Slightly loosen the screws (item 53) to adjust the length of the
supporting arms by shifting the jibs (item 5). The brackets can be
aligned after loosening the screws (item 61).
Warning!
Use wooden wedges to keep the grinding rollers from rolling on the
grinding track.
Remove the covers of the three openings in the classifier flange and screw the three
lifting eye bolts (item 45) into the pressure frame.
Remove the six connecting straps (item 862) between grinding rollers and pressure
frame.
Warning!
The falling pressure frame may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Do not enter the mill until the raised pressure frame is locked
mechanically.
Raise the pressure frame with the tensioning hydraulics and secure it with the three
bolts (item 15). Fasten the bolts by means of screws (item 43). Then switch off the
hydraulic unit.
Important
For raising and lowering of the pressure frame see operating
description of the tensioning hydraulics (Operating instructions
"Hydraulic unit - Grinding roller suspension system" in chapter 11).
Remove the six rollers (item 712) from the pressure yokes.
Important
If the roller sockets (item 710 or 711) are removed from the
pressure frame (item 400) or from the pressure yoke (item 360),
the fitting position of the roller sockets must be written down before
they are removed (also refer to drawing “Grinding rollers –
arrangement drawing” in chapter 8 (Annex).
ge141338-84.docx Page 10 / 55
Mount the Lift-and-Swing device (items 1 - 3) on the mill housing exterior. Proceed
as follows:
- remove the lid covering the opening for the rotary actuator in the classifier bottom
part,
- put the Lift-and-Swing column onto the console of the mill housing and hook the
bottom flange of the Lift-and-Swing device onto the supporting stand (items
10+11),
Caution!
When the lifting eye bolt breaks, the Lift-and-Swing device may
start swinging in an uncontrolled way, thus causing injuries and
damaging parts of the machine.
Make sure a high tensile lifting eye bolt (recognizable by its
octagonal shape) is screwed into the central column.
- suspend a rope winch or chain hoist between the Lift-and-Swing device and the
lifting eye bolt (item 244.6) in the sinkable central column,
- pull over the Lift-and-Swing column with a rope winch or chain hoist and fasten it
with the screws (items 51 and 79),
- then remove the hook and rope winch or chain hoist.
Connect the hydraulic unit (item 20).
Caution!
As a result of a faulty connection of the hose pipes, the machine
may be damaged when actuating the hydraulic unit and persons
may be injured.
Therefore make sure the hydraulic hose pipes (items 28 and 29) to
the hydraulic cylinder (item 21) and hydraulic rotary actuator (item
22) are connected correctly.
Important
The connections on the unit are fitted with quick-action couplings,
i.e. the hydraulic oil remains in the hoses when these are
disconnected and the pressure is kept up.
Swing the supporting foot (item 3) into the mill.
Remove so many cast liner plates of the pressure yoke lining (item 361) from the
pressure yoke (item 360) as necessary to avoid that the supporting foot (item 3)
exerts pressure on one of these cast liner plates during lifting.
For removing the grinding rollers, use the maintenance drive to position them
exactly above the supporting foot.
ge141338-84.docx Page 11 / 55
Important
For operating the maintenance drive, see operating instructions of
the gearbox supplier in chapter 11.
Use the two turnbuckles (items 40, 41 and 42) and the bolts (item 12) with the spring
cotters (item 37) and the screw (item 49) to fasten the grinding roller to the Lift-and-
Swing column. Fill the distance to the screw with the compensating plates (item 77)
so that after tightening the screw the pressure yoke and the head of the screw fit
tightly.
Warning!
The falling grinding roller may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
For locking the bolts (item 12), insert the spring cotters (item 37)
into the bores of the bolts.
Pull out the cotter bolts (item 7).
Raise the grinding roller by means of the hydraulic cylinder by activating the relevant
valve at the hydraulic unit (see operating instructions "Hydraulic unit - Grinding roller
suspension system" in chapter 11).
Warning!
The falling grinding roller may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
When the Lift-and-Swing column is raised, lock it with the locking
bolt (item 14) and spring cotters (item 34) before swinging the
grinding roller.
Important
To avoid unnecessary friction, ensure that the locking bolt does not
fit tight. The washer (item 19) must be placed underneath.
If necessary, remove the jibs (item 5) before swinging out the grinding roller.
Swing the grinding roller out of the mill housing by means of the rotary actuator by
activating the relevant valve at the hydraulic unit.
Important
The rotary actuator is fitted with shock absorption in limit position
which is set at the manufacturer’s works. (For details on the rotary
actuator, see separate operating instructions in chapter 11).
Important
For activating the Lift-and-Swing device, lubricate it at the
lubrication points indicated in the drawing.
For handling the grinding rollers, use the hooks on the sides of the pressure yoke.
ge141338-84.docx Page 12 / 55
Important
The lining of the pressure yoke can be removed around the hooks
to facilitate the fastening of the ropes.
When the grinding roller is suspended from the crane, loosen the turnbuckles by
pulling out the bolt (item 12) from the pressure yoke and then loosen the screw (item
49) and lift up the grinding roller.
For mounting the grinding rollers by means of the Lift-and-Swing device and
subsequently removing the parts of the Lift-and-Swing device, proceed in reverse
order.
The grinding rollers must be placed onto the supporting foot (item 3) at an angle of
15°.
Important
Make sure to suspend the rollers from the crane at 15° already.
The jibs (item 5) removed during disassembly must be fitted back into their original
position to make sure the rollers are refitted in their original position during assembly
(which is important for lowering the pressure frame).
Refit the roller sockets (items 710 and 711) into the position they were in before the
removal of the grinding rollers.
Important
When mounting the rollers and roller sockets (items 710 to 712),
also observe drawing “Grinding rollers – arrangement drawing” in
chapter 8 (Annex).
Warning!
The falling pressure frame may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Do not enter the mill until the pressure frame rests on the grinding
rollers.
Slightly raise the pressure frame with the hydraulic tension system and remove the
three bolts (item 15).
Warning!
Parts that fly around may cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Never try to lower the raised pressure frame by building up tension
pressure.
Caution!
When lowering the pressure frame under tension pressure, parts of
the mill may be damaged. The pressure frame must only be
lowered by means of its dead weight and with a throttled oil drain.
ge141338-84.docx Page 13 / 55
Important
For raising and lowering the pressure frame, see operating
description of the hydraulic tension system (operating instructions
"Hydraulic unit - grinding roller suspension system", chapter 11).
When lowering the pressure frame, ensure that the grinding roller stop parts (items
865-877) do not get jammed at the pressure yokes (item 360).
When lowering the pressure frame, ensure that the rollers (item 712) are fully
inserted in the sockets of the pressure frame.
After removal of the Lift-and-Swing device, any threads in the housing, pressure
frame and pressure yoke used for mounting individual parts must be closed with
screws to protect them from wear.
After removal of the Lift-and-Swing device, grease or oil the Lift-and-Swing column
and ensure that all parts of the Lift-and-Swing device are stored in a corrosion-proof
place.
Important
The grinding rollers can also be removed by lifting them up from
above the mill after having dismantled the classifier. For this
purpose, support the grinding rollers by means of the sinkable
central column as described above and remove the pressure frame.
ge141338-84.docx Page 14 / 55
8.4.3 Replacement of roller tires
Important
Refer to spare parts drawings of MPS mill in chapter 9, item 311.
chapter 8.4.
For replacing the roller tires, remove the grinding rollers as described in chapter
8.4.2.
Put down the grinding rollers on the pressure yokes (item 360) and secure them
against falling over.
Loosen and remove the hexagon socket head cap screws (item 313).
Remove the clamping ring (item 312).
For ease of loosening the clamping ring, use the disassembly tools from the toolbox
supplied together with the mill.
Place the disassembly tools on the clamping ring, distributing them evenly, and
screw the hexagon head cap screws into the threads in the clamping ring. Loosen
the clamping ring by turning the screws (see also drawing no. 143 875-4
"Dismantling of roller tire").
Warning!
A falling grinding roller may squeeze a body and cause heavy
Never lift the complete roller by the roller tire.
Remove the roller tire from the roller body (bearing bushing, item 320). For this
purpose suspend the roller tire from three ropes or chains, using the lifting eyes cast
onto the roller tire. Remove it by means of a crane.
If it is not possible to loosen the clamping ring or remove the roller tire, slightly heat
the roller tire with gas burners.
Caution!
By overheating the roller tire locally, it may be destroyed.
Do not use any welding torches.
Actually the roller tire must be heated slowly and uniformly. The temperature must
not exceed 100°C. Knocking lightly against the tire will loosen it.
ge141338-84.docx Page 15 / 55
The roller tire may also be loosened from the bearing bushing by applying hydraulic
pressure. (Connect hydraulic pump to thread R ¼ on the pressure yoke side of the
bearing bushing - also refer to dwg. no. 143 875-4 “Dismantling of roller tire”).
However, for this procedure the contact surfaces (roller tire/ bearing bushing) must
be in perfect condition, i.e. without any damages.
Important
Use a suitable hydraulic pump (manual pump) with an operating
pressure of up to 100 Mpa (100 bar) when employing the hydraulic
pressure method. Use high viscosity oil (≥ 300 mm²/s at 40°C).
Before mounting the roller tire, slightly lubricate the contact surfaces of the roller tire
and clamping ring with machine oil (refer to dwg. no. 141 794-3).
Caution!
If there is no proper contact between the roller tire and clamping
ring, the roller tire may loosen.
Do not use any erection paste.
Fit the new roller tire.
Fit in roller tire such that marking “D” faces the pressure yoke (i.e. downwards).
Insert and align the clamping ring (item 312), ensuring a perfectly horizontal
alignment.
Grease the threads of the hexagon socket head cap screws (item 313) with erection
paste.
Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screws following the sequence shown in dwg.
no. 141 794-3.
Fasten the hexagon socket head cap screws in three steps (with torque wrench!):
1st step: 25% of the tightening torque

2nd step: 50% of the tightening torque
3rd step: 100% of the tightening torque
Important
For tightening torques, refer to table “Tightening torques for
screws” in chapter 8.2.3.
Caution!
If the screws are not tightened correctly, the roller tire may loosen.
Retighten the screws with the torque wrench after about 24 to
36 operating hours.
ge141338-84.docx Page 16 / 55
8.4.4 Replacement of grinding plate segments
The replacement of the grinding plate segments (item 211) is carried out by means
of the Lift-and-Swing System shown in the drawing "Removal device for grinding
plate segments" (see chapter 8, Annex).
Important
The item numbers 201 to 249 refer to the spare parts drawing MPS
- group grinding bowl in chapter 9.
Observe the fundamental safety instructions laid down in chapter 2 and the
instructions laid down in chapter 8.4.
Remove the grinding rollers as described in chapter 8.4.2.
Then fasten the work arm (item 1) to the Lift-and-Swing device.
Remove the grinding plate ring (item 212).
Loosen the hex-nuts of the clamp bolts (item 204.3) and remove the clamp pieces
(item 203).
Lift up the first grinding plate segment, e.g. by driving in wedges.
Important
During the grinding process, material enters the spaces between
the individual grinding plate segments. Therefore, clear these
spaces of the material compressed between the segments before
removing the first grinding plate segment.
Use the maintenance drive to position the grinding plate segment in front of the Lift-
and-Swing device.
Lift up the first grinding plate segment and place the round sling around it or screw
lifting eye bolt (item 211.5) into the sides of the first grinding plate segment for
suspending the segment.
Important
The lifting eye bolt will be supplied as accessories together with the
mill (see tool box).
Lift up the grinding plate segment by means of the hydraulic cylinder by activating
the related valve at the hydraulic unit (see operating instructions of hydraulic unit in
chapter 11).
ge141338-84.docx Page 17 / 55
Warning!
A falling grinding plate segment may cause heavy injuries or
casualty.
When the lift-and-swing column is raised, lock it with the locking
bolt and spring cotters before swinging the segment.
Important
To avoid unnecessary friction, the locking bolt must not bear on the
guide.
Swing the grinding plate segment out of the mill housing with the help of the
hydraulic rotary actuator by operating the related valve on the hydraulic unit.
Warning!
By exceeding the maximum admissible load of the platform, this
may collapse.
Never put several grinding plate segments on the platform
simultaneously.
Lower the grinding plate segment onto the platform by retracting the hydraulic
cylinder and carry the segment away.
Then remove the other grinding plate segments.
Before mounting the grinding plate segments, carefully check and clean the contact
surface of the grinding bowl. If it is no longer in perfect condition, machine it
mechanically.
Remove preservative from the grinding plate segments.
Before mounting the grinding plate segments, check whether the edges of the
contact surfaces of the cast cams are rounded or beveled. Remachine if necessary
in order to prevent any pressure of the edges on the contact surface of the grinding
bowl.
Swing the first grinding plate segment into the mill by means of the Lift-and-Swing
device and mount it above a carrier bolt (item 219). Continue with the other grinding
plate segments according to the segment numbering.
Important
The grinding plate segments must rest against the carrier bolts
against the sense of rotation.
When fitting the grinding plate segments, make sure the cast cams fit tightly on the
grinding bowl and the segments are well seated in the grinding bowl.
The contact surface of each grinding plate segment must be checked by means of a
feeler gauge. Maximum gap dimension: 0.05 mm.
ge141338-84.docx Page 18 / 55
Caution!
Any non-observance of the specified tolerances may cause
damage to the equipment and result in a plant failure.
Ensure a proper fit!
Important
If any clearance is exceeded, it is necessary to remachine the
contact surfaces. This is done by grinding the segment with a hand
grinder. For emergency repair the fit of the grinding plate segments
can be improved by applying Diamant Multi Metall (= two-
component metal putty) to the bearing surface of the grinding bowl.
After fitting all grinding plate segments, mount clamp pieces (item 203) and tighten
hex-nuts of clamp bolts (item 204.3) with a torque wrench.
Important
For tightening torque, see table "Tightening torques for screws",
in chapter 8.2.3.
After tightening all hex-nuts of clamp bolts, fit in spacers (item 211.1-.3). For this the
gaps between the grinding plate segments must be filled with packs of spacers to
suit the size of the gap. Tack weld the spacers onto each other, so that none will get
loose, and onto the segments to avoid any shifting.
Caution!
Tensions max lead to cracks in the grinding plate segments or
make them break.
Do not wedge the spacers or use force to drive them.
Then remove the work arm from the Lift-and-Swing device.
Caution!
If the clamp bolts are not tightened correctly, the grinding plate
segments may loosen.
Retighten the hex-nuts of clamp bolts with the torque wrench after
about 24 to 36 operating hours.
ge141338-84.docx Page 19 / 55
8.4.5 Replacement of liner plates
Important
Refer to spare parts drawings of the MPS mill in chapter 9, items
701, 702, 706, and 707.
Replacement of liner plates is carried out through the erection openings in the
classifier flange.
For replacement of liner plates, suitable working platforms must be provided.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
Relieve pressure from hydraulic system.
Important
For the description of how to relieve pressure from the hydraulic
system, refer to operating instructions of hydraulic unit for grinding
roller suspension in chapter 11.
Open the upper door to the pull rod housing.
Remove the erection lids from the classifier flange.
Screw an eye bolt into the top of the liner plate of housing (item 702) and suspend
liner plate from a rope winch or chain hoist.
Remove the front row (as seen from the door) of the fastening screws of the liner
plate of housing (stud, item 702.1).
As to the back row of fastening screws, loosen the nuts (item 702.2), but leave the
studs (item 702.1) in place.
Pull out the shims (item 703) to the side. (The back row of through holes in the
shims are designed as slots.)
ge141338-84.docx Page 20 / 55
Then remove the studs (item 702.1).
Remove the worn liner plate of housing (item 702) through the erection opening in
the classifier flange by means of the rope winch or chain hoist.
Completely remove the torque support of pressure frame (item 900) as described in
chapter 8.4.10.
After having removed the torque support of pressure frame, the liner plate of
housing (item 701) can be replaced as well.
Remove the lifting guide (item 704) with the shims (item 705).
Screw an eye bolt into the liner plate of housing (item 701) and the suspend liner
plate from a rope winch or chain hoist.
Loosen the two fastening screws (item 701.2) and remove the shims (item 708).
Then remove the liner plate through the erection opening in the classifier flange with
the rope winch or chain hoist.
Screw eye bolts into the sides of the liner plates of pressure frame (items 706 and
707) and suspend the liner plates one by one from a rope winch or chain hoist.
Remove the fastening screws of the liner plates of pressure frame (items 706.1,
707.1) inside the pressure frame and remove the worn liner plates of pressure frame
(items 706, 707) through the erection openings in the classifier flange.
Fit the new liner plates of pressure frame (items 706 and 707) and firmly tighten the
screws.
Fit the new liner plate of housing (item 701) with shims (item 708).
Fit the lifting guide (item 704) with the shims (item 705).
Mount the torque support of pressure frame (item 900).
Mount the new liner plate of housing (item 702) and at first fasten it with the back
row of studs (item 702.1) only.
Adjust the gap between the liner plates indicated in the spare parts drawing by
means of the shims (item 703). For this, laterally insert the shims between the liner
plate and housing. (Shims are included in the scope of supply in various
thicknesses.)
Important
See table "Gap and wear measurement – pressure frame stop” in
chapter 8.2.3.
ge141338-84.docx Page 21 / 55
Screw in the front row of studs (item 702.1) and firmly tighten all nuts (item 702.2).
Important
For tightening torques, see table "Tightening torques for screws" in
chapter 8.2.3.
Remove any eye bolts and close threads with screws provided in order to protect
threads against wear.
Close the door to the pull rod housing and mount the erection lids on the classifier
flange.
ge141338-84.docx Page 22 / 55
8.4.6 Removal of a hydraulic cylinder of the tension system
Important
Refer to spare parts drawings of MPS mill in chapter 9, item 550.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Warning!
The hydraulic unit of the tension system is under pressure which
may be as much as 250 bar! Oil ejecting from the unit may cause
heavy injuries.
Relieve pressure before doing any maintenance work.
Important
Caution!
For removing a hydraulic cylinder completely, first drain the oil from the hydraulic
cylinder.
Remove the connecting cable to the linear displacement measuring system on the
hydraulic cylinder.
Suspend the hydraulic cylinder from two rope winch or chain hoists.
Loosen the sleeve (items 535/537) and press the piston rod downwards with
appropriate means, causing it to retract.
Remove the hose ductings and collect the oil leaking out in an appropriate
receptacle.
ge141338-84.docx Page 23 / 55
The openings of the ductings must be properly protected against dust and the
ductings must be tied up vertically.
The openings on the cylinder must be closed with plugs. These are to be found in
the tool box where they were stored after they had been removed after initial
erection.
Remove the bolt of the tension system (item 541) as shown in the drawing "Fitting of
tension cylinder bearing system" (see chapter 8 - annex).
When refitting the hydraulic cylinder, fill the articulation bearing with new grease.
Important
For the lubricant quantity and quality to be used, refer to our
lubrication list in chapter 8.3.
After refitting, vent the hydraulic cylinder and the ducting. When doing so, the
hydraulic cylinder must be extended into position “PRE-STROKE”.
Important
The rod end of the hydraulic cylinder, the pressure ducting “A”
(connection via hose item 567), the suction ducting “B”, and the
pressure ductings (for lifting) “B1”, “B2”, “B3” (connection via hose
item 568) must be filled with hydraulic oil completely. The cushion
of air remaining on the opposite side, i.e. bottom end of the
hydraulic cylinder, is maintained on purpose and serves for
cushioning the pressure peaks during operation.
ge141338-84.docx Page 24 / 55
8.4.7 Repair of the oil pressure ducting to go with the tension system of the MPS mill
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Warning!
The hydraulic unit of the tension system is under pressure which
may be as much as 250 bar! Oil ejecting from the unit may cause
heavy injuries.
Relieve pressure before doing any maintenance work.
Important
Caution!
When separating any ductings or removing any hydraulic hoses, collect the
hydraulic oil in an appropriate receptacle.
Caution!
Any contaminations in the hydraulic unit may cause damage to the
cylinders and result in a plant failure.
After the repair and before restarting, rinse the ducting system.
For rinsing, proceed as shown on the drawing “Rinsing device” (chapter 8 – annex).
ge141338-84.docx Page 25 / 55
8.4.8 Replacement of roller bearings and radial shaft sealing rings of the grinding rollers
Important
Refer to spare parts drawings of MPS mill in chapter 9, items 341,
342, 331.
8.4.8.1 Preparatory work
chapter 8.4.
Put down the grinding rollers with pressure yokes (item 360) facing upwards and
shim them as appropriate.
Remove the pressure yoke (item 360) as described in chapter 8.4.9.
Caution!
If not tightened correctly, screws may loosen and cause damage to
the grinding roller.
When assembling the grinding roller, any screws must be tightened
with a torque wrench.
Important
For tightening torques, refer to table “Tightening torques for screws”
in chapter 8.2.3.
8.4.8.2 Removal of radial shaft sealing rings
Preparatory work to be carried out as described in chapter 8.4.8.1.
First of all loosen the screws (item 353.1) of the closed bearing lid (item 353) in
order not to shift the roller bearings when removing the open bearing lid (item 321).
For this, loosen one screw (item 353.1) after the other and retighten them manually.
Then remove the inner seal air sealing ring (item 322) and open bearing lid (item
321) with the radial shaft sealing rings (item 331).
Remove the radial shaft sealing rings from the open bearing lid.
ge141338-84.docx Page 26 / 55
8.4.8.3 Fitting of radial shaft sealing rings
Before fitting the radial shaft sealing rings, check the surface of the wear bushing
(item 330). If it is not OK, the wear bushing must be replaced as well.
Mount the first shaft sealing ring (item 331) in the open bearing lid (item 321)
according to drawing and glue by applying one layer of anaerobic adhesive on the
bottom and on the outside.
Caution!
Due to faulty fitting, the grinding roller will leak oil which may result
in a bearing damage.
Radial shaft sealing ring to be fitted as shown on the drawing.
The anaerobic glue must comply with the following specification:
- resistance: medium
- max. gap filling: 0.08-0.25 mm
- temperature range: - 60 °C + 150 °C
- chemical resistance to: polyglycol oil
- (standards DIN 51757, 53287, 54452, 54454)
Remove excessive adhesive. Make sure there is no adhesive on the sealing lip!
Leave to harden for several hours.
Before mounting the open bearing lid, check the fit of the roller bearings. Make sure
the front surface of the cylindrical roller bearing (item 342) is flush with the
supporting surface of the open bearing lid (item 321).
Insert new O-ring (item 333) into the groove.
Grease the lips of the radial shaft sealing ring (item 331) and the bevel of the wear
bushing (item 330).
Important
For the grease quality to be used, refer to our lubrication list in
chapter 8.3.
Slide the open bearing lid (item 321) with the first radial shaft sealing ring over the
greased wear bushing (item 330), align it on the bearing bushing, and tighten the
screws (item 321.1) with the required torque.
Tighten screws (item 353.1) on the closed bearing lid (item 353) to the required
torque.
Caution!
If the fitting is not correct, the grinding roller will leak oil which may
The bearing lid (item 353) must not sit tightly. A gap must remain.
ge141338-84.docx Page 27 / 55
Carry out leak test (pressure test) with 0.2 bar:
- Screw manometer onto the bore in the middle of the axle (item 350).
- Spray radial shaft sealing ring (item 331) with leak detecting spray.
- Apply compressed air onto the axle.
- First of all check opening pressure (= 0.07 bar) of the overpressure valve (item
339).
- Then increase pressure to 0.2 bar, keeping the overpressure valve (item 339)
closed.
- The appearance of bubbles indicates defective spots on the shaft seal ring or
wrong fitting.
As an alternative (in case no leak detecting spray is available), pressure may be

maintained at 0.2 bar for an extended period of time. In this case replace the
overpressure valve (item 339) and reducer (item 350.6) with a screw plug. Pressure
must not drop by a considerable (= measurable) rate for a period of about 6 hours.
Remove compressed air system.
Insert spacer ring (item 337).
Fill the space between the radial shaft sealing rings with grease.
Slide the second radial shaft sealing ring (item 331) over the greased wear bushing,
fit it into the open bearing lid (item 321) according to drawing and glue on the
outside with anaerobic adhesive.
Caution!
Due to faulty fitting, the grinding roller will leak oil which may result
in a bearing damage.
Radial shaft sealing ring to be fitted as shown on the drawing.
The anaerobic glue must comply with the following specification:
- resistance: medium
- max. gap filling: 0.08-0.25 mm
- temperature range: - 60 °C to + 150 °C
- chemical resistance to: polyglycol oil
- (standards DIN 51757, 53287, 54452, 54454)
Remove excessive adhesive. Make sure there is no adhesive on the sealing lip!
No extra time required for hardening.
ge141338-84.docx Page 28 / 55
Mount the lining (item 328) of the bearing lid.
Fit in inner seal air sealing ring (item 322).
Fit pressure yoke (item 360) as described in chapter 8.4.9.
After refitting the grinding rollers into the mill, check oil level as described in chapter
8.2.2.4 and refill oil if required.
8.4.8.4 Removal of roller bearings
Preparatory work to be carried out as described in chapter 8.4.8.1.
Caution!
Drain the oil completely from the grinding rollers through the oil drain plugs (item
353.5) and collect the oil in an appropriate receptacle.
Clean the oil drain plug and screw it back in.
Check condition of sealing ring (item 353.6) and replace it if necessary.
Remove the inner seal air sealing ring (item 322) and open bearing lid (item 321)
with the radial shaft sealing rings (item 331).
Turn the grinding roller by 180°.
Remove the roller tire (item 311) as described in chapter 8.4.3.
Remove the closed bearing lid (item 353).
Remove the safety disc (item 351).
Place a hydraulic cylinder on the axle.
Screw threaded bolts into the bearing bushing (item 320).
Slide a plate disc over the threaded bolts until it rests on the cylinder, then tighten
the plate disc with nuts.
Push the axle (item 350) together with the inner ring of the cylindrical roller bearing
(item 342) out of the bearing seat by using the hydraulic cylinder.
Remove the hydraulic cylinder.
ge141338-84.docx Page 29 / 55
Pull the inner ring of the cylindrical roller bearing off the axle. (Heat up inner ring if
required.)
Place a plate disc on the outer ring of the self-aligning roller bearing (item 341) (the
diameter of the plate disc being smaller than the outer diameter of the bearing).
Put the hydraulic cylinder on the plate disc.
Slide the plate disc back over the threaded bolts until it rests on the cylinder, then
tighten the plate disc with nuts.
Use the hydraulic cylinder to push the two roller bearings and the spacer bushings
(items 346 and 347) down and out.
Important
For ease of removal, use the two injector pumps. For this purpose,
there are two drilled connection holes on each side of the bearing
bushing.
8.4.8.5 Fitting of roller bearings
Important
When replacing the roller bearings, use new radial shaft sealing
rings (items 331) as well as new O-rings (items 332 to 335).
Fasten 4 stop plates on the pressure yoke side of the bearing bushing (item 320)
using the threaded holes of the screws (item 321.1).
Rest the bearing bushing on iron stands with the stop plates facing downwards.
The roller bearings are fitted either with the help of the oil injection method when the
bearing bushing is cold or by heating up the bearing bushing. In the latter case, use
an annular burner (gas burner) or three propane burners to heat it evenly to
90/100°C approximately. The use of a hood is recommended for this purpose.
Caution!
If heated too much locally, the bearing bushing may be destroyed.
Do not use any welding torches.
Press the outer ring of the cylindrical roller bearing (item 342) into the bearing
bushing until the outer ring rests on the stop plates.
Fit the outer spacer bushing (item 347) into the bearing bushing so that the spacer
bushing sits closely on the outer ring of the cylindrical roller bearing.
Press the self-aligning roller bearing (item 341) into the bearing bushing.
ge141338-84.docx Page 30 / 55
Heat the inner ring of the cylindrical roller bearing (item 342) in an oil bath to about
50/60°C and slide it over the axle (item 350).
Stand the axle vertically with the pressure yoke side facing downwards.
Slide the inner spacer bushing (item 346) over the axle so that it sits on the inner
ring of the cylindrical bearing.
After about 3 or 5 hours the bearing bushing, while still warm, is lifted above the axle
with the help of a crane and lowered into the bearing seat.
Important
Waiting time is required in order to ensure that the inserted roller
bearings are heated uniformly.
After the bearing bushing has cooled down to ambient temperature, mount the
safety disc (item 351) on the self-aligning roller bearing.
Insert the O-ring (item 334) and fit the closed bearing lid (item 353).
Caution!
If the fitting is not correct, the grinding roller will leak oil which may
At first, only tighten screws (item 353.1) by hand, do not apply
specified tightening torque until the open bearing lid (item 321) has
been mounted.
Turn the grinding roller by 180° and remove the impact plates.
Insert the O-ring (item 332) and mount the wear bushing (item 330) onto the axle.
Fit the radial shaft sealing rings as described in chapter 8.4.8.3.
Fit the roller tire (item 311) as described in chapter 8.4.3.
Install the lining of the bearing lid (item 328).
Insert the inner seal air sealing ring (item 322).
Fit the pressure yoke (item 360) as described in chapter 8.4.9.
After installing the grinding rollers in the mill, fill oil into rollers as described in
chapter 8.2.2.4 (oil change on grinding rollers).
ge141338-84.docx Page 31 / 55
8.4.9 Replacement of pressure yokes
Important
Refer to spare parts drawing of MPS mill in chapter 9, item 360.
Remove the protection lid on the temperature measuring probe (item 932). Loosen
the pipe clip (item 935.1) slightly and separate the plug-in connection.
Push back the line propagating from the pressure yoke (item 360) into the bore
and fasten it slightly.
Remove the resistance thermometer (item 930) together with the reducer (item
931).
Remove the screw plug (item 350.8).
For continuing the removal and for refitting the pressure yokes, proceed as
indicated on the drawing "Assembly and disassembly device of grinding roller"
(see chapter 8 - Annex).
ge141338-84.docx Page 32 / 55
8.4.10 Repair of torque support of pressure frame
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawings MPS
- torque support of pressure frame in chapter 9.
Warning!
Any unintended restart of the machine may cause heavy injuries.
unintendedly.
Caution!
The hydraulic buffers (item 903) are under pressure. If pressure
relief on the piston rod (plunger) is effected in an uncontrolled way,
persons may be hurt.
Prior to doing any work on a torque support, the piston rods of the
hydraulic buffers must be extended to the extent that the bolts (item
904) rest against the stops (item 922). For this, pull the pressure
frame backwards if required.
Important
For reference dimensions of extended piston rod (dimension “z”)
and preload of buffer (dimension “v”), see table "Gap and wear
measurement – pressure frame stop” in chapter 8.2.3.
Important
With the stated dimension “z”, the piston rod has a residual stroke
(= buffer preload) of “v” mm.
8.4.10.1 Emergency operation with a defective hydraulic buffer (item 903)
If one of the hydraulic buffers is not functioning properly, it is possible to operate the
mill under emergency operating mode.
Replace the hydraulic buffer with the stop (item 926) supplied, which serves as a
makeshift buffer. Also remove the round head bolt (item 918), round head bolt
guidance (item 920) and ball socket (item 919) and replace these with the bolt head
(item 917).
This way the torque support of pressure frame becomes a rigid stopping device.
ge141338-84.docx Page 33 / 55
Important
During operation with the stop (item 926), there is a gap between
the retainer rings (item 922).
Caution!
The liner plate (item 706) and the bolt (item 904) will suffer
increased wear and mill operation will generally be less smooth.
With such a rigid stop, the mill must not be operated for more than
one week.
8.4.10.2 Removal of torque support of pressure frame (completely)
Remove connection to the water cooling system (item 914).
Disconnect the connection cable of the temperature sensor (item 903.8) from the
terminal box.
Suspend the torque support from a rope winch or chain hoist.
Remove the screws (items 901.1 and 901.3) and the torque support.
8.4.10.3 Removal and repair of hydraulic buffer (item 903) and internals of torque support of
pressure frame
Important
For this, it is not required to remove the entire torque support of
pressure frame.
Disconnect the connection cable of the temperature sensor (item 903.8) from the
terminal box.
Pull the water cooling system (item 914) off the hydraulic buffer.
Screw a lifting eye bolt into the plate (item 902).
Suspend the plate from a rope winch or chain hoist.
Caution!
The hydraulic buffer installed is still preloaded. If pressure
relief on the piston rod (plunger) is effected in an uncontrolled way,
persons may be hurt.
For fully unloading the buffer, turn loose the nuts of the screws
(items 902.1-.3) uniformly by about “v” mm until the piston rod is
fully extended.
Then remove the screws (item 902.1) and the plate with the hydraulic buffer.
ge141338-84.docx Page 34 / 55
Make sure not to damage the temperature sensor (item 903.8) and mini-measuring
valve (item 903.9) when removing and putting them down.
After the hydraulic buffer has been removed, it is possible to replace the buffer head
(item 916) as well as the round head bolt (item 918), round head bolt guidance (item
920), ball socket (item 919) and bolt (item 904).
Important
If only the head of the bolt (item 904) is worn, the bolt can be
regenerated.
Please contact Gebr. Pfeiffer SE for details.
The repair of the hydraulic buffer requires special tools and specialist expertise.
Therefore any repair work must be carried out by qualified specialists only. Please
approach Gebr. PfeiffeSE.
Warning!
The hydraulic buffer is under high pressure.
Any ejecting liquid or debris flying around may cause heavy injuries.
Prior to starting any work, make sure to relieve the nitrogen
pressure and oil pressure.
Important
For further information on the repair of the hydraulic buffer,
refer to the separate operating instructions in chapter 11.
When mounting the hydraulic buffer, preload the piston rod by “v” mm, using the
shims (items 903.4 – .7). Check preload with the reference dimension “z”.
When fitting the hydraulic buffer or the torque support of pressure frame, make sure
to tighten the fastening screws to the torque required.
Important
For tightening torques, see table "Tightening torques for screws",
in chapter 8.2.3.
ge141338-84.docx Page 35 / 55
8.4.11 Replacement of a ball and ball socket
Important
Refer to spare parts drawing – hydraulic tension system of MPS
mill in chapter 9, items 513 and 514.
For replacing a ball and ball socket, suitable working platforms must be available.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
Relieve pressure from hydraulic system.
Important
Then switch off the hydraulic unit to de-energize the solenoid valves (which is
required to make the hydraulic oil flow from the piston rod side of the cylinder into
the receptacle when lifting the pull rod).
Open the upper doors to the pull rod housing.
Remove the two stop bows (item 512).
Remove the screws (item 511.1) of the traverse (item 511).
Remove the erection lid from the classifier flange.
Remove the screw (item 505.1) from the articulation head (item 505) and screw in
an eye bolt.
Slightly lift the articulation head (item 505) together with the pull rod (item 530) by
fixing a rope winch or chain hoist to this eye bolt so that the traverse (item 511) with
the ball (item 513) can be pulled out from below the ball socket (item 514).
ge141338-84.docx Page 36 / 55
Pull out the traverse (item 511) from the pressure frame (item 400) and replace the
ball (item 513).
After pulling out the traverse, the ball socket (item 514) can also be replaced.
If it is not possible to loosen the ball socket from the articulation head (item 505), a
grease gun may be used for pressing it out. For this purpose fit a nipple as shown
and described in Fig. 1 below.
505.1-.2
514
505.3-.4
505
505.5
Fig. 1: Fitting of the nipple for ease of removing the ball socket
Lower the articulation head (item 505) into its original position or wedge it.
Remove the rope winch or chain hoist and eye bolt.
ge141338-84.docx Page 37 / 55
Screw a reducer with the nipple (items 505.3-.4) into this thread after having
inserted the sealing ring (item 505.5).
Important
The reducer (item 505.3) and nipple (item 505.4) are premounted
and are to be found in the tool box.
Press the ball socket (item 514) out of the articulation head (item 505), using a
grease gun.
Prior to fitting the new ball socket, thoroughly clean the seat and remove the reducer
with nipple (items 505.3-.4). (The bore serves for venting when fitting the ball
socket.)
After having fitted the ball socket, screw the eye bolt back in place and pull the
articulation head (item 505) back up.
Refit the traverse (item 511) into the pressure frame (item 400) and fasten it with the
screws (item 511.1).
Lower the articulation head (item 505) and make sure the ball socket sits correctly
on top of the ball.
Remove the rope winch or chain hoist and eye bolt.
Close the bore with the screw (item 505.1-.2).
Mount the two stop bows (item 512).
Close the doors to the pull rod housing and mount the erection lid onto the classifier
flange.
ge141338-84.docx Page 38 / 55
8.4.12 Hardfacing of grinding elements
8.4.12.1 General
Worn grinding elements can be regenerated by hardfacing. In our experience the

grinding elements can be hardfaced several times provided the following instructions
are complied with.
Measure wear progress at least once a month with the templates supplied along
with the grinding plant (see chapter 8.2.3). If wear remains about the same between
two measurements, the measuring intervals may be increased. A computer assisted
analysis of the measuring record (Pfeiffer form in chapter 8.2.3) can be made by
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE who will then recommend when to carry out the regeneration
depending on the results of the evaluation.
What we recommend as a wear limit for new wear parts, which have not been
regenerated yet, is an approximate 12 to 15% referred to the entire mass of the
roller tires and about 6 to 9% for the grinding plate segments, respectively.
When regenerating the grinding elements, there is a danger that cracks may occur
and this danger increases with each hardfacing procedure.
When repeating the hardfacing procedure, not more than an approximate 70% of
the hardfaced material layer must be worn off. Then the original profile must be
regenerated.
Caution!
If the grinding elements are too much worn, cracks may occur and
the grinding elements may break.
The hardfaced material layer must not be worn through. The
thickness of the hardfaced material layer must never be less than
5 mm.
Caution!
The grinding elements will be damaged if they are treated
improperly.
Expert know-how for hardfacing the grinding elements
(welding of cast parts) is an absolute requirement.
At least for the first regeneration, Gebr. Pfeiffer SE recommends requesting the
service of a specialist capable of imparting the required know-how or carrying out
the first hardfacing operation himself.
Important
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE recommends the services of Welding Alloys
Group, a company which is represented throughout the world and
with which Gebr. Pfeiffer SE has had good experiences.
ge141338-84.docx Page 39 / 55
Special fixing devices are required for hardfacing the grinding elements (see
drawing "Fixing device required for hardfacing of grinding elements" in chapter 8,
Annex). Such devices can be manufactured locally.
With these fixing devices, both the grinding plate and the grinding rollers can be
hardfaced inside the mill.
It is possible to hardface the grinding plate and the grinding rollers at the same time,
using 4 welding heads (one for the grinding plate and one each for the three
grinding rollers). Of course it is also possible to hardface the grinding plate and the
grinding rollers one after the other.
For the hardfacing operation, the grinding bowl is turned with the help of the
maintenance drive. The speed required for this purpose will be set with a frequency
converter which is excluded from our supply.
Important
For instructions on the operation of the maintenance drive, refer to
the operating manual of the gearbox manufacturer in chapter 11.
The welding equipment is to be provided and adapted to the fixing devices by the
customer. Automatic welding equipment with approximately 600 A and a welding
capacity of roughly 10 kg/h should be used.
Gebr. Pfeiffer SE recommends using welding heads with only one wire because the
use of two wires may cause excessive heating.
Wires of different wear resistance are available at different prices. The type of wire
to be used depends on the desired lifetime and is to be agreed with the
manufacturer of the wire when the need arises.
8.4.12.2 Hardfacing
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
ge141338-84.docx Page 40 / 55
Warning!
unconsciousness. For any work inside the mill, ensure proper
ventilation.
Depressurize the hydraulic unit of the tension system.
Important
For depressurization, refer to the operating manual of the hydraulic
unit of the grinding roller tension system in chapter 11.
Clean the mill and classifier as well as the area above the grinding area (pressure
frame, separating wheel, etc.) so that no ground material falls onto the grinding
rollers or the grinding plate during the welding procedure.
Wedge the grinding rollers in order to prevent them from swinging back and forth
during the welding procedure.
Mount the fixing devices for hardfacing the grinding elements.
Caution!
The roller bearings will be damaged by current flowing through
them.
Connect the earthing connection with slip contacts in such a way as
to ensure that the earthing current does not flow through the
bearings of the grinding rollers or the gearbox.
Hardface the grinding elements to restore their original contour.
Warning!
With the grinding bowl turning, the grinding rollers may roll over
parts of the body and cause heavy injuries or casualty.
Do not enter the mill while the grinding bowl is turning.
Use the templates for wear measurement supplied with the grinding plant to check
the contour.
After hardfacing, remove the fixing devices.
ge141338-84.docx Page 41 / 55
8.4.13 Removal of grit cone
Important
Refer to spare parts drawing of SLS classifier in chapter 9, item
121.
Lift off the classifier top part as described in chapter 8.4.1.
Remove the screws (item 123).
Lift off the grit cone with the central fall pipe. (Central fall pipe might also be lifted off
separately in a first step and then the grit cone.)
Warning!
The grit cone may tilt over and squeeze a body, thus causing
heavy injuries or casualty.
When putting down the grit cone, wedge it so that it will not tilt over.
Remount the grit cone in reverse order. Adjust the dimension between grit cone
(item 121) and louver (item 118) indicated on the spare parts drawing by means of
shims.
ge141338-84.docx Page 42 / 55
8.4.14 Removal of louver
Important
Refer to spare parts drawing of SLS classifier in chapter 9, item
118.
Observe the basic safety instructions provided in chapter 2 and the instructions
according to chapter 8.4.
Lift up the classifier top part as described in chapter 8.4.1.
Remove the cover of the material inlet (item 519).
Provide a suitable substructure and remove the screws (item 119) or suspend the
louver from three rope winches or chain hoists, loosen the screws (item 119), and
lower the louver onto the ground.
Then lift up the classifier top part.
ge141338-84.docx Page 43 / 55
8.4.15 Removal of separating wheel and hub of separating wheel
Important
See spare parts drawing of SLS in chapter 9, items 160 to 169.
The separating wheel can be loosened with the classifier mounted or after lifting off
the classifier outlet duct.
a) with classifier mounted:
Warning!
Any unintended restart of the machine may cause heavy
on unintendedly.
Caution!
Remove the door (item 155) to the classifier outlet duct.
Fit an appropriate scaffold if required for access to the classifier outlet duct.
Remove the two-part flange (item 115) from the classifier outlet duct.
Remove packing wool as required to gain access to the three suspension

eyes.
Suspend three rope winches or chain hoists between these suspension eyes
and the ones on the separating wheel (item 160).
Open the door (item 151) to the classifier top part and remove the screwed
louvre blades (item 118) or open the door (item 121.4) to the grit cone.
Provide a suitable scaffold to provide access to the classifier top part with the
hub retainer (item 127) and shrinkage disk (item 128).
Remove the hub retainer (item 127).
Loosen and remove the shrinkage disk (item 128).
Place the separating wheel with hub on the grit cone.
ge141338-84.docx Page 44 / 55
Then remove the classifier outlet duct with bearing, however, without
separating wheel as described in chapter 8.4.1.
The separating wheel can then be lifted out of the classifier.
b) with classifier outlet duct lifted off:
Lift off the classifier outlet duct and the separating wheel as described in
chapter 8.4.1.
Important
When putting down the classifier outlet duct, provide a suitable
support to make sure the hub retainer (item 127) and shrinkage
disk (item 128) are accessible.
Fasten three rope winches or chain hoists as described above or provide a

suitable support for the separating wheel (e.g. with lifting cylinders).
Remove the shrinkage disk and put the separating wheel down or lift off the
classifier outlet duct.
For refitting the separating wheel and hub, proceed in reverse order.
Important
When mounting the separating wheel, observe the gap between the
upper flange of the separating wheel and wear bushing (item 122) (see
spare parts drawing).
Important
Observe the instructions given in the supplier's documents in chapter
11 for mounting the shrinkage disk (item 128).
Important
Ensure that there is a small gap between shrinkage disk (item 128)
and hub retainer (item 127) (see spare parts drawing). If required,
remachine the hub retainer.
After refitting the separating wheel, turn it by hand to check for any scraping noises.
ge141338-84.docx Page 45 / 55
8.4.16 Removal of classifier drive
Important
Refer to spare parts drawing of SLS classifier in chapter 9,
items 190 and 191.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Remove the coupling protection (item 192).
Separate the two coupling halves of the flexible coupling (item 193).
Warning!
injuries.
In case the motor (item 190) will be disassembled, remove the electric connection
cable from the classifier drive.
Fasten the motor to the crane and lift it up after loosening the fastening screws.
Important
For removing the gearbox and classifier bearing, the motor need
not be disassembled.
Fasten the gearbox (item 191) to the crane.
Remove the screws (item 109) if the gearbox and intermediate flange (item 110) are
to be disassembled. Remove the screws (item 111) if only the gearbox without
intermediate flange (item 110) is to be disassembled.
Lift off the gearbox with the coupling half (gearbox side) of coupling (item 117).
Remount the classifier drive in reverse order.
ge141338-84.docx Page 46 / 55
Important
When remounting, adjust the gap between the coupling halves of
the two couplings (items 117 and 193) as indicated on the spare
parts drawing.
Important
For mounting and removing the couplings, observe the instructions
of the coupling manufacturer in chapter 11.
ge141338-84.docx Page 47 / 55
8.4.17 Removal of classifier bearing
Important
See spare parts drawing of SLS classifier in chapter 9, item 200.
chapter 8.4.
Lift off the classifier outlet duct and separating wheel (items 160 to 169) as
described in chapter 8.4.14 and put them on the ground.
Remove the gearbox (item 191) with intermediate flange (item 110) as described in
chapter 8.4.15.
Remove the two-part flange (item 115) from the classifier outlet duct.
Remove the support of the classifier bearing (item 129) in the classifier outlet duct.
Remove the fastening screws of the classifier bearing (item 199) in the drive duct
(item 108).
Screw a lifting eye bolt into the upper shaft face of the classifier bearing.
Pull out the classifier bearing by means of a crane.
Caution!
When removed and put on the ground, the bearing may roll away
and thus get damaged or cause injuries.
Use wooden wedges to keep the classifier bearing from rolling.
For refitting the classifier bearing, proceed in reverse order.
Important
When refitting the bearing, pay attention to the position of the
lubrication pipes and seal air duct.
When mounting the bearing support, make sure to correctly center the bearing.
After mounting the classifier and before mounting the drive, rotate the separating
wheel by hand for checking for its correct centering and any scraping noises.
ge141338-84.docx Page 48 / 55
8.4.18 Repair of rotary lock
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawing of the rotary
lock in chapter 9.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
Hot surfaces may cause skin burn. Parts of the rotary lock have
high temperatures.
Warning!
The rotating cell wheel may squeeze parts of the body.
Therefore when working inside the rotary lock, secure the cell
wheel against self-acting rotation as shown on the spare parts
drawing by means of the locking device (item 123 = 2 special
screws).
8.4.18.1 Adjustment of sealing ledges (item 121)
Open the two inspection doors (item 102).
Loosen the screws (item 121.1) and replace any worn sealing ledges.
Adjust the sealing ledges so that the distance to the wear bushing (item 110) is 1 to
2 mm.
Important
For rotating the cell wheel, either remove the drive or move the fan
wheel of the electric motor until the next sealing ledge is
accessible.
After having adjusted all of the sealing ledges, rotate the cell wheel (one complete
rotation), checking for any scraping noise.
Then close the inspection doors.
ge141338-84.docx Page 49 / 55
8.4.18.2 Replacement of sealing ledges (item 121)
a) without removing the cell wheel (item 120):

see section 8.4.18.1. In this case options for replacement are as follows:
- through the two inspection doors
- from above through the inlet after having removed the ducting or chute
- from below through the outlet after having removed the ducting or chute
b) after removing the cell wheel (item 120):

see section 8.4.18.5.
Important
The correct fitting of the sealing ledges which is a function
of the arrangement of the drive is shown on the spare
parts drawing.
8.4.18.3 Replacement of wear rings (item 112)
a) without removing the cell wheel (item 120): see below description.
b) after removing the cell wheel (item 120): see section 8.4.18.5.
Remove the hot gas ducting screwed onto the upper half of one of the housing lids
(item 130 or 170).
Remove the sealing rings (item 135) and sealings (item 136).
Remove the upper halves of the housing lids (items 130, 170).
Turn the cell wheel (item 120) such that the first of the three segments of the wear
ring can be replaced.
Important
For rotating the cell wheel, either remove the drive or move the fan
wheel of the electric motor until the next segment of the wear ring
can be replaced.
After having replaced all three segments of the wear ring, rotate the cell wheel (one
complete rotation), checking for any scraping noise.
For reassembly, proceed in reverse order.
ge141338-84.docx Page 50 / 55
8.4.18.4 Replacement of roller bearings (items 163 and 183)
Warning!
injuries.
Remove the electric connecting cable to the drive.
Suspend the drive from a crane and secure the drive so that it will not tilt over.
Remove the protection lid of the shrink disc on the drive (item 190).
Remove the shrink disc.
Remove the retainer ring (item 213) and bolt (item 214) from the torque support
(item 210).
Remove the drive (item 190) with the base plate of the torque support (item 210).
Important
When fitting and removing the gearmotor, observe the instructions
in the operating manual of the gearmotor manufacturer in
chapter 11.
Remove the parts of the speed monitoring (items 200 to 203).
Remove the sealing rings (item 135) and sealings (item 136).
Lift off the lid of the plummer block housing (items 160, 180).
Loosen the grooved nut of the tension sleeve (items 164, 184) and loosen the
tension sleeve.
Remove the bearing stand (item 150).
Pull off the bottom part of the plummer block housing together with the roller bearing
and tension sleeve.
Replace any damaged or worn labyrinth sealings (items 166, 186).
For assembly, slide the bottom part of the plummer block housing together with the
roller bearing, fixed rings (items 165, 185), and tension sleeve over the axle.
Then mount the bearing stand.
Prior to fastening the roller bearings, align the cell wheel (item 120) such that on the
drive side the inner tube of the cell wheel is flush with the housing lid (item 130).
ge141338-84.docx Page 51 / 55
First of all, fasten the fixed bearing (item 163 = self-aligning roller bearing on the
drive side) with the tension sleeve (item 164).
Then move the inner ring of the CARB bearing as far as possible towards the center
of the rotary lock and fasten it with the tension sleeve (item 184). Thus the thermal
dilatation of the cell wheel will be taken up within the CARB bearing.
For further assembly, proceed in reverse order.
When fitting the roller bearings, these must be filled with grease entirely whereas the
cavities must be filled by two thirds.
Important
For the grease quantity and quality to be used, refer to our
lubrication list in chapter 8.3.
8.4.18.5 Removal of cell wheel (item 120) and replacement of wear bushing (item 110)
Remove the hot gas ductings from the rotary lock.
Remove the roller bearings as described in section 8.4.18.4.
Loosen the screws of the two housing lids (items 130 and 170) for pulling these out
laterally.
Pull out the cell wheel laterally.
Replace any worn sealing ledges (item 121) and any worn wear rings (item 112).
Open the two inspection doors (item 102).
Remove the screws (item 110.1).
Take out the wear bushing.
Mount the new wear bushing and fix it with the screws (item 110.1).
Also replace the two segments of the wear bushing which are fastened on the
inspection doors.
Mount the cell wheel.
Mount the two housing lids (items 130 and 170).
For further refitting, proceed as described in section 8.4.18.4.
When the assembly is finished, readjust the sealing ledges. For instructions, see
section 8.4.18.1 "Adjustment of sealing ledges".
ge141338-84.docx Page 52 / 55
8.4.19 Repair of two-flap gate lock
Important
The item numbers refer to the spare parts drawing of the two-flap
gate lock DSK Z in chapter 9.
Warning!
casualty.
unintendedly.
Caution!
Hot surfaces may cause skin burn. Parts of the two-flap gate lock
Warning!
injuries.
When working on the gearmotor, take off the electric connection cable.
Warning!
The tension spring (item 425) is preloaded. If it is unloaded in an
uncontrolled way, injuries may happen.
Unload the tension spring as described below.
For removing the tension spring (item 425), adjust the curve disc (item 300) such
that both flaps (item 100) are closed.
Remove the cover (item 205) of the tension spring.
The tension spring (item 425) and articulation heads (items 415 and 416) are
designed like a turnbuckle. After loosening the counter nuts at the end pieces,
unload the spring by turning it.
Remove the articulation heads after having unloaded the tension spring.
Remove the cover of the cam mechanism (item 206).
Unscrew and remove the sealing plates (item 210).
ge141338-84.docx Page 53 / 55
Screw eye bolts (item 100.1) into the shaft ends of the flap (item 100) and suspend
the flap from the eye bolts.
Loosen screws of the Y-plummer-block bearings (item 410) and lift the flap out of
the housing.
Remove the grooved pins (items 418.1 and 427.1) from the lever (item 418) of the
cam mechanism and from the lever (item 427) of the tension spring. Pull off the
levers.
Remove Y-bearings from the plummer-block bearing housings.
For refitting, proceed in reverse order.
Tighten the screws of the Y-bearing on the drive side (fixed bearing) with the torque
specified in the spare parts drawing.
Secure the Y-bearing on the side of the tension spring (loose bearing) against
turning with a threaded pin (item 411). (Use Loctite for gluing the threaded pin.)
When fitting the tension spring, set the length specified in the spare parts list.
Fill the cam rollers (item 420) with grease before fitting them.
Lubricate the Y-bearings after assembly.
Important
For the lubricant qualities and quantities to be used, see our
lubrication list (chapter 8.3).
Upon completion of assembly, align the proximity switches (item 495). Observe
maximum distance of 6 mm.
ge141338-84.docx Page 54 / 55
8.4.20 Repair of hot gas generator
Do not carry out any repair works at the combustion chamber. Should this be
necessary please contact GEBR. PFEIFFER SE.
For repair works at radial fan and burner see separate operating instructions,
chapter 11.
ge141338-84.docx Page 55 / 55
Chapter 8 - Annex
List of drawings:
Template - grinding roller Drawing No. 182 714
Template - grinding plate Drawing No. 182 713
Filling of grinding rollers Drawing No. 177 886
Discharging of grinding rollers Drawing No. 184 272
Grinding roller arrangement

drawing Drawing No. 148 904
Dismantling of
grinding roller tyres Drawing No. 143 875
Mounting of grinding roller tyres Drawing No. 141 794
Assembly / disassembly device

for grinding roller Drawing No. 153 651
Lift-and-Swing System Drawing No. 182 020
Lift-and-Swing System -
removal device for
grinding table segments Drawing No. 182 690
Fitting of tension cylinder

bearing system Drawing No. 150 899
Rinsing equipment Drawing No. 176 207
Nozzle ring cover Drawing No. 181 654
Holding device for

hardfacing of grinding elements Drawing No. 141 999
Holding device for

hardfacing of grinding plates Drawing No. 173 749
Holding device for

hardfacing of grinding rollers Drawing No. 162 591
Pressure measuring Drawing No. 184 439
Fitting of wear ring SLS Drawing No. 149 702
ge141338-8A.docx Page 1 / 1
KAISERSLAUTERN Spare Parts Edition 02.2015
9. Spare parts
You should keep the most important spare and wear parts in stock on site to
guarantee the continuous availability of the equipment.
Please use the spare parts list to order spare parts. For further details please see
the relevant spare parts drawing included in the spare parts list.
For details on the plant components see also chapter 11.
We grant a guarantee only for the original spare parts supplied by us.
Caution!
Any inappropriate spare parts may cause damages or injuries.
Use original spare parts only.
Our warranty does not cover any damages occurred due to the use of parts other
than the original parts and accessories.
9.1.1 How to use the spare parts lists
For all orders for spare parts please quote:
- Com no.: ....................
- Item: ....................
- Quantity: ....................
Comments on the spare parts list:
Item no. XXX: Spare part indicated in the spare

parts drawing.
Item no. XXX.1,

XXX.2 etc.: Spare parts that are part of the scope of supply of
part XXX, but that are not always indicated in the
spare parts drawing; if these parts are not required
together with part XXX, please quote accordingly in
your order.
Ident no.: For internal purposes only.
ge141338-09.docx Page 1 / 2
KAISERSLAUTERN Spare Parts Edition 02.2015
9.2 Spare parts lists/Spare parts drawings
List of documents:
Machine MPS 3350 BC
Spare parts list
Spare parts drawing
- assembly drawing no. 193 014

- group grinding bowl (part no. 201-299) drawing no. 183 197
- grinding roller (part no. 301-399) drawing no. 182 981
- tensioning device (part no. 501-599) drawing no. 144 599
- seal air ducting (part no. 601-699) drawing no. 154 314
- inner grinding roller
stop part (part no. 860-885) drawing no. 151 088
- torque support for
pressure frame (part no. 901-926) drawing no. 155 024
- temperature measuring
grinding roller (part no. 930-937) drawing no. 142 604
Machine SLS 2900 BC
Spare parts list
Spare parts drawing
- assembly drawing no. 182 433

- bearing (part no. 201-299) drawing no. 175 470
Machine RL 1250 C
Spare parts list
Spare parts drawing drawing no. 190 158
Machine DSK 630 Z
Spare parts list
Machine HML/G
Spare parts list
ge141338-09.docx Page 2 / 2
G e b r. P f e i f f e r D-67618 Kaiserslautern
Machine: MPS 3350 BC Spare parts list Com no.: 2014133800600
Keyword: BARRANQUILLA 2 - CO
Customer: Gebr. Pfeiffer, Inc.
Date: 04.02.2015
Prepared by: visevic.d
Item Spare parts drawing Qty. Unit Designation Part no. Weight (kg/unit)
0101.00 193014 1,000 pcs housing lining 10028469 3.189,4062
0103.00 193014 1,000 pcs housing lining - hot gas area 10028472 1.352,0138
0120.00 193014 1,000 pcs insulation of housing bottom 10029891 3.743,0960
0129.00 193014 4,000 pcs GLYCODUR bushing 57300015 1,1500
GLY.PG 505540 F
PCM 505540 M
0129.01 193014 4,000 pcs GLYCODUR starting washer 57300013 0,0400
GLY.PXG 527802 F
PCMW 527802 M
0131.00 193014 9,500 m profile strip hollow section 58400544 0,3400
20/22 x 10 mm Drm.
silicone caoutchouc, transpare
60° +/- 5° Shore A
0133.00 193014 4,100 m rubber strip 58400519 1,2600
60 x 20 mm
REMALINE 40/HR/CN
heat-resistant 100 - 120 °C
0137.00 193014 13,600 m DELVOSIL tape 58403762 0,3900
30 x 5 mm, DSGBD03056
0141.00 193014 5,400 m rubber strip 58400519 1,2600
60 x 20 mm
REMALINE 40/HR/CN
0142.00 193014 9,900 m rubber strip 58400519 1,2600
60 x 20 mm
REMALINE 40/HR/CN
0143.00 193014 7,500 m rubber strip 58400519 1,2600
60 x 20 mm
REMALINE 40/HR/CN
0146.00 193014 17,760 m DELVOSIL tape 58403775 0,9100
70 x 5 mm, DSGBD07056
0151.00 193014 3,000 pcs cover for pull rod housing 10032587 302,8000
Seite: 1 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0151.01 193014 36,000 pcs hexagon head bolt 55104192 0,7670
ISO 04014
M30x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
0151.02 193014 36,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103676 0,2230
ISO 04032
M30 - 8 - A2B
0151.03 193014 36,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
0162.00 193014 2,000 pcs plate 10032415 33,0000
0162.01 193014 1,000 pcs plate 10032419 34,6000
0162.02 193014 1,000 pcs plate 10032424 47,1000
0162.03 193014 22,000 pcs countersunk head screw 55104170 0,0357
ISO 10642
M12x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
0162.04 193014 22,000 pcs prevailing torque type hex.nut 55101336 0,0170
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0162.05 193014 22,000 pcs washer 55103917 0,0222
ISO 07093-1
12 - 200HV - A2B
0200.00 193014 1,000 pcs group grinding bowl 10022156 37.196,7000
0203.00 183197 13,000 pcs clamp piece for grinding bowl 10019736 19,5000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m31856
0203.01 183197 13,000 pcs hexagon head screw 55104556 0,0330
ISO 04017
M12x0020 - 8.8 - A2B
0203.02 183197 13,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 2 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0204.00 183197 13,000 pcs clamp. screw f. grinding bowl 10027945 2,0000
X = 345
Y = 360
0204.01 183197 7,000 pcs 2/2 washer, semicylindrical 10003278 1,7200
0204.02 183197 13,000 pcs hexagon nut with stop 10030115 0,1260
0204.03 183197 13,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103676 0,2230
ISO 04032
M30 - 8 - A2B
0204.04 183197 13,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
0211.00 183197 13,000 pcs grinding plate segment 10022318 636,0000
acc. to WN 05-0003/005 (Cr)
m31861
0211.01 183197 13,000 pcs compensation plate 10028203 2,5120
t= 8
b = 40, l = 1000
t= 4
b = 40, l = 1000
t= 2
b = 40, l = 1000
t= 1
b = 40, l = 1000
0211.05 183197 2,000 pcs load ring 58405574 1,3000
VLBG 2,5 t; M20
0212.00 183197 9,000 pcs 1/9 grinding plate ring 10019430 87,9000
0212.01 183197 36,000 pcs hexagon socket head cap screw 55104584 0,3160
ISO 04762
M20x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 3 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0212.02 183197 36,000 pcs NORD-LOCK locking washer 55100522 0,0203
DIN 25201
DNL 20 SP
ISO 04017
M16x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
0212.04 183197 18,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0219.00 183197 13,000 pcs bolt 10000806 1,7000
0220.00 183197 1,000 pcs nozzle ring 10022556 1.725,1104
acc. to WN 05-0003/009
m31870
0220.01 183197 6,000 pcs alignment wedge 10000457 0,9000
t = 30
b = 100, l = 165
t = 20
b = 100, l = 165
t = 10
b = 100, l = 165
t= 5
b = 100, l = 165
t= 2
b = 100, l = 165
0223.00 183197 24,000 pcs lining of air guide cone 10024970 25,6038
1/24
ISO 04017
M20x0070 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 4 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 25201
DNL 20
0223.03 183197 48,000 pcs washer 55103933 0,0734
DIN 07349
21 - St - A2B
0223.04 183197 96,000 pcs shim ring 10027794 0,0000
DIN 00988
20x28x0,5
0223.05 183197 48,000 pcs shim ring 10027795 0,0000
DIN 00988
20x28x1
0225.00 183197 1,000 pcs supporting plate for air guide 10024456 396,0336
6-teilig
ISO 04014
M20x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
0225.02 183197 96,000 pcs washer 55103933 0,0734
DIN 07349
21 - St - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 20 SP
0225.04 183197 48,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103894 0,0644
ISO 04032
M20 - 8 - A2B
0225.05 183197 48,000 pcs shim ring 10027794 0,0000
DIN 00988
20x28x0,5
0225.06 183197 48,000 pcs shim ring 10027795 0,0000
DIN 00988
20x28x1
0226.00 183197 24,000 pcs nozzle ring cover 10028441 62,0000
acc. to WN 05-0003/009
m31877
Seite: 5 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0229.00 183197 16,000 m DELVOSIL braided packing 58403763 2,3400
30 x 30 mm, DSGPK030030
0240.00 183197 1,000 pcs cover hood 10025184 205,1642
top part
ISO 04017
M30x0070 - 8.8 - A2B
0240.02 183197 8,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
0241.00 183197 1,000 pcs cover hood 10024977 594,8360
bottom part
ISO 04014
M30x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
0241.02 183197 25,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103676 0,2230
ISO 04032
M30 - 8 - A2B
0241.03 183197 25,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
0241.04 183197 1,000 pcs cover for cover hood 10025649 9,9000
0241.05 183197 3,000 pcs cover for cover hood 10025650 7,6600
0241.06 183197 2,700 m DELVOSIL twisted rope 58403742 0,0511
5 mm, DSGSN05
5 mm, DSGSN05
ISO 04017
M16x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
0241.09 183197 17,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 6 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0242.00 183197 1,000 pcs supporting ring 10025155 504,7604
3 parts
ISO 04017
M30x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 30
0243.00 183197 1,000 pcs central column 10028013 159,1000
for Lift-and-Swing System
Y = 1370
Z = 1400
0244.00 183197 1,000 pcs cover for central column 10002837 33,0000
ISO 04017
M30x0080 - 8.8 - A2B
0244.02 183197 6,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04017
M20x0050 - 8.8 - A2B
0244.04 183197 6,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
0244.05 183197 1,000 pcs lifting eye bolt 58400210 0,5000
high-strength
VRS-F-M20
0245.00 183197 1,000 pcs cover plate for grinding bowl 10019676 100,9800
6-part
ISO 04017
M12x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 7 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0245.02 183197 24,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
5 mm, DSGSN05
5 mm, DSGSN05
5 mm, DSGSN05
0260.00 183197 1,000 pcs grinding bowl 10022158 24.061,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/001
S-5871, S-5872, S-6543
m31860
0260.01 183197 13,000 pcs plate for grinding plate segme 10022938 4,9300
ISO 04017
M10x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0261.00 183197 2,000 pcs carrier bolt 10003275 4,6000
for grinding bowl
ISO 04014
M30x0280 - 8.8 - A2B
0261.02 183197 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103676 0,2230
ISO 04032
M30 - 8 - A2B
0261.03 183197 2,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04014
M56x0300 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 8 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0262.01 183197 12,000 pcs washer 55101747 0,4720
ISO 07089
56 - 200HV - A2B
0265.00 183197 1,000 pcs sealing ring for grinding bowl 10002629 353,7444
labyrinth
2-part
0265.01 183197 20,000 pcs stud 10047968 0,5800
DIN 00938
M30x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
0265.03 183197 20,000 pcs washer 55103935 0,2260
DIN 07349
31 - St - A2B
0271.00 183197 1,000 pcs sealing ring for grinding bowl 10002639 350,0502
and base ring
3-part
ISO 04017
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
0271.02 183197 24,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0276.00 183197 1,000 pcs dam ring 10027848 166,0200
12 parts
ø 3350
0277.00 183197 3,000 pcs 1/3 dam ring 10026917 19,1930
[???]
ø 1300
ISO 04017
M16x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 9 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0277.02 183197 24,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0278.00 183197 1,000 pcs dam ring 10025721 14,4992
for cover hood, 2-part
ISO 04017
M16x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0280.00 183197 4,000 pcs scraper 10019761 183,3000
ISO 04017
M36x0120 - 8.8 - A2B
0280.02 183197 16,000 pcs washer 55104338 0,0921
ISO 07089
36 - 200HV - A2B
0281.00 183197 8,000 pcs wear plate (for scraper) 10019759 14,5000
ISO 04017
M24x0075 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0300.00 193014 3,000 pcs grinding roller 10027277 15.368,9379
with temperature measuring
0311.00 182981 3,000 pcs roller tyre 10019144 3.900,0000
acc. to WN 05-0003/006 (Cr)
m31850
0312.00 182981 3,000 pcs tension ring 10019143 308,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/008
m31849
Seite: 10 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0312.01 182981 6,000 pcs set screw 55102812 0,0430
ISO 04026
M20x0025 - 45H
ISO 04762
M30x0420 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 30
0319.00 182981 54,000 pcs lining for bearing bushing 10028304 2,7740
18-part
ISO 10642
M12x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
0320.00 182981 3,000 pcs bearing bushing 10022648 3.457,9642
m31866
0320.01 182981 18,000 pcs plate for bearing bushing 10023861 0,7000
ISO 10642
M10x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
0320.03 182981 30,000 pcs set screw 55102768 0,3500
ISO 04026
M36x0050 - 45H
0321.00 182981 3,000 pcs bearing cover, open 10022580 196,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m31864
ISO 04017
M42x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
Seite: 11 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0321.03 182981 9,000 pcs set screw 55102768 0,3500
ISO 04026
M36x0050 - 45H
0322.00 182981 3,000 pcs inner seal air sealing ring 10024433 64,0000
m31878
ISO 04762
M16x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0322.03 182981 6,000 pcs set screw 55103002 0,0350
ISO 04026
M16x0030 - 45H
0323.00 182981 3,000 pcs outer seal air sealing ring 10027448 52,0000
m28703
ISO 04762
M12x0055 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0323.03 182981 9,000 pcs set screw 55100450 0,0160
ISO 04026
M12x0025 - 45H
0328.00 182981 3,000 pcs lining for bearing cover 10027793 34,8000
ISO 10642
M12x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
0330.00 182981 3,000 pcs wear bushing grinding roller 10027408 19,5000
grounded, sealed and polished
base material: EN10025 - S235J
with AL-Oxid coated (Mo12)
Seite: 12 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0331.00 182981 6,000 pcs radial shaft sealing ring 58400013 1,6690
DIN 03760/3761
C 510 x 560 x 20 - FPM
with moulded seal
0332.00 182981 3,000 pcs O-ring 58400021 0,0000
ISO 03601
0470 x 5,0 - FPM
0333.00 182981 3,000 pcs O-ring 58400072 0,3360
ISO 03601
0730 x 10,0 - FPM
0334.00 182981 3,000 pcs O-ring 58401360 0,3220
ISO 03601
0700 x 10,0 - FPM
0335.00 182981 3,000 pcs O-ring 58400250 0,0000
ISO 03601
0400 x 4,0 - FPM
0337.00 182981 3,000 pcs spacer ring 10028301 1,6000
0339.00 182981 3,000 pcs overpressure valve 59900048 0,0200
532 B - 1 M - 1,0
adjusted to 1 psi/0,07 bar
part UA-201MV0.07
0341.00 182981 3,000 pcs self-aligning roller bearing 57100138 381,0000
23188 MB-H40
0342.00 182981 3,000 pcs cylindrical roller bearing 10022166 470,0000
FAG-Nr. 809649
0346.00 182981 3,000 pcs inner spacer bushing 10027436 41,5000
0347.00 182981 3,000 pcs outer spacer bushing 10027437 74,2600
0350.00 182981 3,000 pcs axle 10027005 1.335,5140
0350.02 182981 3,000 pcs screw plug 55104838 0,3750
DIN 00910
G 1 1/2 A - 5.8 - A2B
0350.03 182981 3,000 pcs USIT ring 58400941 0,0210
U 48,7 x 59,0 x 3,0 - NBR
Seite: 13 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0350.06 182981 3,000 pcs reducer 58400835 0,0600
0350.07 182981 3,000 pcs USIT ring 58403058 0,0060
U 21,5 x 28,7 x 2,5 - NBR
0350.08 182981 3,000 pcs screw plug 55104838 0,3750
DIN 00910
G 1 1/2 A - 5.8 - A2B
0350.09 182981 3,000 pcs USIT ring 58400941 0,0210
U 48,7 x 59,0 x 3,0 - NBR
0351.00 182981 3,000 pcs safety disk 10007582 77,0000
bearing side
ISO 04017
M48x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 48
0352.00 182981 3,000 pcs safety disk 10026892 122,5000
pressure yoke side
ISO 04017
M48x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 48
ISO 04017
M16x0020 - 8.8 - A2B
0352.04 182981 6,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0353.00 182981 3,000 pcs bearing cover, closed 10007009 295,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30865
Seite: 14 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 04014
M42x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
ISO 04017
M42x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
0353.05 182981 9,000 pcs screw plug 55101831 0,3750
DIN 00910
G 1 1/2 A - 5.8 - Magn.
0353.06 182981 9,000 pcs USIT ring 58400941 0,0210
U 48,7 x 59,0 x 3,0 - NBR
0360.00 182981 3,000 pcs pressure yoke 10024665 3.568,6400
0360.01 182981 3,000 pcs bushing 10024678 58,6000
ISO 04017
M42x0050 - 8.8 - A2B
0360.03 182981 6,000 pcs washer 55104275 0,2090
ISO 07089
42 - 200HV - A2B
0360.04 182981 3,000 pcs cover 59020027 2,1000
(round design)
0360.05 182981 3,000 pcs sealing, round 10006579 0,0500
t=2
D1 = 128
D2 = 100, D3 = 14
ISO 04762
M12x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 15 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0360.08 182981 6,000 pcs set screw 55102122 0,0200
ISO 04026
M12x0030 - 45H
0360.09 182981 3,000 pcs screw plug 55100412 0,0190
DIN 00906
R 1/2 - 5.8 - A2B
0361.00 182981 3,000 pcs pressure yoke lining 10024731 703,5740
0361.01 182981 87,000 pcs bolt with chilled iron head 55100843 0,7000
M20 x 45
0361.02 182981 12,000 pcs bolt with chilled iron head 55100717 1,5000
M30 x 70
ISO 10642
M12x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
high-strength
VRS-F-M42
0400.00 193014 1,000 ST pressure frame 10021021 12.503,5860
0401.00 193014 3,000 pcs socket support 10008234 175,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/008
part 1
m28893
ISO 04014
M30x0180 - 8.8 - A2B
0401.02 193014 24,000 pcs slotted castle nut 55104764 0,2640
DIN 00935
M30 - 8 - A2B
0401.03 193014 24,000 pcs spring-type straight pin 55103404 0,9310
ISO 08752
50x100 - St
Seite: 16 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0401.04 193014 48,000 pcs washer 55103935 0,2260
DIN 07349
31 - St - A2B
0401.05 193014 24,000 pcs split pin 55102418 0,0128
ISO 01234
06,3x050 - St - A2B
0402.00 193014 3,000 pcs socket support 10008235 175,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/008
part 2
m28894
0420.00 193014 3,000 pcs pressure frame lining 10021571 304,1942
DIN 07984
M16x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0421.00 193014 3,000 pcs lining for socket support 10007687 104,4904
ISO 04762
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0422.00 193014 3,000 pcs lining for socket support 10007731 105,3604
ISO 04762
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0500.00 193014 3,000 pcs tension device 10025411 3.391,6320
Seite: 17 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0503.00 144599 3,000 pcs threaded rod 10028559 1,4200
d = M24
l = 400
ISO 07042
M24 - 8 - A2B
0503.02 144599 6,000 pcs washer 55104233 0,0323
ISO 07089
24 - 200HV - A2B
0505.00 144599 3,000 pcs articulation head 10006769 290,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/010
m31048
ISO 04017
M16x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0505.03 144599 0,000 pcs reducer 58405641 0,0560
0505.04 144599 0,000 pcs lubricating nipple, cone type 58401102 0,0060
DIN 71412 - A R1/8
type H1 - straight
0505.05 144599 0,000 pcs USIT ring 58400935 0,0030
U 20,7 x 28,0 x 1,5 - NBR
0511.00 144599 3,000 pcs traverse 10002417 108,0000
ISO 04014
M42x0220 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
ISO 04017
M24x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 18 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0511.04 144599 12,000 pcs washer 55104233 0,0323
ISO 07089
24 - 200HV - A2B
0512.00 144599 6,000 pcs retainer bow 10002301 29,4936
ISO 04014
M24x0150 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0512.03 144599 6,000 pcs holding plate 10002304 10,0000
0513.00 144599 3,000 pcs steel ball 59904396 7,0000
heat-treated: 58 ± 2 HRC
KU.120,00.D325.S3
0514.00 144599 3,000 pcs ball socket 58402514 13,0000
0516.00 144599 3,000 pcs setbolt 10003031 3,5000
for tension device
0530.00 144599 3,000 pcs pull rod 10025822 607,0000
0532.00 144599 9,000 pcs bushing 10008776 5,7000
0532.01 144599 6,000 pcs bushing 10008777 6,2000
0536.00 144599 3,000 pcs socket locking device 10030862 2,2000
2-part
0536.01 144599 9,000 pcs tube 10028560 0,3200
X = 110
d = 26,9; t = 5,6
ISO 04014
M12x0140 - 8.8 - A2B
0536.03 144599 9,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 19 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0537.01 144599 3,000 pcs socket 10008428 66,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/007
part 2
m30884
0537.02 144599 3,000 pcs socket 10008427 64,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/007
part 1
m30884
ISO 04014
M48x0360 - 8.8 - A2B
0537.04 144599 18,000 pcs hexagon nut 55104383 0,9770
ISO 04032
M48 - 8 - A2B
0537.05 144599 36,000 pcs washer 55101542 0,2400
EN 14399-6
48 - A2B
Drm. 50/90x7
0538.00 144599 3,000 pcs rubber apron for dust protect. 10030419 1,2281
X = 205
Y = 1597
0539.00 144599 3,000 pcs dust protection 10020232 9,6456
2-part
0539.01 144599 9,000 pcs tube 10028560 0,3200
X = 110
d = 26,9; t = 5,6
ISO 04014
M12x0140 - 8.8 - A2B
0539.03 144599 9,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
0541.00 144599 3,000 pcs bolt for tension device 10008627 94,0000
0541.01 144599 3,000 pcs disk 10024071 8,1000
Seite: 20 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 04762
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
0541.03 144599 3,000 pcs disk 10024126 8,2000
0541.05 144599 6,000 pcs bushing 10008785 2,6000
0541.06 144599 6,000 pcs bushing 10008786 1,3000
0541.07 144599 12,000 pcs tension element 58400080 2,3000
200 x 224
slotted
0544.00 144599 3,000 pcs pull rod sealing 10022317 110,6880
(assembly)
0545.01 144599 3,000 pcs outer ring for articulation 10012040 10,0000
1-part
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30634
0545.02 144599 3,000 pcs outer ring for articulation 10012042 12,2000
1-part
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30602
0545.03 144599 3,000 pcs bushing 10011559 17,5000
0545.04 144599 3,000 pcs flange, round 10011554 3,9000
ISO 04017
M10x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0546.00 144599 3,000 pcs 2/2 sealing ring 10011362 4,6000
for pull rod sealing
ISO 04762
M10x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 21 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0547.00 144599 3,000 pcs spherical plain bearing sleeve 10008977 62,0000
m31106
0550.00 144599 3,000 pcs hydraulic cylinder with 10030762 1.833,2064
pressure accumulator
0551.00 144599 3,000 pcs hydraulic cylinder 59904708 1.500,0000
double-acting
ø 320/180 x stroke 670
with integr. position sensor
0551.01 144599 3,000 pcs spherical plain bearing ETDU0001 0,0000
0552.00 144599 6,000 pcs hydraulic bladder accumulator 59903222 102,0000
SB330-32F1/112
0553.00 144599 3,000 pcs pressure tube to hydraulic 10030866 36,3000
0553.01 144599 6,000 pcs flange 10014092 0,0000
45 x 160 x 160
HYDAC part
.
0553.02 144599 3,000 pcs flange for hydraulic cylinder 10008273 8,2000
0553.03 144599 3,000 pcs screw plug 58401211 0,0750
VSTI R1-ED A3C
0554.00 144599 6,000 pcs O-ring 58402258 0,0030
ISO 03601
0060 x 3,0 - FPM
0555.00 144599 6,000 pcs round cord ring 10014093 0,0000
50 x 4 NBR 70
HYDAC part
.
ISO 04762
M24x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 22 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 25201
DNL 24
ISO 4014 - M24x130 - 8.8 - A2B
HYDAC part
.
0557.01 144599 24,000 pcs prevailing torque type hex. nu 10014095 0,0000
ISO 7042 - M24 - 8 - A2B
HYDAC part
.
0558.00 144599 12,000 pcs clip for pressure accumulator 10002032 4,7284
ISO 04017
M12x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
0558.02 144599 24,000 pcs hexagon nut 55102210 0,0173
ISO 04032
M12 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12 SP
ISO 04017
M10x0070 - 8.8 - A2B
0558.05 144599 24,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103909 0,0116
ISO 04032
M10 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0561.00 144599 3,000 pcs pressure limitation valve 59903224 6,4000
DBDS 20 G1X/315E
type-examination tested
HYDAC-Nr. 680658
Seite: 23 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 04014
M08x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
0561.02 144599 12,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103924 0,0052
ISO 04032
M08 - 8 - A2B
0561.03 144599 12,000 pcs washer 55104268 0,0018
ISO 07089
08 - 200HV - A2B
0562.00 144599 3,000 pcs holding device 10030890 1,1500
for pressure limitation valve
ISO 04017
M10x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
0562.02 144599 6,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103909 0,0116
ISO 04032
M10 - 8 - A2B
0562.03 144599 6,000 pcs washer 55101705 0,0036
ISO 07089
10 - 200HV - A2B
0563.00 144599 3,000 pcs pressure tube to hydraulic 10030867 36,3000
0563.02 144599 3,000 pcs flange for hydraulic cylinder 10002379 9,4000
0563.03 144599 3,000 pcs screw plug 58401211 0,0750
VSTI R1-ED A3C
0564.00 144599 1,000 pcs hydraulic unit 59904261 600,0000
of roller suspension system
oil receptacle NG 400
for 6 x 32,0 l accumulator
0565.00 144599 3,000 pcs hydraulic hose assembly 58401104 1,5000
02TE 16 A05 A35-1400
02SN 16 A05 A25-0960
04SP 20 B5 B8-1250
Seite: 24 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
04SP 32 B8 B8-1050
design: U-shape
0569.00 144599 3,000 pcs non-return valve, pilot contr. 59904153 10,0000
SL30 GA2-4X
ISO 04014
M10x0120 - 8.8 - A2B
0569.02 144599 6,000 pcs washer 55101705 0,0036
ISO 07089
10 - 200HV - A2B
0569.03 144599 6,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103909 0,0116
ISO 04032
M10 - 8 - A2B
0600.00 193014 1,000 pcs seal air piping 10029627 549,2360
0601.00 154314 3,000 pcs seal air pipe 10032158 49,9900
Y = 1270
0606.00 154314 21,000 pcs bushing 10032200 1,2400
0607.00 154314 3,000 pcs guide bushing 10003648 22,1000
ISO 04014
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
0608.01 154314 18,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103791 0,0333
ISO 04032
M16 - 8 - A2B
0608.02 154314 18,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0611.00 154314 3,000 pcs elbow joint 10004266 30,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m28809
Seite: 25 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 04017
M24x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
0611.02 154314 12,000 pcs washer 55104233 0,0323
ISO 07089
24 - 200HV - A2B
0612.00 154314 3,000 pcs flange for seal air piping 10004268 5,0000
ISO 04762
M20x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
0612.02 154314 12,000 pcs spring washer 55103946 0,0000
DIN 07980 20 FST A2B
t=3
0630.00 154314 1,000 pcs ring mains with duct (2-part) 10029628 555,8878
X1 = 56,5°
X2 = 1780
ISO 04014
M16x0080 - 8.8 - A2B
0630.02 154314 8,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103791 0,0333
ISO 04032
M16 - 8 - A2B
0630.03 154314 8,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0630.04 154314 1,000 pcs flange, round 10032213 7,1500
t = 20
rolled acc. to drawing 127697
R = 2227; Y = 6,0; Z = 328
t=3
D1 = 330, D4 = 220
D2 = 280, D3 = 18
Seite: 26 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0635.00 154314 3,000 pcs measuring line 10032205 1,2200
0635.05 154314 6,000 pcs equal elbow coupling 58400679 0,4070
W 20-ZS A3C
0635.06 154314 3,000 pcs straight coupling 58400663 0,3470
G 20-ZS A3C
0635.07 154314 3,000 pcs weldable bulkhead coupling 58400833 0,6000
ESV 20-ZS
refinished acc. to drawing
0635.08 154314 3,000 pcs male stud coupling 58400635 0,2530
GE 20-ZSR-ED A3C
0635.09 154314 3,000 pcs standpipe adaptor 58402296 0,1970
RED 20/12-ZS A3C
0640.00 154314 3,000 pcs pressure transmitter 59907040 0,2000
measuring range: 100mbar
4..20mA HART / IP 66
Atex / with indicator
0640.01 154314 3,000 pcs manometer female stud coupling 58400709 0,1310
MAV 12-ZSR A3C
0651.00 154314 1,000 pcs lining 10031368 46,8476
for seal air ring mains
0652.00 154314 3,000 pcs lining 10031370 44,7140
for holding device
0701.00 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10010948 82,7000
0701.01 193014 3,000 pcs seal air sealing ring 10002566 1,7000
for torque support
ISO 04762
M16x0070 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 27 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 25201
DNL 16
ISO 04017
M20x0020 - 8.8 - A2B
0701.05 193014 3,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
0702.00 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10010005 105,0000
with hardfacing
0702.01 193014 24,000 pcs stud 55104853 1,7670
DIN 00938
M42x0140 - 8.8 - A2B
0702.02 193014 24,000 pcs hexagon nut 55104191 0,6520
ISO 04032
M42 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
ISO 04017
M12x0020 - 8.8 - A2B
0702.05 193014 3,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
t= 5
b = 300, l = 800
t= 2
b = 300, l = 800
t= 1
b = 300, l = 800
Seite: 28 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0704.00 193014 3,000 pcs guide system 10039401 15,0040
ISO 04014
M16x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0704.03 193014 12,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103791 0,0333
ISO 04032
M16 - 8 - A2B
ISO 04014
M16x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
0704.05 193014 12,000 pcs washer 55104327 0,0485
DIN 07349
17 - St - A2B
0704.06 193014 6,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103791 0,0333
ISO 04032
M16 - 8 - A2B
ISO 08752
28x065 - St
t = 10
b = 230, l = 240
t= 2
t= 1
0706.00 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10021908 208,0000
with hardfacing
ISO 04017
M42x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 29 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 25201
DNL 42
ISO 04017
M12x0020 - 8.8 - A2B
0706.04 193014 12,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
0707.00 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10010008 62,0000
with hardfacing
ISO 04017
M42x0095 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
ISO 04017
M12x0020 - 8.8 - A2B
0707.04 193014 6,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
t= 1
t= 2
t= 5
t = 10
0710.00 193014 6,000 pcs top socket 10009628 27,5000
Seite: 30 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
DIN 00564
M16x0080 - SW18 - 8.8 - A2B
0710.02 193014 6,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103791 0,0333
ISO 04032
M16 - 8 - A2B
0711.00 193014 6,000 pcs bottom socket 10009629 39,5000
0712.00 193014 6,000 pcs roller 10009469 26,5000
6 mm, DSGSN06
ISO 04014
M42x0170 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M42 - 8 - A2B
0722.02 193014 54,000 pcs washer 55104275 0,2090
ISO 07089
42 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04014
M24x0160 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M24 - 8 - A2B
0724.02 193014 48,000 pcs washer 55103936 0,1160
DIN 07349
25 - St - A2B
ISO 08752
45x095 - St
0730.00 193014 1,000 pcs indication device 10038260 13,0910
Z = 2500
Seite: 31 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0731.00 193014 3,000 pcs fan-type nozzle SCHLICK 58400787 0,0150
655/2, G1/4, material:1.4404
15 l/min at 3 bar
spray angle: 90 degrees
0731.01 193014 3,000 pcs socket 58402809 0,1140
EN 10242
M2 - 3/4x1/4 - Zn - A
0732.01 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031717 7,5000
0732.02 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031718 18,3000
0732.03 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031719 1,1700
0732.04 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031720 0,4630
0732.05 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031721 5,7000
0732.06 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031722 5,2250
0732.07 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10031723 2,0500
ISO 10642
M10x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
0732.09 193014 30,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103909 0,0116
ISO 04032
M10 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0732.11 193014 9,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103909 0,0116
ISO 04032
M10 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0733.00 193014 3,000 pcs sealing, rectangle 10003084 0,0400
Seite: 32 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0734.00 193014 3,000 pcs O-ring 58403406 0,0010
ISO 03601
0026 x 3,0 - FPM
0735.00 193014 3,000 pcs water injection 10028680 41,3257
0736.00 193014 1,000 pcs water injection - ring mains 10040518 1.473,4438
0740.00 193014 1,000 ST bevel and planetary gearbox 59900747 0,0000
KMPS 396
0741.00 193014 1,000 pcs vibration sensor 59900575 1,2000
vertical measuring direction
connecting cable length: 5 m
0741.01 193014 2,000 pcs set screw 55100393 0,0330
ISO 04027
M12x0050 - 45H
ISO 04017
M10x0016 - 8.8 - A2B
0741.03 193014 1,000 pcs washer 55101705 0,0036
ISO 07089
10 - 200HV - A2B
0742.00 193014 4,000 pcs taper pin 55104942 3,3700
ISO 08737
50x250 - St
0742.01 193014 4,000 pcs hexagon nut 55104400 0,3930
ISO 04032
M36 - 8 - A2B
0742.02 193014 4,000 pcs washer 55104395 0,3100
DIN 07349
37 - St - A2B
0743.00 193014 10,000 pcs stud bolt 10041388 8,6800
M72x6 - 8.8 - A2B
X = 510
Y = 170
Seite: 33 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0743.01 193014 20,000 pcs hexagon nut 55102776 3,0400
DIN 00934
M72x6 - 8 - A2B
0743.02 193014 10,000 pcs washer 55102785 0,6260
DIN 00125
74 - 200HV - A2B
0743.03 193014 10,000 pcs spacer 10041401 2,2900
X = 95
0743.04 193014 1,000 pcs bolt tensioner 98900025 41,0000
SSV M72x6
acc. to SCHAAF drawing A 6742
0746.00 193014 1,000 pcs radial fan 10025495 0,0000
RO-28-160-36 H1 M 11100 B5
0747.00 193014 1,000 pcs suction air filter ETDU0002 0,0000
0750.00 193014 1,000 pcs differ.pressure measuring line 10035447 156,7047
0751.00 193014 1,000 pcs meas. line and seal air piping 10039270 184,7523
0757.00 193014 1,000 pcs template 10037762 3,9000
for grinding plate
0758.00 193014 1,000 pcs template 10038083 3,7810
for grinding roller
0759.00 193014 3,000 pcs alignment stick 10010751 1,6000
X = 657
0766.00 193014 3,000 pcs grinding roller stop 10006216 15,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30737
ISO 04017
M20x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 20
0767.00 193014 3,000 pcs bumper for grinding roller 10027623 34,6000
Seite: 34 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 04017
M24x0050 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0768.00 193014 3,000 pcs liner plate 10006864 11,1600
0768.01 193014 12,000 pcs stud 55104908 0,4170
DIN 00938
M20x0160 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M20 - 8 - A2B
0768.03 193014 12,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
0768.04 193014 36,000 pcs washer 55103933 0,0734
DIN 07349
21 - St - A2B
t = 10
b = 160, l = 450
t= 8
b = 160, l = 450
t= 5
b = 160, l = 450
t= 2
b = 160, l = 450
t= 1
b = 160, l = 450
Seite: 35 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
t = 20
b = 160, l = 450
0770.00 193014 1,000 pcs steel plate case 59902992 25,0000
L910/900 x T532/520 x H432/368
U910 without small parts
0781.00 193014 1,000 pcs vibration monitoring 59905325 7,2000
0858.00 193014 6,000 pcs butt strap assembly 10027935 30,6812
0859.00 193014 3,000 pcs inner grinding roller stop 10035392 366,2590
0860.00 151088 6,000 pcs bolt for butt strap 10007810 2,8000
ISO 07042
M24 - 8 - A2B
0860.02 151088 6,000 pcs disk 10014038 0,8650
0860.03 151088 6,000 pcs threaded rod 10009605 0,6000
d = M16
l = 405
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0860.05 151088 12,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0861.00 151088 6,000 pcs bolt for butt strap 10007818 4,3500
ISO 07042
M24 - 8 - A2B
0861.02 151088 6,000 pcs disk 10014038 0,8650
0861.03 151088 6,000 pcs threaded rod 10009606 0,3000
d = M16
l = 190
Seite: 36 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0861.05 151088 12,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0862.00 151088 6,000 pcs butt strap 10029935 20,5000
pressure yoke / pressure frame
X = 380
0865.00 151088 3,000 pcs jib 10010834 148,0000
for grinding roller stop
t = 20
b = 450, l = 450
t= 5
b = 450, l = 450
t= 2
b = 450, l = 450
t= 1
b = 450, l = 450
t = 15
b = 450, l = 450
0865.02 151088 3,000 pcs shim for spring assembly 10006899 23,5000
ISO 04017
M30x0180 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 30
Seite: 37 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0866.00 151088 3,000 pcs cover (grinding roller stop) 10002971 27,5200
ISO 04762
M24x0065 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0866.03 151088 3,000 pcs O-ring 58403396 0,0060
ISO 03601
0140 x 3,0 - FPM
0874.00 151088 3,000 pcs bolt for roller stop 10003555 2,8000
0874.01 151088 6,000 pcs safety disk 10003558 0,6600
ISO 04017
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
ISO 08752
08x024 - St
0875.00 151088 3,000 pcs bolt for roller stop 10003556 10,6000
0875.01 151088 6,000 pcs safety disk 10003558 0,6600
ISO 04017
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
Seite: 38 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 08752
08x024 - St
0876.00 151088 3,000 pcs butt strap 10036198 49,1400
X = 1126
Y = 1276
0877.00 151088 6,000 pcs flat spring 58401715 0,0000
120 x 13
spring steel EN 10089
0878.00 151088 3,000 pcs lining 10035394 15,5700
for inner grinding roller stop
ISO 04017
M16x0050 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0900.00 193014 3,000 pcs torque support 10095236 757,8272
for pressure frame
0901.00 155024 3,000 pcs holding device for torque supp 10002502 318,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/011
m31051
ISO 04017
M42x0150 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 42
ISO 04014
M20x0160 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M20 - 8 - A2B
Seite: 39 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0901.05 155024 24,000 pcs washer 55103933 0,0734
DIN 07349
21 - St - A2B
ISO 08752
35x110 - St
0901.07 155024 6,000 pcs button head lubricating nipple 58404401 0,0200
DIN 03404 - M10x1
type M1 - straight
0901.08 155024 6,000 pcs protection plate 10004259 1,1330
for torque support
DIN 07984
M06x0016 - 8.8 - A2B
0901.10 155024 24,000 pcs washer 55100535 0,0028
ISO 07093-1
06 - 200HV - A2B
0902.00 155024 3,000 pcs holding plate 59020020 69,0000
for hydraulic buffer
ISO 04762
M30x0160 - 8.8 - A2B
0902.02 155024 36,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103676 0,2230
ISO 04032
M30 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 30
ISO 08752
12x100 - St
ISO 04017
M20x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 40 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0902.06 155024 6,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04017
M20x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
0902.08 155024 3,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
DIN 00580
M20 - C15E
ISO 04017
M20x0070 - 8.8 - A2B
0903.00 155024 3,000 pcs hydraulic buffer 10001980 120,0000
for torque support
ISO 04014
M24x0140 - 8.8 - A2B
0903.02 155024 18,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103891 0,1100
ISO 04032
M24 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
for torque support
t= 8
for torque support
t= 5
for torque support
t= 2
Seite: 41 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
for torque support
t= 1
0903.08 155024 3,000 pcs temperature sensor ETDU0003 0,0000
0903.09 155024 3,000 pcs mini measuring connection ETDU0004 0,0000
0904.00 155024 3,000 pcs bolt for torque support 10073944 130,0000
0906.00 155024 3,000 pcs disk for torque support 59020017 7,3000
ISO 04014
M16x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0906.03 155024 3,000 pcs forcing screw 10021653 0,0500
M12
0907.00 155024 6,000 pcs cover for torque support 59020002 5,0000
ISO 04762
M12x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0908.00 155024 6,000 pcs TURCON EXCLUDER 5 58401831 0,4000
WE5302000-Z52N 200 x 216 x 9,5
Zurcon Z52
with O-ring, material NBR
0909.00 155024 6,000 pcs sliding bearing PAN SO MS 170 57300011 7,9000
ø 230/200 x 100
0914.00 155024 3,000 pcs water cooling 10044139 24,8500
for hydraulic buffer
Seite: 42 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0914.04 155024 18,000 pcs screwed connection 58402595 0,2170
EN 10242
U2 - 1/2 - Zn - A
0914.05 155024 20,000 pcs hose nozzle 58400957 0,0000
1/2'' x 1/2'' - external threa
material brass
0914.06 155024 24,000 pcs hose clip 58401895 0,0200
Drm. 12 - 20 mm
0916.00 155024 3,000 m buffer head 10004258 7,4000
ISO 04762
M10x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0917.00 155024 1,000 pcs bolt head 10002450 7,0000
0917.01 155024 2,000 pcs set screw 55100389 0,0150
ISO 04027
M12x0025 - 45H
ISO 04017
M12x0080 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 04762
M12x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0918.00 155024 3,000 pcs bolt 59020014 1,7000
0919.00 155024 3,000 pcs ball socket 59020011 0,5000
0920.00 155024 3,000 pcs bolt guide 59020008 3,0000
Seite: 43 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
ISO 04762
M12x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0920.03 155024 6,000 pcs set screw 55102122 0,0200
ISO 04026
M12x0030 - 45H
0921.00 155024 6,000 pcs O-ring 58402268 0,0060
ISO 03601
0045 x 5,0 - FPM
0922.00 155024 6,000 pcs retainer ring 59020029 3,8000
for torque support
DIN 07984
M12x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 07984
M12x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0922.05 155024 9,000 pcs parallel pin 58401751 0,0213
ISO 08733
12x030 - St
0922.06 155024 9,000 pcs parallel pin 58402287 0,0351
ISO 08733
12x045 - St
0924.00 155024 15,000 m low pressure hose 58401229 0,2000
01TE 12
DIN 20021-1
Seite: 44 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0926.00 155024 1,000 pcs stop part (buffer substitute) 10002448 172,7000
0927.00 155024 1,000 pcs flowmeter 59901040 1,0000
measur. range: 001 - 014 l/min
1 changeover contact / IP 65
G 1/2
0929.00 193014 1,000 pcs temperature measuring 10029419 39,2207
of grinding roller
0930.00 142604 3,000 pcs resistance thermometer 10110601 0,8000
2 x Pt 100, 3-wire
measuring range: -50 - 600°C
fitting length: 1250 / ø06mm
0930.01 142604 3,000 pcs clamping joint with screws 59901737 0,0400
G 1/4; ø 6,0 mm
with clamp-ring
resistance thermometer
0930.02 142604 3,000 pcs O-ring 58403052 0,0001
ISO 03601
0011,3 x 2,2 - NBR 90
0931.00 142604 3,000 pcs reducer 10030915 0,3500
0931.01 142604 3,000 pcs USIT ring 58400941 0,0210
U 48,7 x 59,0 x 3,0 - NBR
0932.00 142604 3,000 pcs protection cover 10030631 8,3900
f. temperature measuring probe
ISO 04017
M10x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0933.00 142604 3,000 pcs sealing, oval 10031034 0,0900
0934.01 142604 6,000 pcs LEMOSA plug 59902182 0,0700
4-pin, size 0
Seite: 45 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0934.02 142604 3,000 pcs LEMOSA coupling 59902183 0,0700
4-pin, size 0
0935.00 142604 3,000 pcs pipe clip 58404434 0,0950
DIN 01596
09 - Zn
0935.00 142604 4,000 pcs pipe clip 58404434 0,0950
DIN 01596
09 - Zn
ISO 04017
M06x0016 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 04017
M06x0016 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 06
DIN 25201
DNL 06
0935.03 142604 4,000 pcs pipe clip 58405361 0,0090
DIN 01596
07 - Zn
ISO 04017
M06x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M06 - 8 - A2B
0936.01 142604 3,000 pcs power supply line, complete 10112546 0,3000
8 x 0,14 mm²; ø 4,9 mm
with stainless steel braid
PTFE white
Seite: 46 / 47
Date: 04.02.2015
0936.02 142604 3,000 pcs power supply line, complete 10112547 1,0000
8 x 0,14 mm²; ø 4,9 mm
with stainless steel braid
PTFE white
0937.00 142604 6,000 pcs screwed cable gland SKINTOP 59901209 0,0100
MS-M12x1,5 - ATEX
strain relief cat. A EN50262
0938.00 142604 1,000 pcs field housing, equipped 10112042 0,0000
220x120x090mm
Atex / IP65
Seite: 47 / 47
G e b r. P f e i f f e r, D - 6 7 6 1 8 K a i s e r s l a u t e r n
Machine: SLS 2900 BC Spare parts list Com no.: 2014133800900
Keyword: BARANQUILLA 2 - CO
Date: 05.07.2014
Prepared by: schroeck.k
0100.00 182433 1,000 pcs classifier bottom part 10028204 5.309,4317
2-part (for transport)
ISO 04014
M30x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
0103.02 182433 60,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
8 mm, DSGSN08
0105.00 182433 3,000 pcs erection cover 10028202 54,8200
ISO 04017
M12x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12 SP
4 mm, DSGSN04
ISO 04014
M16x0075 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0106.02 182433 20,000 pcs washer 55104327 0,0485
DIN 07349
17 - St - A2B
ISO 08752
32x036 - St
Seite: 1 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0108.00 182433 1,000 pcs duct 10028988 898,0048
0108.01 182433 2,000 pcs foot plate for duct 10029002 64,0000
0108.02 182433 1,000 pcs foot plate for duct 10030122 107,0000
ISO 04014
M20x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M20 - 8 - A2B
0109.02 182433 8,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
0110.00 182433 1,000 pcs intermediate flange 10028901 182,8000
ISO 04017
M24x0080 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0115.00 182433 2,000 pcs 1/2 flanged ring 10030206 18,0000
ISO 04762
M12x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0116.02 182433 10,000 pcs hexagon nut 55102210 0,0173
ISO 04032
M12 - 8 - A2B
0117.00 182433 1,000 pcs flexible coupling 58404458 180,0000
RUPEX RWN 450
Seite: 2 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0118.00 182433 1,000 pcs louver 10027967 2.753,3168
ISO 10642
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0119.02 182433 20,000 pcs washer 55104197 0,0409
ISO 07093-1
16 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04017
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0120.02 182433 18,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0121.00 182433 1,000 pcs grit cone 10028085 2.125,0866
0121.01 182433 1,000 pcs tube 10029001 380,0000
ISO 04017
M16x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0121.04 182433 1,000 pcs door for grit cone 10028105 57,1572
0122.00 182433 1,000 pcs wear ring 10026786 204,9000
with hardfacing
Seite: 3 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0122.01 182433 6,000 pcs 1/6 ring 10100278 2,4270
t= 5
b = 40, l = 1546
R = 1474
0122.02 182433 6,000 pcs 1/6 ring 10100279 2,5590
t= 5
b = 50, l = 1304
R = 1243
ISO 04017
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0126.00 182433 1,000 pcs lining for grit cone 10028754 107,1874
ISO 10642
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0126.03 182433 6,000 pcs washer 55104197 0,0409
ISO 07093-1
16 - 200HV - A2B
0127.00 182433 1,000 pcs hub locking component 10003680 7,8022
0128.00 182433 1,000 pcs shrinkage disk 59900530 41,0000
ø 200
0129.00 182433 1,000 pcs support for bearing system 10027232 506,3792
0130.00 182433 3,000 pcs wear protection 10003856 38,0000
acc. to WN 05-0003/009
m31046
Seite: 4 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
ISO 04762
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0130.03 182433 3,000 pcs wear protection for pipe strut 10027211 45,0000
acc to. WN 05-0003/009
m31876
0130.04 182433 6,000 pcs flat steel 10028692 2,1667
DIN 06912
M20x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 20
0133.00 182433 1,000 pcs intermediate disk 10027520 345,0000
for classifier top part
ISO 10642
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0133.03 182433 8,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0134.00 182433 3,000 pcs support for grit cone 10028234 102,9474
0150.00 182433 1,000 pcs classifier top part 10027267 3.929,0876
0151.00 182433 1,000 pcs door for classifier top part 10005316 112,7836
t = 12; a = 650; b = 775
h = 700; l1 = 390; l2 = 370
c = R 2590; d = R 2170
Seite: 5 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0152.00 182433 3,700 m DELVOSIL tape 58403767 0,5200
40 x 5 mm, DSGBD04056
0155.00 182433 1,000 pcs inspection door for classifier 10027475 77,5676
t = 12; a = 680; b = 750
l1 = 170; l2 = 150
c = R 1060; d = R 1180
0156.00 182433 2,900 m DELVOSIL tape 58403767 0,5200
40 x 5 mm, DSGBD04056
0160.00 182433 1,000 pcs separating cage 10026772 4.068,7880
with hardfacing
0164.00 182433 1,000 pcs hub for rotor 10026833 110,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m31147
ISO 04014
M30x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
0168.02 182433 12,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04014
M24x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M24 - 8 - A2B
0169.02 182433 6,000 pcs washer 55104233 0,0323
ISO 07089
24 - 200HV - A2B
0180.00 182433 1,000 pcs ceramic lining 10027506 1.303,5998
for outlet duct
0181.00 182433 1,000 pcs lining classifier bottom part 10028395 1.280,5020
Seite: 6 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
ISO 10642
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0181.03 182433 240,000 pcs washer 55104197 0,0409
ISO 07093-1
16 - 200HV - A2B
0182.00 182433 1,000 pcs lining for classifier top part 10027335 1.943,0408
ISO 10642
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0182.03 182433 268,000 pcs washer 55104197 0,0409
ISO 07093-1
16 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 10642
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0182.06 182433 4,000 pcs washer 55104197 0,0409
ISO 07093-1
16 - 200HV - A2B
0185.00 182433 1,000 pcs outlet duct 10027423 4.504,6652
ISO 04014
M24x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 7 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
ISO 07042
M24 - 8 - A2B
0187.02 182433 48,000 pcs washer 55104233 0,0323
ISO 07089
24 - 200HV - A2B
8 mm, DSGSN08
ISO 04014
M12x0085 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0189.02 182433 16,000 pcs washer 55104547 0,0271
DIN 07349
13 - St - A2B
ISO 08752
25x050 - St
0190.00 182433 1,000 pcs electric motor 10084207 0,0000
existing
0190.01 182433 1,000 pcs frequency converter 10084209 0,0000
existing
0191.00 182433 1,000 pcs bevel and spur gearbox 59901820 0,0000
B2SV8
0192.00 182433 1,000 pcs coupling protection 10028968 18,5910
0193.00 182433 1,000 pcs flexible coupling 58404831 37,0000
N-EUPEX A 250
with finish bores
ISO 04017
M24x0075 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 8 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
DIN 25201
DNL 24
ISO 04762
M24x0080 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0200.00 182433 1,000 pcs bearing system 10027126 2.425,5201
without temp. measurement
0201.00 175470 1,000 pcs classifier shaft 10028909 885,0000
0201.01 175470 1,000 pcs nose key 10003008 1,0000
192 long, for bearing system
0202.00 175470 1,000 pcs bearing sleeve 10027125 1.185,9340
ISO 04017
M24x0075 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0209.00 175470 1,000 pcs wear bushing 58402836 3,9000
ceramic coated
EN 10025 - S355JR
Al-2 O-3
DIN 03760/3761
C 200 x 230 x 15 - FPM
with moulded seal
0212.00 175470 1,000 pcs self-aligning roller thrust be 57100021 15,0000
29334 E/S1
Seite: 9 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0213.00 175470 1,000 pcs wear bushing 58402837 5,0000
ceramic coated
EN 10025 - S355JR
Al-2 O-3
0214.00 175470 1,000 pcs grooved nut 10003679 3,0000
22232 CC/W33 S1
DIN 03760/3761
C 190 x 220 x 15 - FPM
0217.00 175470 1,000 pcs bearing cover 10003665 17,0000
ISO 04762
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0221.00 175470 1,000 pcs bearing bushing 10003666 70,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30684
ISO 04762
M16x0190 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
ISO 04762
M16x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
24032 CC/C3 W33 S1
Seite: 10 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0225.00 175470 1,000 pcs wear bushing 58402835 7,5000
ceramic coated
EN 10025 - S355JR
Al-2 O-3
0225.01 175470 1,000 pcs set screw 55100376 0,0055
ISO 04027
M08x0020 - 45H
0226.00 175470 1,000 pcs sealing bushing 10003667 45,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30688
ISO 04762
M16x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
ISO 04762
M16x0080 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
DIN 03760/3761
C 180 x 210 x 15 - FPM
0228.00 175470 1,000 pcs spacer ring 10019655 0,2500
D/d = 210/185
0235.00 175470 1,000 pcs bearing housing 10003664 119,0000
acc. to WN 05-0002/009
m30922
0236.00 175470 1,000 pcs intermediate ring 10003676 9,2000
0238.00 175470 1,000 pcs seal air sealing ring 10003668 5,2000
Seite: 11 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
ISO 04762
M12x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0239.00 175470 1,000 pcs O-ring 58405266 0,0500
ISO 03601
0038 x 3,0 - FPM
0240.00 175470 1,000 pcs O-ring 58401701 0,5000
ISO 03601
0220 x 4,0 - FPM
0241.00 175470 1,000 pcs O-ring 58405268 0,5000
ISO 03601
0293 x 4,0 - FPM
0281.00 175470 1,000 pcs cover for bearing system 10002410 0,9000
0281.01 175470 0,488 m round cord 58402612 0,0000
3,0 mm - SI60E1 VMQ60
DIN 06912
M06x0016 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 06
0291.00 182433 1,000 pcs progressive distributor 59903065 3,0000
SSV 6/3
0400.00 182433 1,000 pcs material inlet 10027591 436,4272
0401.00 182433 1,000 pcs compound liner plate 10029859 22,0000
ISO 10642
M12x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
Seite: 12 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0402.03 182433 8,000 pcs washer 55103917 0,0222
ISO 07093-1
12 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 10642
M12x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0404.02 182433 4,000 pcs washer 55103917 0,0222
ISO 07093-1
12 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 10642
M12x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0404.05 182433 4,000 pcs washer 55103917 0,0222
ISO 07093-1
12 - 200HV - A2B
0450.00 182433 1,000 pcs motor bracket 10030113 228,8010
ISO 04014
M30x0110 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
Seite: 13 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0451.02 182433 4,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04014
M12x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0452.02 182433 4,000 pcs washer 55104547 0,0271
DIN 07349
13 - St - A2B
ISO 08752
21x060 - St
ISO 04014
M12x0100 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0453.02 182433 4,000 pcs washer 55104547 0,0271
DIN 07349
13 - St - A2B
ISO 08752
21x065 - St
0519.00 182433 1,000 pcs cover for material inlet 10028696 106,1324
ISO 04017
M16x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
Seite: 14 / 15
Date: 05.07.2014
0519.03 182433 3,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04762
M12x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0519.06 182433 2,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 15 / 15
Machine: RL 1250 C Spare parts list Com no.: 2014133800400
Date: 01.07.2014
Prepared by: jung.ju
0101.00 190158 1,000 pcs housing 10096694 1.568,9387
0102.00 190158 2,000 pcs inspection door 10097976 16,9422
6 mm, DSGSN06
0104.00 190158 1,000 pcs cover 10068360 10,7000
ISO 04017
M12x0030 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
2 mm, DSGSN02
0110.00 190158 1,000 pcs wear bushing 10096018 374,4000
with hardfacing
ISO 10642
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0110.03 190158 53,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 10642
M16x0065 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0110.06 190158 4,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 1 / 7
Date: 01.07.2014
0112.00 190158 2,000 pcs wear ring 10070509 101,7864
ISO 04014
M12x0065 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0120.00 190158 1,000 pcs cellular wheel 10096017 1.324,9080
with hardfacing
0121.00 190158 10,000 pcs sealing ledge 10097666 1,1500
ISO 10642
M16x0055 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0121.03 190158 40,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
0121.04 190158 10,000 pcs sealing ledge 10097659 6,5000
0121.05 190158 10,000 pcs plate 10097952 1,5000
0123.00 190158 2,000 pcs erection safety device 10070143 1,8000
0130.00 190158 1,000 pcs housing cover 10070054 471,9424
ISO 04017
M30x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
0131.02 190158 16,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 2 / 7
Date: 01.07.2014
0132.00 190158 4,000 pcs cover hot gas connection 10068889 5,5000
ISO 04017
M10x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
3 mm, DSGSN03
0135.00 190158 4,000 pcs 1/2 flange 10070021 4,2000
.
ISO 04014
M12x0055 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 10
0136.00 190158 2,000 pcs sealing ring 10070033 1,6000
2-part
0138.00 190158 2,000 pcs cooling disk 10070286 11,9396
0140.00 190158 2,000 pcs protection for cooling disk 10070298 2,3200
ISO 04017
M08x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
0140.02 190158 8,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103924 0,0052
ISO 04032
M08 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 08
0141.00 190158 1,000 pcs protection for drive trunnion 10070320 1,8414
Seite: 3 / 7
Date: 01.07.2014
0141.01 2,000 pcs hexagon head screw 55103923 0,0140
ISO 04017
M08x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
0141.02 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103924 0,0052
ISO 04032
M08 - 8 - A2B
0141.03 2,000 pcs NORD-LOCK locking washer 55104070 0,0015
DIN 25201
DNL 08
0150.00 190158 2,000 pcs bearing stand 10069987 44,4000
ISO 04017
M20x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M20 - 8 - A2B
0151.02 190158 8,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 08752
12x030 - St
ISO 08752
12x030 - St
0160.00 190158 1,000 pcs pillow block housing 57500322 49,0000
SNL 530
ISO 04014
M30x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
Seite: 4 / 7
Date: 01.07.2014
0161.02 190158 4,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 08752
12x075 - St
22230 CCK/C3 W33
0164.00 190158 1,000 pcs tension sleeve 57100796 5,2500
H 3130
0165.00 190158 2,000 pcs fastening ring 57100470 0,0000
FRB 16,5/270
0166.00 190158 2,000 pcs labyrinth seal 57500097 0,0000
TSN 530 S
0170.00 190158 1,000 pcs housing cover 10070079 477,9424
ISO 04017
M30x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
0171.02 190158 16,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
0180.00 190158 1,000 pcs pillow block housing 57500322 49,0000
SNL 530
ISO 04014
M30x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M30 - 8 - A2B
Seite: 5 / 7
Date: 01.07.2014
0181.02 190158 4,000 pcs washer 55104436 0,0536
ISO 07089
30 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 08752
12x075 - St
22230 CCK/C3 W33
0184.00 190158 1,000 pcs tension sleeve 57100796 5,2500
H 3130
0186.00 190158 2,000 pcs labyrinth seal 57500097 0,0000
TSN 530 S
0190.00 190158 1,000 pcs bevel type gearmotor 59905816 870,0000
KH157 - R107 - AR132ML
DRE132MC4/FF/TF
0190.01 190158 1,000 ST switch cabinet 10095427 61,0000
600 x 800 x 400
0190.02 190158 1,000 pcs proximity switch 10078454 0,1000
AR../W/LR../W
ISO 04014
M36x0130 - 8.8 - A2B
0191.01 190158 4,000 pcs hexagon nut 55104400 0,3930
ISO 04032
M36 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 36
0200.00 190158 1,000 pcs parts for speed measuring 10070153 3,9300
0210.00 190158 1,000 pcs torque support 10068505 39,2000
0212.00 190158 1,000 pcs Metalastik-Ultra-bushing 58405217 1,0000
45/75-90/100, no.0118093
Seite: 6 / 7
Date: 01.07.2014
0213.00 190158 1,000 pcs circlip 55104078 0,0075
DIN 00471
045x1,75
0214.00 190158 1,000 pcs bolt 10054521 2,0860
0215.00 190158 1,000 pcs gearbox plate 10068503 124,2000
Seite: 7 / 7
Machine: DSK 630 Z Spare parts list Com no.: 2014133801100
Date: 14.08.2014
Prepared by: skrzypek.b
0100.00 191320 2,000 pcs flap 10103057 44,2000
0100.01 191320 2,000 pcs eye bolt 55101190 0,0030
DIN 00444
B M10x0035 - 4.6
0100.01 191320 4,000 pcs grooved pin 58401134 0,1580
ISO 08740
16x090 - St
0150.00 191320 1,000 pcs housing 10103056 429,2000
0200.00 191320 1,000 pcs liner plate 10103071 19,6000
0201.00 191320 1,000 pcs liner plate 10103072 32,3000
0202.00 191320 1,000 pcs liner plate 10103073 13,0000
ISO 10642
M12x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0203.02 191320 12,000 pcs washer 55103917 0,0222
ISO 07093-1
12 - 200HV - A2B
0205.00 191320 1,000 pcs cover for tension spring 10103066 17,2476
0206.00 191320 1,000 pcs cover for cam mechanism 10103067 14,7214
0210.00 191320 2,000 pcs sealing plate 10103058 10,7600
ISO 04017
M12x0025 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0220.00 191320 1,300 m silicone sealing 58404759 0,0000
red brown, Shore hardness 68
20x8 heat-resistant 200°
Seite: 1 / 5
Date: 14.08.2014
0225.00 191320 1,000 pcs inspection door 10103069 12,7807
0300.00 191320 1,000 pcs curved disk 10105856 19,0000
left-hand drive
0302.00 191320 1,000 pcs hub 10103065 6,6000
0305.00 191320 2,000 pcs hexagon fit bolt 55100219 0,0739
DIN 00609
M12x0060 - SW18 - 8.8 - A2B
0305.01 191320 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55102210 0,0173
ISO 04032
M12 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
0400.00 191320 1,000 pcs disk 10103064 0,4000
d2= 60 ; d1= 17 ; s = 10
design B
ISO 04017
M16x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0405.00 191320 1,000 pcs spur type gearmotor 10029036 79,0000
R087
DRE90M4
ISO 04014
M16x0090 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0406.02 191320 4,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
Seite: 2 / 5
Date: 14.08.2014
0410.00 191320 4,000 pcs Y-bearing plummer block unit 57100750 2,7000
SY 50TR
with cast housing
ISO 04014
M16x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0410.03 191320 8,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 08752
05x040 - St
0411.00 191320 2,000 pcs set screw 55103724 0,0060
ISO 04028
M10x1x0016 - 45H
0413.00 191320 2,000 pcs washer 55104521 0,0172
ISO 07089
20 - 200HV - A2B
0414.00 191320 2,000 pcs circlip 55100971 0,0013
DIN 00471
020x1,2
KI 20204 - 2RSV
0415.01 191320 1,000 pcs stud bolt 55103814 0,3750
DIN 00976-1
M20x1,5x0180 - B - 4.8
0415.02 191320 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55104681 0,0360
ISO 08675
M20x1,5 - 04 - A2B
KIL 20204 - 2RSV
Seite: 3 / 5
Date: 14.08.2014
0416.01 191320 1,000 pcs stud bolt 55103815 0,3750
DIN 00976-1
M20x1,5 LHx0180 - B - 4.8
0416.02 191320 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55104680 0,0360
ISO 08675
M20x1,5 LH - 04 - A2B
0418.00 191320 2,000 pcs lever for cam mechanism 10103062 4,8055
0418.01 191320 2,000 pcs set screw 55100376 0,0055
ISO 04027
M08x0020 - 45H
0420.00 191320 2,000 pcs cam roller 57100885 2,0000
NUKR 72
0420.01 191320 2,000 pcs drive-in type lubricating nipp 58404695 0,0060
NIP A3
0420.02 191320 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103825 0,1100
DIN 00936
M24x1,5 - 8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 24
0420.04 191320 2,000 pcs washer 55104233 0,0323
ISO 07089
24 - 200HV - A2B
0425.00 191320 1,000 pcs tension spring with tail piece 58404822 8,0300
EN 10270-1 - DH
wire ø 11 mm
0427.00 191320 2,000 pcs lever for tension spring 10103063 8,6055
0427.01 191320 2,000 pcs set screw 55100376 0,0055
ISO 04027
M08x0020 - 45H
0495.00 191320 2,000 pcs speed monitor 59901053 0,2450
5 - 300 Impulse/min
normally open
020 - 250 VAC/VDC / IP67
Seite: 4 / 5
Date: 14.08.2014
0495.01 191320 2,000 pcs bow 10103255 0,5381
0495.02 191320 1,000 pcs contakt plate 10031514 0,2200
Seite: 5 / 5
Machine: HML/G 1250 Spare parts list Com no.: 2014133801250
Date: 04.12.2014
Prepared by: jenet.k
0010.00 155945 1,000 pcs dilution chamber 10114386 2.779,1797
0010.01 155945 1,000 pcs inspection glass with duct 10114636 6,4680
0010.04 155945 2,000 pcs butt strap 10090061 0,1500
0010.05 155945 2,000 pcs butt strap 10090063 0,1500
0015.00 155945 1,000 pcs support 10114701 786,7068
ISO 04014
M12x0060 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0025.02 155945 24,000 pcs washer 55103786 0,0433
ISO 07094
12 - 100HV - A2B
10 mm, DSGSN10
ISO 04014
M16x0180 - 8.8 - A2B
0030.01 155945 2,000 pcs hexagon nut 55103791 0,0333
ISO 04032
M16 - 8 - A2B
ISO 04017
M16x0050 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0035.02 155945 2,000 pcs square taper washer for U sect 55103802 0,0314
DIN 00434
17,5 - A2B
Seite: 1 / 4
Date: 04.12.2014
ISO 04017
M12x0045 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M12 - 8 - A2B
0040.02 155945 6,000 pcs washer 55104180 0,0063
ISO 07089
12 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 04017
M10x0040 - 8.8 - A2B
ISO 07042
M10 - 8 - A2B
0045.02 155945 18,000 pcs washer 55101705 0,0036
ISO 07089
10 - 200HV - A2B
8 mm, DSGSN08
ISO 04762
M16x0050 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 16
0055.00 155945 1,000 ST burner for hot gas generator 10115279 375,0000
fuel: gas and oil
0060.00 155945 1,000 ST radial fan 10025838 790,0000
NZR 71
0065.00 155945 1,000 pcs not applicable 10000001 0,0000
0075.00 155945 1,000 pcs outer tube 10114683 880,0000
0075.01 155945 1,000 pcs plate 10114687 19,0000
Seite: 2 / 4
Date: 04.12.2014
0075.02 155945 2,000 pcs plate 10114691 7,2300
0075.03 155945 1,000 pcs plate 10114902 1,3500
0075.04 155945 1,000 pcs flange 10027855 10,8000
0075.05 155945 1,000 pcs flange 10115047 28,0000
0075.06 155945 1,000 pcs ring 10115053 43,4000
0075.07 155945 1,000 pcs flange 10114676 25,8000
0080.00 155945 1,000 pcs middle tube 10114684 759,6000
0080.01 155945 96,000 pcs plate 10115052 0,0970
0085.00 155945 1,000 pcs inner tube 10114685 722,2000
0085.01 155945 1,000 pcs tube 10114632 5,3000
0085.02 155945 1,000 pcs cone 10115045 41,0000
0085.03 155945 1,000 pcs tube 10115046 21,3400
0085.04 155945 108,000 pcs plate 10115051 0,0970
0085.05 155945 1,000 pcs ring 10115054 37,7700
ISO 04014
M16x0100 - 1.4742
0085.07 155945 1,000 pcs washer 55104238 0,0113
ISO 07089
16 - 200HV - A2B
ISO 07042
M16 - 8 - A2B
0090.00 155945 1,000 pcs flange 10115049 116,6700
0090.01 155945 1,000 pcs tube 10115050 7,7200
0090.03 155945 1,000 pcs tube 10027961 0,5400
0095.00 155945 1,000 pcs flange 10115048 21,2500
Seite: 3 / 4
Date: 04.12.2014
ISO 04017
M12x0035 - 8.8 - A2B
DIN 25201
DNL 12
Seite: 4 / 4
KAISERSLAUTERN Lists and drawings Edition 02.2015
10.1 List of equipment
Machine
Designation: vertical roller mill

type MPS 3350 BC
with: air-swept lamella classifier

type SLS 2900 BC
with: rotary lock

type: RL 1250 C
with: two-flap gate lock

type: DSK 630 Z
with: hot gas generator

type: HML/G 1250
Design: with Lift-and-Swing System
Sound pressure level: approx. 95 dB(A)
The mill is of depression design.
Order no.: 20141338
Equipment / Components
For further details see separate operating instructions – chapter 11.
ge141338-10.docx Page 1 / 9
Pump for grinding aid metering (71-WI1)
Manufacturer: Netzsch
Type: NM015BY
Conveying medium: water
Conveying capacity: 0.03-0.3 m³/h
Drive: spur type gear motor
Gearbox:
Manufacturer: Nord
Type: SK 01-80LH/4
Power: 0.75 kW
Speed: 611 rpm (at 60 Hz)
Design: IMB5
Motor: see “list of electric consumers”
Speed variation via frequency converter: see “list of electric consumers”
Feed unit (30-RF1)

Designation: rotary lock
Type: RL 1250 C
Drive: gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: SEW
Type: KH157 R107 AR132ML/IG
DRE132MC4/TF Power: 7.5 kW
Speed: 5.9 rpm (at 50 Hz)
ge141338-10.docx Page 2 / 9
Vertical roller mill MPS 3550 BC (60-RM1)
Grinding rollers
Grinding roller diameter: 1,950 mm
Grinding roller width: 450 mm
Number of grinding rollers: 3
Design of wear parts: one-part
Material of wear parts: chromium cast
Number of wear parts: 1
Weight per wear part: 3,900 kg
Grinding plate
Outer diameter of grinding track: 3,350 mm
Middle diameter of grinding track: 2,800 mm
Design of wear parts: segmented
Number of wear parts: 13
Material of wear parts: chromium cast
Weight per wear part: 636 kg
Tension system (50-HT1)
Hydraulic unit
Manufacturer: Hydac-System GmbH
Type: compact unit for suspension
of grinding rollers to go
with MPS 3550 BC
Oil receptacle: NG 400
Type of pump: radial piston pump
Pressure bag accumulators

Number: 6
P o = accumulator charging pressure: P o min = P 1 x 0.33
P o max = P 1 x 0.66
P 1 = operating pressure: P 1 .norm. = 175 bar
P 1 max = 210 bar
Tension cylinder
Manufacturer: Hydrosaar
Number: 3
Design: double-acting
ge141338-10.docx Page 3 / 9
Sub-PLC of hydraulic unit
Manufacturer: Arend
Compact unit for Lift-and-Swing System (90-HT1) of Barranquilla 20121126
Hydraulic unit
Manufacturer: Hydac-System GmbH

Type: compact unit
Oil receptacle: 30 l
Pump type: gear pump
Cylinder:
Manufacturer: Hydrosaar
Number: 1
Design: single acting
For further details see separate operating instructions – chapter 11 of Barranquilla

20121126
Torque support for pressure frame
Buffer
Manufacturer: Leben
Type: SK 160/85-m2-So
Cooling unit (60-RM1.C01):

Manufacturer. Hydac-System GmbH
Type: FLKS-170S
ge141338-10.docx Page 4 / 9
Seal air fan (30-FN1)
Manufacturer: Rotamill
Type: RO 28 – 160 – 36 H1 M
Water pump (65-WP1) for water injection (65-WI1)
Manufacturer: Netzsch
Type: NM038BY
Conveying medium: water
Conveying quantity: 0.3 - 3 m3/h
Drive: spur type gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: Nord
Type: SK 20-100LH/4
Power: 2.20 kW
Speed: 303 rpm (60 Hz)
Design: IM B5
Speed variation via frequency converter: see “list of electric consumers”
Temperature monitoring of grinding roller

bearing system (60-RM1.TZ2 + TZ3 + TZ4)
Manufacturer: Jumo
Type: Doppel-PT100
Evaluation unit
Manufacturer: Endress und Hauser
Type: TMT 82
ge141338-10.docx Page 5 / 9
Mill drive (60-RM1)
Starter: see “list of electric consumers”
Mill motor (60-MD1): see “list of electric consumers”
Coupling mill motor - mill gearbox

Manufacturer: Flender
Type: RWN 630
Mill gearbox (40-GB1)

Manufacturer: Siemens
Type: KMPS 396
Power: 2,000 kW
Transmission ratio: i = 42.6
Output speed
- main drive only: 27.9 rpm
- with maintenance drive: approx. 0.21 rpm
Thrust bearing: segmented thrust bearing
Static load: normal 4,500 kN
Dynamic load: maximum 10,800 kN
Oil lubrication system (40-LQ1): high pressure lubrication circuit

with oil pump and motor
low pressure lubrication circuit

heating circuit and bypass flow

filter circuit
Maintenance drive (60-AD1(: gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: Siemens
Type: Motox K108-LA100ZLD4E
Transmission: ratio i = 70.24
Vibration monitor (60-RM1.SB1-SB3)
Manufacturer: Bruel & Kjaer

Type: Vibrocontrol 920
ge141338-10.docx Page 6 / 9
Classifier (30-SR1)

Designation: air-swept lamella classifier
Type: SLS 2900 BC
Number of blades at louvre: 60
Number of blades at separating wheel: 84
Max speed of separating wheel: 181 rpm
Drive gear and motor
Gearbox
Manufacturer: Flender
Type: B2SV08
Transmission ratio: i = 10.804
Tow-flap gate lock (80-FV1)
Manufacturer: GEBR. PFEIFFER SE

Type: DSK 630 Z
Drive: gearmotor
Gearbox
Manufacturer:: SEW
Type: R87 DRE 90L4
Speed: 15 1/min (at 60Hz)
Transmission: i = 118.43
Speed monitoring: see „list of measuring points“
ge141338-10.docx Page 8 / 9
Hot gas generator for the grinding plant (35-HG1)
Type: HML/G 1250

Nominal diameter: 1,250 mm
Nominal length: 5,000 mm
Combustion chamber design: three tubes with shell cooling
by means of dilution air
Material of combustion chamber and

dilution chamber highly heat resistant special steels
Burner
Manufacturer: Weishaupt
Type: dual fuel burner RGL 60/2-A
Thermal capacity: 6,000 kW
Combustible I: natural gas N
Combustible II: fuel oil EL
Net calorific value GAS: 10.55 kWh/m3
Net calorific value OIL: 11.86 kWh/kg
Drive motor: see “list of electric consumers”
Tempering air fan with motor
Manufacturer: Kiefer
Type: NZR 71 / GR 360
ge141338-10.docx Page 9 / 9
S:\04_Betriebsanleitungen\0_Auftraege\BARANQUILLA_2-CO_20141338\BA\Elektrik\conslist_Baranquilla 2 - CO_01_en.xls Seite 1
client: Ultracem department : TP rev.-no.:01

Frequency: 60 Hz
project: Cement Grinding Plant with MPS 3350 BC made by : Biedinger rev. date : 28.01.2015 Motor - Consumer List
main order no.: 20141338 made on : 07.08.2014 checked by :
Frequenz: 60 Hz
P&ID / ID sheet No : 190052-1 / 190053-4 order no. : checked on :
Key *) DOL = Direct on line VSD : Variable speed drive DC = DC motor FF = Fuse feeder SCS = Sub-Contol System EM = Electric magnet CS = Customer
RDOL = Revers. DOL GM = Geared motor SR = Slip ring motor FFs = FF with contactor BU = Brake unit HE = Heater GP = Gebr. Pfeiffer
SC = Squirrel-cage motor SD = Actuator TM = Transmitter FC = Frequency converter SO = Solenoid valve GPInc= Gebr. Pfeiffer USA
Designation Motor / Consumer Type of
Customer
Used for Speed Power Voltage Current
Motor Operatin Consu- Insu- Rev
Constructi Protec- remarks
Identification No. Quant. Type g mode mer duty lation Cooling Manufacturer Supplier **) No
Machinery / Equipment rpm (el) kW V A on tion
*) *) class
GROUP 10 MEAL REMOVAL CS
GROUP 20 DEDUSTING
DUST FILTER:
110 AC GPInc/
QE-CBF CONTROL SYSTEM FOR FILTER 1 ECO-SERIAL3 0,5 FF SCS AUTEL
1~ Boldrocchi
110 AC GPInc/ CONNECTED TO 20-BF1.C01

20-BF1.V01 FILTER, SOLENOID VALVES (BOX 1 A) 9 RPA612 DOL SO AUTEL
1~ Boldrocchi (QE-CBF BOLDROCCHI)

20-BF1.V02 FILTER, SOLENOID VALVES (BOX 1 B) 10 RPA612 DOL SO AUTEL

20-BF1.V03 FILTER, SOLENOID VALVES (BOX 1 C) 9 RPA612 DOL SO AUTEL








Seite 1 MUSTER_VORLAGE_hor_conslist.xls

Customer
*) *) class

ROTARY FEEDERS BELOW FILTER:
440 AC GPInc /
20-RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER BELOW FILTER, DRIVE 1 2,65 DOL GM/SC E52
3~ Boldrocchi
440 AC GPInc /
20-RF2.M01 ROTARY FEEDER BELOW FILTER, DRIVE 1 2,65 DOL GM/SC E52
3~ Boldrocchi
SCREW CONVEYOR:
440 AC GPInc /
20-SC1.M01 FILTER EXTRACTING SCREW CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 36 DOL GM/SC E52
3~ Boldrocchi
440 AC GPInc /
20-SC2.M01 FILTER EXTRACTING SCREW CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 36 DOL GM/SC E52
3~ Boldrocchi
GROUP 30 GAS FLOW ROUTING
ROTARY FEEDER:
440 AC
30-RF1.C01:M01 ROTARY FEEDER, DRIVE 1 DRE132MC4/TF 1800 7,5 13,3 VSD GM/SC S1 F IC 411 M1 IP55 SEW GP
3~
MDX61B0075-5A3- 440 AC
30-RF1.C01 ROTARY FEEDER, DRIVE, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 7,5 16 FFs FC IP20 SEW GP included in cabinet
4-00 3~
SEALING AIR FAN:
440 AC GP/
30-FN1.M01 SEAL AIR FAN, DRIVE 1 1LE1001-1DA29-0FA4 3600 12,6 21,4 DOL SC S1 F IC 411 IM B5 IP55 SIEMENS E73, HS
3~ Rotamill
CLASSIFIER DRIVE:
to be accommodated within
NSFU-V-44-0430- 440 AC GPInc/
30-SR1.C01 CLASSIFIER, DRIVE, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 332kVA 435 FFs FC IP21 HELMKE customer´s MCC, Ethernet IP
CB-06 3~ Helmke
communication
440 AC GPInc/
30-SR1.C01:M01 CLASSIFIER, DRIVE 1 DOR315L2-04 1800 200 301 VSD SC S1 F IC 411 IM B3 IP55 HELMKE WT
3~ Helmke
CLASSIFIER GEARBOX:
440 AC GP/
30-LQ1.M01 CLASSIFIER, GEARBOX, OIL PUMP, DRIVE (Flender 11) 1 size 90 S-06 1200 0,9 2,55 DOL SC S1 F/B IC 411 IM B5 IP55 SIEMENS
3~ FLENDER
440 AC GP/
30-LQ1.M02 CLASSIFIER, GEARBOX, COOLING FAN, DRIVE (Flender 31) 1 size 71 1800 0,43 1,03 DOL SC S1 F/B IC 411 IM B14 IP55 SIEMENS
3~ FLENDER
MILL FAN:
6600 AC GPInc/
30-FN2.M01 MILL FAN, DRIVE 1 DOR450-06 1200 830 89 VSD SC S1 F IC 411 IM B3 IP55 HELMKE WT, BT
3~ Helmke
PF7000 6600V VT 6600 AC GPInc/
30-FN2.C01 MILL FAN DRIVE, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 FFs SCS IP21 HELMKE Ethernet IP communication
93 A D2D 3~ Helmke

Customer
*) *) class
110 AC GPInc/
30-FN2.H01 MILL FAN, DRIVE, STANDSTILL HEATING 1 DOL HE HELMKE
1~ Helmke
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE:
440 AC GPInc/
30-DA1.M01 DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, ACTUATOR 1 SAR 07.2 1800 0,1 1 RDOL SD S4 F IP68 AUMA E13, E60; 2×E65, 2×E68
3~ Edelhoff
110AC GPInc/
30-DA1.H01 DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, ACTUATOR, HEATER 1 SAR 07.2 DOL HE AUMA
1~ Edelhoff
FRESH AIR DAMPER:
440 AC GPInc/
30-DA2.M01 FRESH AIR DAMPER, ACTUATOR 1 SAR 07.6 1800 0,06 0,7 RDOL SD S4 F IP68 AUMA E13, E60; 2×E65, 2×E68
3~ Edelhoff
110 AC GPInc/
30-DA2.H01 FRESH AIR DAMPER, ACTUATOR, HEATER 1 SAR 07.6 DOL HE AUMA
1~ Edelhoff
HOT GAS DAMPER:
440 AC GPInc/
30-DA3.M01 HOT GAS DAMPER, ACTUATOR 1 SAR 07.6 1800 0,06 0,7 RDOL SD S4 F IP68 AUMA E13, E60; 2×E65, 2×E68
3~ Edelhoff
110 AC GPInc/
30-DA3.H01 HAT GAS DAMPER, ACTUATOR, HEATER 1 SAR 07.6 DOL HE AUMA
1~ Edelhoff
GROUP 35 HOT GAS GENERATOR
HOT GAS UNIT:
440 AC Fuse: 50 GP/Weish

35-HG1.C01 CONTROL CABINET, POWER SUPPLY 1 16 FFs SCS 01
3~ A aupt
440 AC GP/Weish power supply and control by 35-
35-HG1.M01 BURNER, DRIVE 1 15 25 DOL SC HG1.C01
01
3~ aupt
440 AC
35-HG1.C02 DILUTION AIR FAN, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 FFs FC CS accomodated in client´s MCC 01
3~
440 AC
35-HG1.C02:M01 DILUTION AIR FAN, DRIVE 1 18,5 40 VSD SC F IM B3 IP55 GP 01
3~
110 AC GP/Weish power supply and control by 35-
35-HG1.M02 CONTROL DAMPER, ACTUATOR 1 DOL SC HG1.C01
01
1~ aupt
GROUP 40 GEAR BOX AND GEAR OIL SUPPLY
GEAR OIL LUBRICATION UNIT:
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, LOW PRESSURE PUMP, DRIVE 1LE1501-1EB43- 440 AC GP/
40-LQ1.M01 1 1800 25,3 40,5 DOL SC S1 F/B IC411 IM V1 IP55 SIEMENS 01
(Flender 11) 4GA4 3~ FLENDER
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, POWER SUPPLY FLOW METER 110AC GP/
40-LQ1.C01 1 STEP-PS 1 FF SCS IP20 PHOENIX
(Flender 84) 1~ FLENDER
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, HAETING CIRCUIT PUMP, DRIVE 440 AC GP/
40-LQ1.M02 1 1LA9 096-4KA 1800 1,8 4 DOL SC S2 F/B IC411 IM V1 IP55 SIEMENS
(Flender 711) 3~ FLENDER
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, HIGH PRESSURE PUMP, DRIVE 1LE1001-1CC29- 440 AC GP/
40-LQ1.M03-M06 4 1200 4,6 9 DOL SC S1 F/B IC411 IM B5 IP55 SIEMENS
(Flender 311/1-311/4) 0FA4 3~ FLENDER
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, COOLING FAN, DRIVE 440 AC GP/
40-LQ1.M07-M10 4 900 2,6 5 DOL SC S1 F/B IC411 IM B5 IP55 SIEMENS 01
(Flender 30/1-30/4) 3~ FLENDER
GROUP 50 TENSION HYDRAULIC

Customer
*) *) class
HYDAC HYDRAULIC UNIT:
440 AC power supply for SUB PLC

50-HT1.C01 POWER SUPPLY FOR PFEIFFER SUB_PLC 1 8KVA FFs SCS GP GP
3~ input from MCC customer
1LE1001-1CB09-
440 AC GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:M01 TENSION HYDRAULIC,OIL-PUMP (Hydac 3) 1 0GA4-Z 1800 6,3 12 SC S3 F to B IC 411 IM V1 IP55 SIEMENS 01
M1D+N05+N20
3~ HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac 11.1) WSM06020V-01M-C- GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V01 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
locking piston ring side by lifting N-24VDC HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac 11.2) WSM06020V-01M-C- GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V02 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
tension pressure limitation N-24VDC HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac 17.1) 4WE 6 GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V03 1 30W 24 DC 1,25 SO IP65 REXROTH 01
lock post suction ducting D6X/EG24N9K4 HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac 17.2) 4WE 10 GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V04 1 35W 24 DC 1,46 SO IP65 REXROTH 01
lifting operation D5X/EG24N9K4/M HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac18) WSM12120V-01-C-N- GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V05 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
release tension pressure p1 24VDC HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac 27.1) WSM12120V-01-C-N- GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V06 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
open/close towards flow divider 24VDC HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
TENSION HYDRAULIC, SOLENOID VALVE (Hydac 27.2) WSM12120W-01-C-N- GP/ Power and PLC controlled by
C01:V07 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
open/close towards bypass 24VDC HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
C01:V08 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
release lifting pressure cylinder 1 24VDC HYDAC Pfeiffer Sub-PLC
C01:V09 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
C01:V010 1 20W 24 DC 0,8 SO IP65 HYDAC 01
MFZP-
440 AC GP/
C01:M02 TENSION HYDRAULIC, FLUSHING UNIT, DRIVE (Hydac 30) 1 2/2.1/P/90/40/RV6/ 1800 1,8 3,6 SC S2 F IC 411 IM V1 IP55 HYDAC power supply via 50-HT1.C01
3~ HYDAC
1.5/400-50
GROUP 60 VERTICAL ROLLER MILL
MILL MAIN DRIVE:
6600 AC GPInc/ E74,WT,BT located in

60-MD1.M01 MILL MAIN DRIVE 1 DSKK560-06 1200 2000 179 DOL SR S1 F IC 611 IM B3 IP55 Helmke
3~ Helmke MVD/client
440 AC
60-MD1.C01 MILL MAIN DRIVE, MAIN POWER SUPPLY FOR STARTER 1 6 FFs SCS CS
3~
MILL MAIN DRIVE, CONTROL VOLTAGE SUPPLY FOR 110 AC
60-MD1.C02 1 2 FFs SCS CS
STARTER 1~
MILL SERVICE DRIVE:
440 AC GP/
60-AD1.M01 GEARBOX,SERVICE DRIVE TO MILL (Flender 891) 1 K108-LA100ZLD4E 1800 3 6 DOL SC S2 F/B IC 411 IM B3 IP55 FLENDER E66,-3XPTC
3~ FLENDER

Customer
*) *) class
COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURE FRAME:
FLKS-
440 AC GP/
60-RM1.C01 POWER SUPPLY 1 170S/2.0/W/TP/400- 1 FF SCS
1~ HYDAC
50/1/1
GROUP 65 WATER INJECTION INTO MILL
6SL3210-1KE17-5AB0; to be
440 AC
65- WP1.C01 WATER INJECTION, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 Sinamics G120C 3 FFs FC IP20 SIEMENS GP accommodated within customer's 01
3~
MCC
440 AC GP/
65-WP1.C01:M01 WATER INJECTION, WATER PUMP, DRIVE 1 SK20-100LH/4 1800 2,2 4,16 VSD SC F/B IC 416 IM B3 IP55 Nord PTC 01
3~ NETZSCH
110 AC GP/
65-WP1.M02 WATER INJECTION, WATER PUMP, COOLING FAN, DRIVE 1 0,07 0,3 DOL SC F IP55 Nord
1~ NETZSCH
8240601.9151.1105 110 AC GP/
65-WI1. V01 WATER INJECTION ,SOLENOID VALVE (WATER) 1 45 VA DOL SO IP65 BUSCHJOST normally open
0 1~ NETZSCH
8240400.9101.1105 110 AC GP/
65-WI1. V02 WATER INJECTION, SOLENOID VALVE (COMPRESSED AIR) 1 15 VA DOL SO IP65 BUSCHJOST normally closed
0 1~ NETZSCH
WATER INJECTION, SOLENOID VALVE FOR FILLING WATER 110 AC
65-WI1. V03 1 15 VA DOL SO IP 65 CS normally closed
TANK 1~
GROUP 70 MATERIAL FEED
DUST FILTER:
110 AC
70-BF1.C01 CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CLEANING FILTER BAGS 1 FFs SCS CS
1~
FILTER FAN:
440 AC
70-FN1.M01 FAN FOR FILTER, DRIVE 1 DOL SC CS HS
3~
ROTARY FEEDER BELOW FILTER:
440 AC
70-RF1.M01 ROTARY FEEDER BELOW FILTER, DRIVE 1 DOL GM CS
3~
DISTRIBUTION GATE:
110 AC
70-DG1.V01 DISTRIBUTION GATE,SOLENOID VALVE 1 54292023 9 VA DOL SO F IP65 Joucomatic GPInc E 65
1~
METAL DETECTOR:
110 AC
70-MT1.C01 METAL DETECTOR 1 0,015 FFs SCS Eriez GPInc 01
1~
BELT CONVEYOR:
440 AC GPInc/
70-BC1.M01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 K68-LA90ZLB4E 1800 1,5 3 DOL GM/SC SIEMENS E52,E62,E63
3~ Gimas
BUCKET ELEVATOR:
440 AC GPInc/
70-BE1.M01 BUCKET ELEVATOR, DRIVE 1 1LG6 207-4MA 34,5 57,5 DOL SC SIEMENS E 52, E66, E74
3~ Beumer

Customer
*) *) class
440 AC GPInc/
70-BE1.M02 BUCKET ELEVATOR, MAINTENANCE DRIVE 1 KF47DRE90M4-C 1,1 2,4 DOL GM/SC SEW
3~ Beumer
MAGNETIC SEPARATOR:
440 AC
70-MS1.M01 MAGNETIC SEPERATOR BELT, DRIVE 1 1,8 DOL GM/SC Bonfiglioli GPInc E52
3~
BELT CONVEYOR:
440 AC
70-BC2.M01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 DOL GM/SC CS WT,E52,E62,E63
3~
WEIGH BELT FEEDER:
440 AC
70-WF1.C01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 FFs FC CS
3~
440 AC
70-WF1.C01:M01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 VSD GM/SC CS
3~
110 AC
70-WF1.C02 LOCAL CONTROL UNIT, SUPPLY BELT SCALE 1 FFs SCS CS
1~
440 AC
3~
440 AC
3~
110 AC
1~
440 AC
3~
440 AC
3~
110 AC
1~
440 AC
3~
440 AC
3~
110 AC
1~
GROUP 71 GRINDING AID TO MATERIAL FEED
6SL3210-1KE13-2AB0; to be
440 AC
71-WP1.C01 GRINDING AID, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 Sinamics G120C 1,1 FF FC IP 20 SIEMENS GP accommodated within customer's 01
3~
MCC

Customer
*) *) class
SK01-80LH/4-F(AL) 440 AC GP/

71-WP1.C01:M01 GRINDING AID, WATER PUMP, DRIVE 1 750 0,75 1,56 VSD SC F/B IC 416 IM B5 IP 55 Nord 01
TF 3~ NETZSCH
110 AC GP/
71-WP1.M02 GRINDING AID,WATER PUMP, COOLING FAN, DRIVE 1 0,07 DOL SC F IP55 Nord 01
1~ NETZSCH
8240400.9101.1105 110 AC
71-WI1.V01 GRINDING AID,SOLENOID VALVE FOR FLUSHING WATER 1 16 VA DOL SO IP65 BUSCHJOST GP normally closed
0 1~
110 AC
71-WI1.V02 GRINDING AID, SOLENOID VALVE FOR MIXED WATER 1 DOL SO IP65 CS
1~
GROUP 80 EXTERNAL MATERIAL CIRCULATION
DISTRIBUTION GATE:
110 AC
1~
DOUBLE PENDULUM FLAP:
440 AC M1/50/M
80-FV1.M01 DOUBLE PENDULUM FLAP, DRIVE 1 R87 DRE90M4 1500 1,5 2,35 DOL F IP 55 SEW GP E 52
3~ 6
MAGNETIC SEPARATOR:
440 AC
80-MS1.M01 MAGNETIC SEPERATOR BELT, DRIVE 1 1,8 DOL GM/SC Bonfiglioli GPInc E52
3~
BELT CONVEYOR:
440 AC GPInc/
80-BC2.M01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 K68-LA90ZLB4EX 1800 1,5 3 DOL GM/SC SIEMENS
3~ Gimas
BELT CONVEYOR:
440 AC GPInc/
80-BC3.M01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 K68-LA90ZLB4E 1800 1,5 3 DOL GM/SC SIEMENS
3~ Gimas
DISTRIBUTION GATE:
110 AC
1~
WEIGH BELT FEEDER:
440 AC GPInc/
80-WF1.C01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, FREQUENCY CONVERTER 1 ACS350 10 FFs FC ABB
3~ Schenck
440 AC GPInc/
80-WF1.C01:M01 FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, DRIVE 1 0,75 hp VSD GM/SC
3~ Schenck
110 AC GPInc/
80-WF1.C02 LOCAL CONTROL UNIT, SUPPLY BELT SCALE 1 Intecont Plus 1,5 FFs SCS Schenck
1~ Schenck
METAL DETECTOR:
110 AC Bunting
80-MT1.C01 METAL DETECTOR 1 Metron 05 FFs TM GPInc
1~ Magnetics
HOPPER:
110 AC
80-HP1.C01 WEIGHING ELECTRONIC, REJECT HOPPER 1 DISOMAT OPUS 0,5 FF SCS Schenck GPInc
1~

Customer
*) *) class
GROUP 90 MAINTENANCE
LIFT & SWING SYSTEM Unit of Baranquilla 1 to be used here!!!

power supply 16A only for Cee-
1LE1001-1AC49- 440 AC GP/
90-HT1.C1 LIFT & SWING SYSTEM 1 1200 1,75 3,5 FF SC F IC 411 IM V1 IP55 SIEMENS socket(local plug)
0GA4-Z 3~ HYDAC
for maintenance only
ELECTRIC HOIST:
440 AC non process feeder,terminal

90-EH1.C1 ELECTRIC HOIST,xxxxKG POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKER 1 FFs SCS CS
3~ box,trailing cable
90-EH1.C1:C ELECTRIC HOIST, CONTROL 1 48V DC FFs SCS CS internal supply
ALWAYS BY CS
440 AC
POWER FOR PLC 1 KVA FF SCS CS to UPS
3~
440 AC
POWER FOR MEASURING SYSTEM 1 KVA FF SCS CS to UPS
3~
110 AC
POWER FOR STARTING HORN& FLASHLIGHT SYSTEM 1 FF SCS CS
1~
440 AC
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SYSTEM 1 KVA FF SCS CS to UPS
3~
client: Ultracem department : TP rev.-no. : 01
project: Cement Grinding Plant with MPS 3550 BC made by : Biedinger rev. date : 28.01.2015 Instrumentation - Sensor List
main order no.: 20141338 made on : 07.08.2014 checked by :
P&ID / ID : 190052-1 / 190053-4 order no. : checked on :
Designation Measurement Alarm Supply Signal Source
GP Customer Rev.
Used for Location, Equipment Code Unit Range Limit Function Voltage ** Sensor Transmitter Manufacturer Supplier Docu Output Signal Remarks
Device No. Device No. No.
(Phys) min. max. value (V / Ph) Type Type
GROUP
GROUP 10 MEAL REMOVAL CS
10
GROUP
GROUP 20 DEDUSTING
20
DUST FILTER:
LEVEL GPInc/
20-BF1.LB1 LAH 1 BAG FILTER, LEVEL SWITCH LSAH H alarm, stop 110 VAC PFG-05-ATF Camlogic SPDT to customer´s DCS
MEASUREMENT Boldrocchi
LEVEL GPInc/
LEVEL GPInc/
LEVEL GPInc/
QE-CBF BAG FILTER, CLEANING CONTROL free voltage from customer´s DCS to
20-BF1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNAL X SH H CS QE-CBF
CSTART PANEL, START/STOP contact
LOC/REM PANEL, IN LOCAL contact
POST CLEAN PANEL, AFTER CLEANING contact
QE-CBF BAG FILTER, CLEANING CONTROL GPInc/ free voltage from QE-CBF to
20-BF1.XB4 FEEDBACK SIGNAL X SH H customer´s DCS
SREADY PANEL, READY TO START Boldrocchi contact
BAG FILTER, CLEANING CONTROL
QE-CBF GPInc/ free voltage from QE-CBF to
20-BF1.XB5 FEEDBACK SIGNAL PANEL, DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE X SAH H customer´s DCS
SALARM DP Boldrocchi contact
ALARM
QE-CBF BAG FILTER, CLEANING CONTROL GPInc/ free voltage from QE-CBF to
20-BF1.XB6 FEEDBACK SIGNAL X SH H customer´s DCS
SRUN PANEL IS RUNNING Boldrocchi contact
QE-CBF BAG FILTER, COMPRESSED AIR GPInc/ from QE-CBF to

20-BF1.XZ1 FEEDBACK SIGNAL X SH bar 0 10 H 4…20mA customer´s DCS
PT3 CLEANING Boldrocchi
BAG FILTER, CLEANING CONTROL
QE-CBF GPInc/ from QE-CBF to
20-BF1.XZ2 FEEDBACK SIGNAL PANEL, DP MEASUREMENT IN X SH mbar 0 30 H 4…20mA customer´s DCS
PDIT1 Boldrocchi
CONTINUE
ROTARY FEEDER BELOW FILTER,
Telemeca- GPInc/
20-RF1.SB1 SAL 2 MOTION DETECTION ROTATION DETECTOR, INDUCTIVE SSAL Hz L alarm, drive stop XSA-V11801 NC contact to customer´s DCS
nique Boldrocchi
SENSOR
Telemeca- GPInc/
20-RF2.SB1 SAL 4 MOTION DETECTION ROTATION DETECTOR, INDUCTIVE SSAL Hz L alarm, drive stop XSA-V11801 NC contact to customer´s DCS
nique Boldrocchi
SENSOR
FILTER EXTRACTING SCREW
Telemeca- GPInc/
20-SC1.SB1 SAL 1 MOTION DETECTION CONVEYOR, ROTATION DETECTOR, SSAL Hz L alarm, drive stop XSA-V11801 NC contact to customer´s DCS
nique Boldrocchi
INDUCTIVE SENSOR
FILTER EXTRACTING SCREW
Telemeca- GPInc/
20-SC2.SB1 SAL 3 MOTION DETECTION CONVEYOR, ROTATION DETECTOR, SSAL Hz L alarm, drive stop XSA-V11801 NC contact to customer´s DCS
nique Boldrocchi
INDUCTIVE SENSOR
page1 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
TR10-
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE AFTER FILTER, 4…20mA
20-BF1.TZ1 20-BF1.TZ1 TIRAHL °C 0 200 H alarm EBD1BHSJHC TMT 182 E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT PT100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER 2-wire
000
TR10-
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE AFTER FILTER, 4…20mA
20-BF1.TZ1 20-BF1.TZ1 TIRAHL °C 0 200 L alarm EBD1BHSJHC TMT 182 E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT PT100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER 2-wire
000
GROUP
GROUP 30 GAS FLOW ROUTING
30
ROTARY FEEDER:
ROTARY FEEDER DRIVE, release frequency signal from DCS to 30-

30-RF1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H CS digital
FREQUENCY CONVERTER converter RF1
ROTARY FEEDER DRIVE, signal from DCS to 30-

30-RF1.XB2 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H start CS digital
FREQUENCY CONVERTER RF1
ROTARY FEEDER DRIVE, signal from DCS to 30-

30-RF1.XB3 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H reset CS digital
FREQUENCY CONVERTER RF1
ROTARY FEEDER DRIVE, signal from 30-RF1 to

30-RF1.XB4 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H ready for operation GP digital
FREQUENCY CONVERTER DCS
signal from 30-RF1 to

DCS; power supply of
frequency converter
and signals 30-
fault: blockage
ROTARY FEEDER DRIVE, RF1.XB1 and XB2 to
30-RF1.XB5 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H (to be removed GP digital
FREQUENCY CONVERTER be deactivated!! After
manually) blockage removing the
frequency converter
must be resettet by
signal .XB3!!!
TEMPERATURE ROTARY FEEDER,DRIVE WINDING evaluation by

30-RF1.TB1 TSH °C 0 H stop drive SEW GP
MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE, 3 RTD frequency converter
SEALING AIR FAN:

switching point
approximate 25% above
CURRENT SEAL AIR FAN, DRIVE, AMPERE stop classifier and
30-FN1.IZ1 30-FN1.IZ1 IISAHL A 0 20 H CS 4…20mA the rated motor current,
MEASUREMENT METER mill exactly adjusted during
commissioning
switching point
approximate 25% below
CURRENT SEAL AIR FAN, DRIVE, AMPERE stop classifier and
30-FN1.IZ1 IISAHL A 0 20 L CS 4…20mA the rated motor current,
MEASUREMENT METER mill exactly adjusted during
commissioning
Cerabar M PMC51-
PRESSURE SEAL AIR PRESSURE, ROLLER 1, 0,7 x pressure: 4…20mA 2-
30-FN1.PZ1 30-FN1.PZ1 PISALL mbar 0 100 L BB21JA1CGBGCJ E&H GP local indication
MEASUREMENT PRESSURE TRANSMITTER alarm A+PA wire
Cerabar M PMC51-
PRESSURE SEAL AIR PRESSURE, ROLLER 1, 0,5 x pressure: stop 4…20mA 2-
30-FN1.PZ1 30-FN1.PZ1 PISALL mbar 0 100 LL BB21JA1CGBGCJ E&H GP local indication
MEASUREMENT PRESSURE TRANSMITTER classifier, mill A+PA wire
page2 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
Cerabar M PMC51-
Cerabar M PMC51-
Cerabar M PMC51-
Cerabar M PMC51-
CLASSIFIER DRIVE:
CLASSIFIER DRIVE, ACTUAL SPEED, GPInc/ evaluation by frequency

30-SR1.SC1 30-SR1.SC1 SPEED CONTROL SIRCAH 1/min 0 2200 H interlocking Ethernet converter
FREQUENCY CONVERTER Helmke
CLASSIFIER DRIVE,
Input in control system by
30-SR1.SC2 30-SR1.SC2 SPEED CONTROL SPEED SETPOINT, FREQUENCY SETPOINT CS Ethernet operator
CONVERTER
POWER CLASSIFIER DRIVE, FREQUENCY GPInc/ evaluation by frequency
30-SR1.JZ 30-SR1.JZ1 JIRSAHL A 0 ….. L interlocking Ethernet converter
MEASUREMENT CONVERTER Helmke
POWER CLASSIFIER DRIVE, FREQUENCY GPInc/ evaluation by frequency

30-SR1.JZ1 JIRSAHL A 0 ….. H alarm Ethernet converter
TEMPERATURE CLASSIFIER DRIVE, WINDING GPInc/ evaluation by frequency

30-SR1.TB1 30-SR1.TB1 TSAH °C 0 140 H alarm NC contact converter
MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE, PTCs Helmke
OPERATION CLASSIFIER DRIVE, FREQUENCY frequency converter GPInc/

30-SR1.XB1 30-SR1.XB1 XSHH H NC contact VSD, MCC
MONITORING CONVERTER ready for operation Helmke
OPERATION CLASSIFIER DRIVE, FREQUENCY frequency converter GPInc/

30-SR1.XB2 30-SR1.XB2 XSHH HH NC contact VSD, MCC
MONITORING CONVERTER was tripped Helmke
CLASSIFIER GEAR BOX:
CLASSIFIER GEAR BOX, GEAR OIL

TEMPERATURE TISAHHHL LL alarm & classifier Flender/ GP/ 4…20mA
30-LQ1.TZ1 30-LQ1.TZ1 TEMPERATURE, °C 0 140 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M
MEASUREMENT L -20 can not be started Jumo Flender 2-wire
PT100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER

TEMPERATURE TISAHHHL L stop pump + after Flender/ GP/ 4…20mA
30-LQ1.TZ1 TEMPERATURE, °C 0 140 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M
MEASUREMENT L 55 5min fan Jumo Flender 2-wire

TEMPERATURE TISAHHHL H Flender/ GP/ 4…20mA
30-LQ1.TZ1 TEMPERATURE, °C 0 140 start pump + fan 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M
MEASUREMENT L 65 Jumo Flender 2-wire

TEMPERATURE TISAHHHL HH Flender/ GP/ 4…20mA
30-LQ1.TZ1 TEMPERATURE, °C 0 140 alarm 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M

TEMPERATURE TISAHHHL HHH Flender/ GP/ 4…20mA
30-LQ1.TZ1 TEMPERATURE, °C 0 140 stop classifier drive 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M
page3 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
DIFFERENTIAL CLASSIFIER GEAR BOX, FILTER

H GP/
30-LQ1.PB1 30-LQ1.PB1 PRESSURE CONTAMINATION INDICATOR, PDAH bar 0 16 alarm 20.25.2,F2 Flender NC contact
2 Flender
MEASUREMENT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
electronic kit FEL 54

LEVEL CLASSIFIER GEAR BOX, OIL LEVEL, Liquifant FTL 50
30-LQ1.LB1 30-LQ1.LB1 LSAL mm L stop classifier drive AGQ2AA 4G5A
E&H GP NO contact AC/DC with 2 relay
MEASUREMENT LEVEL SWITCH
contacts
MILL FAN:
MILL FAN DRIVE, ACTUAL SPEED, GPInc/ evaluation by frequency

30-FN2.SC1 30-FN2.SC1 SPEED CONTROL SIRCAH 1/min 0 2200 H interlocking Ethernet converter
FREQUENCY CONVERTER Helmke
MILL FAN DRIVE, setpoint control circuit "D",
30-FN2.SC2 30-FN2.SC2 SPEED CONTROL SPEED SETPOINT, FREQUENCY SETPOINT CS Ethernet input by operator in control
CONVERTER system
POWER MILL FAN DRIVE, FREQUENCY GPInc/ evaluation by frequency

30-FN2.JZ1 30-FN2.JZ1 JIRSAHH kW H alarm Ethernet converter
POWER MILL FAN DRIVE, FREQUENCY GPInc/ evaluation by frequency

30-FN2.JZ1 JIRSAHH kW HH fan stop Ethernet converter
OPERATION MILL FAN DRIVE, FREQUENCY frequency converter GPInc/

30-FN2.XB1 30-FN2.XB1 XSHH H NC contact VSD, MCC
MONITORING CONVERTER ready for operation Helmke
OPERATION MILL FAN DRIVE, FREQUENCY frequency converter GPInc/

30-FN2.XB2 30-FN2.XB2 XSHH HH NC contact VSD, MCC
MONITORING CONVERTER was tripped Helmke
TEMPERATURE MILL FAN, DRIVE, WINDING GPInc/

30-FN2.TZ1 30-FN2.TZ1 TISAHH °C 0 … H 140 alarm 1 PT100 as reserve
MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE, PT100 Helmke
TEMPERATURE MILL FAN, DRIVE, WINDING HH GPInc/

30-FN2.TZ1 30-FN2.TZ1 TISAHH °C 0 … fan stop
MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE, PT100 150 Helmke




TEMPERATURE MILL FAN, DRIVE, BEARING GPInc/

30-FN2.TZ4 30-FN2.TZ4 TISAHH °C 0 … H 85 alarm

30-FN2.TZ4 30-FN2.TZ4 TISAHH °C 0 … HH 95 fan stop
page4 of 26
GP Customer Rev.

30-FN2.TZ5 30-FN2.TZ5 TISAHH °C 0 … H 85 alarm

30-FN2.TZ5 30-FN2.TZ5 TISAHH °C 0 … HH 95 fan stop
VIBRATION VIB1185AQS- GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.SZ3 30-FN2.SZ3 MILL FAN DRIVE, VIBRATION SIRAH mm/s 0 20 H 4,5 alarm 18-30VDC Status Pro
MEASUREMENT 020 Helmke 2-wire
TEMPERATURE MILL FAN , BEARING TEMPERATURE, GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.TZ6 TSH 3A TISAHH °C 0 150 H 90 alarm
MEASUREMENT PT100 WITH TRANSMITTER Boldrocchi 2-wire
TEMPERATURE MILL FAN , BEARING TEMPERATURE, HH GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.TZ6 TSH 3A TISAHH °C 0 150 fan stop
MEASUREMENT PT100 WITH TRANSMITTER 105 Boldrocchi 2-wire
TEMPERATURE MILL FAN , BEARING TEMPERATURE, GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.TZ7 TSH 3B TISAHH °C 0 150 H 90 alarm
MEASUREMENT PT100 WITH TRANSMITTER Boldrocchi 2-wire
TEMPERATURE MILL FAN , BEARING TEMPERATURE, HH GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.TZ7 TSH 3B TISAHH °C 0 150 fan stop
MEASUREMENT PT100 WITH TRANSMITTER 105 Boldrocchi 2-wire
VIBRATION Vibrocontrol GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.SZ1 VIR 1A MILL FAN, HORIZONTAL VIBRATION SIR mm/s 0 20 H 110 VAC VS 068 Bruel & Kjaer
MEASUREMENT 1100-C11 Boldrocchi 2-wire
VIBRATION Vibrocontrol GPInc/ 4…20mA

30-FN2.SZ2 VIR 1B MILL FAN, HORIZONTAL VIBRATION SIR mm/s 0 20 H 110 VAC VS 068 Bruel & Kjaer
MEASUREMENT 1100-C11 Boldrocchi 2-wire
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE:
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, according to AUMA

TEMPERATURE GPInc/
30-DA1.TB1 30-DA1.TB1 DRIVE, WINDING TEMPERATURE, TSH °C 0 140 H drive stop SAR 07.2 AUMA terminal diagram
MEASUREMENT Edelhoff TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
PTC
drive stop "open", according to AUMA
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, GPInc/ change-
30-DA1.XB1 30-DA1.XB1 TORQUE XSHL H counter-clockwise SAR 07.2 AUMA terminal diagram
DRIVE, TORQUE SWITCH Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
rotation
according to AUMA
30-DA1. DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, drive stop "close", GPInc/ change-
XB2
30-DA1.XB2 TORQUE XSHL L SAR 07.2 AUMA terminal diagram
DRIVE, TORQUE SWITCH clockwise rotation Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, GPInc/ change-
30-DA1.ZB1 30-DA1.ZB1 END POSITION ZSHL % 0 100 H counter-clockwise SAR 07.2 AUMA terminal diagram
INTERNAL LIMIT SWITCH Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
rotation
according to AUMA
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, drive stop "close", GPInc/ change-
30-DA1.ZB2 30-DA1.ZB2 END POSITION ZSHL % 0 100 L SAR 07.2 AUMA terminal diagram
INTERNAL LIMIT SWITCH clockwise rotation Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, according to AUMA
GPInc/ 4…20mA
30-DA1.ZC1 30-DA1.ZC1 POSITION CONTROL ACTUAL POSITION, ZIC % 0 100 SAR 07.2 AUMA terminal diagram
Edelhoff 2-wire TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
MEASURING CONVERTER
DAMPER IN RECIRCULATION LINE, setpoint control circuit "C",
30-DA1.ZC2 30-DA1.ZC2 POSITION CONTROL POSITION SETPOINT, SETPOINT CS 4…20mA input by operator in control
CONTROL CIRCUIT "C" system
FRESH AIR DAMPER:
page5 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
DAMPER FRESH AIR, DRIVE, according to AUMA

TEMPERATURE GPInc/
30-DA2.TB1 30-DA2.TB1 WINDING TEMPERATURE, TSH °C 0 140 H drive stop SAR 07.6 AUMA terminal diagram
PTC
DAMPER FRESH AIR, DRIVE, TORQUE GPInc/ change-
SWITCH Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
rotation
according to AUMA
30-DA2. DAMPER FRESH AIR, DRIVE, TORQUE drive stop "close", GPInc/ change-
XB2
30-DA2. XB2 TORQUE XSHL L SAR 07.6 AUMA terminal diagram
SWITCH clockwise rotation Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
DAMPER FRESH AIR, GPInc/ change-
rotation
according to AUMA
DAMPER FRESH AIR, drive stop "close", GPInc/ change-
DAMPER FRESH AIR, according to AUMA
GPInc/ 4…20mA
MEASURING CONVERTER
DAMPER FRESH AIR, setpoint control circuit "A",
30-DA2.ZC2 30-DA2.ZC2 POSITION CONTROL POSITION SETPOINT, SETPOINT CS 4…20mA input by operator in control
CONTROL CIRCUIT "A" system
HOT GAS DAMPER:
DAMPER HOT GAS, DRIVE, WINDING according to AUMA

TEMPERATURE GPInc/
30-DA3.TB1 30-DA3.TB1 TEMPERATURE, TSH °C 0 140 H drive stop SAR 07.6 AUMA terminal diagram
PTC
DAMPER HOT GAS, DRIVE, TORQUE GPInc/ change-
SWITCH Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
rotation
according to AUMA
30-DA3. DAMPER HOT GAS, DRIVE, TORQUE drive stop "close", GPInc/ change-
XB2
30-DA3. XB2 TORQUE XSHL L SAR 07.6 AUMA terminal diagram
SWITCH clockwise rotation Edelhoff over contact TPA00R2AA-0C1-000
DAMPER HOT GAS, GPInc/ change-
rotation
according to AUMA
DAMPER HOT GAS, drive stop "close", GPInc/ change-
DAMPER HOT GAS, according to AUMA
GPInc/ 4…20mA
MEASURING CONVERTER
DAMPER HOT GAS, input by operator in control
30-DA3.ZC2 30-DA3.ZC2 POSITION CONTROL SETPOINT CS 4…20mA system
POSITION SETPOINT
GROUP
GROUP 35 HOT GAS GENERATOR
35
Weißhaupt terminal
35- HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER,
HG1.XB1
35-HG1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H release burner CS diagram page 29, 01
START signal from DCS to burner
Weißhaupt terminal
35- burner operation GP/
HG1.XB2
35-HG1.XB2 FEEDBACK SIGNAL HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER XSH H NO contact diagram page 29, 01
with gas Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- burner operation GP/
HG1.XB13
with oil Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
page6 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
Weißhaupt terminal
35- HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER, GP/
HG1.XB15
35-HG1.XB15 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSHHH H selection gas NO contact diagram page 29, 01
FUEL SELECTION Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
HG1.XB16
35-HG1.XB16 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSHHH HH selection oil NO contact diagram page 29, 01
Weißhaupt terminal
HG1.XB17
35-HG1.XB17 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSHHH HHH automatic NO contact diagram page 29, 01
Weißhaupt terminal
35- burner ready for GP/
HG1.XB3
operation Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- GP/
HG1.XB4
35-HG1.XB4 FEEDBACK SIGNAL HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER XSH H voltage failure NO contact diagram page 30, 01
Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- max. temperature GP/
HG1.XB5
35-HG1.XB5 FEEDBACK SIGNAL HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER XSH H NC contact diagram page 30, 01
limiter 1 Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- max. temperature GP/
HG1.XB6
limiter 2 Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- GP/
HG1.XB7
35-HG1.XB7 FEEDBACK SIGNAL HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER XSH H burner fault NC contact diagram page 30, 01
Weißhaupt terminal
35- GP/
HG1.XB8
35-HG1.XB8 FEEDBACK SIGNAL HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER XSH H low gas pressure NC contact diagram page 30, 01
Weißhaupt terminal
35- lockout valve GP/
HG1.XB9
proving Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
HOT GAS GENERATOR,RELEASE release frequency Weißhaupt terminal

35- GP/
HG1.XB10
35-HG1.XB10 FEEDBACK SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER DILUTION XSH H converter dilution air diagram page 27, 01
AIR FAN fan
Weißhaupt terminal
35- emergency-off GP/
HG1.XB11
liberated Weishaupt signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- GP/
HG1.XB12
35-HG1.XB12 FEEDBACK SIGNAL HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER XSH H collective-fault NC contact diagram page 31, 01
Weißhaupt terminal
35- HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER, fuel selection
HG1.XB14
35-HG1.XB14 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSH H CS diagram page 29, 01
START (1=gas) signal from DCS to burner
HOT GAS Weißhaupt terminal

TEMPERATURE GP/ 4…20mA 2-
35-HG1.TZ1 35-HG1.TZ1 GENERATOR,TEMPERATURE HOT TI °C 0 400 diagram page 28, 01
MEASUREMENT Weishaupt wire signal from burner to DCS
GAS
Weißhaupt terminal
35- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
HG1.ZC1
35-HG1.ZC1 POSITION CONTROL HOT GAS GENERATOR,LOAD ZIRQ % 0 100 diagram page 28, 01
Weishaupt wire signal from burner to DCS
page7 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
Weißhaupt terminal
HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER, GAS GP/ 4…20mA 2-
35-HG1.XZ1 35-HG1.XZ1 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XI diagram page 28, 01
VOLUME Weishaupt wire signal from burner to DCS
Weißhaupt terminal
HOT GAS GENERATOR,BURNER, OIL GP/ 4…20mA 2-
35-HG1.XZ2 35-HG1.XZ2 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XI diagram page 28, 01
VOLUME Weishaupt wire signal from burner to DCS
35- HOT GAS GENERATOR,LOAD 4…20mA 2- setpoint control circuit "A",

HG1.ZC2
35-HG1.ZC2 POSITION CONTROL SETPOINT % 0 100 CS input by operator in control
SETPOINT CONTROL CIRCUIT "A" wire system
GROUP 40 GEAR BOX AND GEAR OIL SUPPLY
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL SUPPLY, FILTER

40- PDAH H: VM D2.0 / GP/ with contact & local
40-LQ1.PB1 PRESSURE CONTAMINATION INDICATOR, bar 0 6 alarm, clean filter Hydac NC contact indication
01
LQ1.PB1 Flender (20) 2,0 L24 Flender
MEASUREMENT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH
TIRSAHHH
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, TEMPERATURE HHH
40- TEMPERATURE HL F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ1 MAIN PRESSURE PIPE, °C -50 150 H: stop mill drive 4…20mA loop Flender
LQ1.TZ1 MEASUREMENT Sitrans TS Flender wire
PT 100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER 65
Flender (65)
TIRSAHHH
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE HL HHH: F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ1 MAIN PRESSURE PIPE, °C -50 150 alarm 4…20mA loop Flender
MEASUREMENT 60 Sitrans TS Flender wire
PT 100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER
Flender (65)
TIRSAHHH
TEMPERATURE HL HH: F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ1 MAIN PRESSURE PIPE, °C -50 150 start cooling fan 4…20mA loop Flender
Flender (65)
TIRSAHHH
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, TEMPERATURE release PDAH filter
TEMPERATURE HL H: F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ1 MAIN PRESSURE PIPE, °C -50 150 contamination 4…20mA loop Flender
PT 100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER indicator
Flender (65)
TIRSAHHH
TEMPERATURE HL L: F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ1 MAIN PRESSURE PIPE, °C -50 150 stop cooling fan 4…20mA loop Flender
Flender (65)
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, FLOW PRESSURE W5927 with

40- FLOW FISALL LL: GP/ 4…20mA 2- power supply by 40-
40-LQ1.FZ1 PIPE PAD BEARING CHAMBER, FLOW l/min 0 350 stop mill drive 24VDC optical Fischer LQ1.C01
01
LQ1.FZ1 MEASUREMENT Flender (80) 191 Flender wire
TRANSMITTER indicator

FLOW FISALL L: GP/ 4…20mA 2- power supply by 40-
40-LQ1.FZ1 PIPE PAD BEARING CHAMBER, FLOW l/min 0 350 alarm 24VDC optical Fischer LQ1.C01
01
MEASUREMENT Flender (80) 218 Flender wire

40- FLOW FISALL LL: GP/ 4…20mA 2- power supply by 40-
40-LQ1.FZ2 PIPE GEAR UNIT, FLOW l/min 0 350 stop mill drive 24VDC optical Fischer LQ1.C01
01
LQ1.FZ2 MEASUREMENT Flender (81) 157 Flender wire

FLOW FISALL L: GP/ 4…20mA 2- power supply by 40-
40-LQ1.FZ2 PIPE GEAR UNIT, FLOW l/min 0 350 alarm 24VDC optical Fischer LQ1.C01
01
MEASUREMENT Flender (81) 179 Flender wire
page8 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
40-LQ1. GEAR OIL SUPPLY, POWER SUPPLY control voltage is GP/ alarm, if control voltage is
40-LQ1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNAL XSAH H: Phoenix NO contact not available
XB1 OF FLOW TRANSMITTERS available Flender
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, TEMPERATURE TISHHH

40- TEMPERATURE H: release/start pump F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ2 OIL RETURN PIPE, PT 100 WITH HEAD Flender °C -50 150 4…20mA loop Siemens
LQ1.TZ2 MEASUREMENT 0 711 Sitrans TS Flender wire
TRANSMITTER (265)
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, TEMPERATURE TISHHH

TEMPERATURE HH: release low pressure F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ2 OIL RETURN PIPE, PT 100 WITH HEAD Flender °C -50 150 4…20mA loop Siemens
MEASUREMENT 15 pump 10 Sitrans TS Flender wire
TRANSMITTER (265)
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, TEMPERATURE TISHHH release differential

TEMPERATURE HHH: F 6100-1 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.TZ2 OIL RETURN PIPE, PT 100 WITH HEAD Flender °C -50 150 pressure monitor 4…20mA loop Siemens
TRANSMITTER (265) 620
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, OIL PRESSURE PISAHLL

40- PRESSURE LL: stop high pressure MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.PZ1 SUCTION PIPE HIGH PRESSURE Flender bar 0 10 4…20mA loop Danfoss
LQ1.PZ1 MEASUREMENT 0,5 pumps 2011-5GB04 Flender wire
PUMPS, PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (350)

PRESSURE L: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.PZ1 SUCTION PIPE HIGH PRESSURE Flender bar 0 10 alarm 4…20mA loop Danfoss
MEASUREMENT 0,8 2011-5GB04 Flender wire

PRESSURE H: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-LQ1.PZ1 SUCTION PIPE HIGH PRESSURE Flender bar 0 10 alarm 4…20mA loop Danfoss
40- GEAR OIL SUPPLY, OIL PRESSURE, PISAHHLL stop mill drive, if 4
40-LQ1.PZ2- PRESSURE LL: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
LQ1.PZ2- PRESSURE PIPE HP PUMPS, Flender bar 0 250 switches<LL or if 2 4…20mA loop Danfoss 12 transmitters
PZ13 MEASUREMENT 15 3411-5GB04 Flender wire
PZ13 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (358) switches side by <LL
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, OIL PRESSURE, PISAHHLL

40-LQ1.PZ2- PRESSURE L: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
PRESSURE PIPE HP PUMPS, Flender bar 0 250 alarm 4…20mA loop Danfoss 12 transmitters
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (358)
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, OIL PRESSURE, PISAHHLL alarm, 1 switch

40-LQ1.PZ2- PRESSURE H: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
PRESSURE PIPE HP PUMPS, Flender bar 0 250 >200 bar longer than 4…20mA loop Danfoss 12 transmitters
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (358) 30s
GEAR OIL SUPPLY, OIL PRESSURE, PISAHHLL stop mill drive, 1

40-LQ1.PZ2- PRESSURE HH: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
PRESSURE PIPE HP PUMPS, Flender bar 0 250 switch > 245 bar 4…20mA loop Danfoss 12 transmitters
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (358) longer than 2 s
FLENDER GEAR BOX:
following signals are all connected to the Flender terminalbox " TB 1" mounted at the gearbox
page9 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
GEARBOX, TEMPERATURE PAD TIRSAHHH

40- TEMPERATURE H: start permission mill F 6100-4 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.TZ1 BEARINGS, PT 100 WITH HEAD Flender °C -50 150 4…20mA loop Flender
GB1.TZ1 MEASUREMENT 15 main drive Sitrans TS Flender wire
TRANSMITTER (800)

TEMPERATURE HH: F 6100-4 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.TZ1 BEARINGS, PT 100 WITH HEAD Flender °C -50 150 alarm 4…20mA loop Flender
TRANSMITTER (800)

TEMPERATURE HHH: F 6100-4 M GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.TZ1 BEARINGS, PT 100 WITH HEAD Flender °C -50 150 stop mill drive 4…20mA loop Flender
TRANSMITTER (800)
GEARBOX, TEMPERATURE PAD TIRSAHH

40- TEMPERATURE HH: GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.TZ2 BEARING CHAMBER, PT 100 WITH Flender °C -50 150 stop mill drive 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M Flender
GB1.TZ2 MEASUREMENT 80 Flender wire
HEAD TRANSMITTER (805)
GEARBOX, TEMPERATURE PAD TIRSAHH

TEMPERATURE H: GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.TZ2 BEARING CHAMBER, PT 100 WITH Flender °C -50 150 alarm 4…20mA loop F 6100-3 M Flender
MEASUREMENT 75 Flender wire
HEAD TRANSMITTER (805)
GEARBOX, OIL PRESSURE GEAR PISALL

40- PRESSURE L: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.PZ1 LUBRICATION, PRESSURE Flender bar 0 10 alarm 4…20mA loop Danfoss
GB1.PZ1 MEASUREMENT 0,8 2011-5GB04 Flender wire
TRANSMITTER (850)
GEARBOX, OIL PRESSURE GEAR PISALL

PRESSURE LL: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.PZ1 LUBRICATION, PRESSURE Flender bar 0 10 stop mill drive 4…20mA loop Danfoss
TRANSMITTER (850)
GEARBOX, OIL PRESSURE RADIAL PISAL

40- PRESSURE L: MBS3050- GP/ 4…20mA 2-
40-GB1.PZ2 SLIDING BEARING, Flender bar 0 10 stop mill drive 4…20mA loop Danfoss
GB1.PZ2 MEASUREMENT 0,5 2011-5GB04 Flender wire
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (856)
page10 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
GROUP
GROUP 50 TENSION HYDRAULIC Hydac hydraulic unit: with Pfeiffer hydraulic SUB-PLC
50
50-HT1.C01 50-HT1.C01 Signals from local to SUB-PLC

Signals are internal controlled and indicated by Pfeiffer hydraulic SUB-PLC: 50-HT1.C01
on/off hysteresis p1 =
PIRCSAHH operation pressure
TENSION HYDRAULIC, OPERATION 24VDC (by EDS 1791-P-
PRESSURE LLLL GP/ 4…20mA 4- adjustable in certain range
C01:PC1 C01:PC1 PRESSURE-TENSIONING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 H: p1 pump off SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC p0 = Nitrogen pre-charge
MEASUREMENT Hydac wire
TRANSMITTER transformer) (450 bar) pressure see instruction
Hydac (7.1)
manual
TENSION HYDRAULIC, OPERATION HH: 24VDC (by EDS 1791-P-
C01:PC1 PRESSURE-TENSIONING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 p2+ maintenance SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC p0 = Nitrogen pre-charge
TRANSMITTER 3 bar transformer) (450 bar) pressure see instruction
Hydac (7.1)
manual
PRESSURE LLLL L1: GP/ 4…20mA 4- adjustable in certain range
C01:PC1 PRESSURE-TENSIONING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 pump on SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC p0 = Nitrogen pre-charge
MEASUREMENT p1-10 Hydac wire
Hydac (7.1)
manual
C01:PC1 PRESSURE-TENSIONING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 alarm SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC p0 = Nitrogen pre-charge
MEASUREMENT 1;3*p0 Hydac wire
Hydac (7.1)
manual
TENSION HYDRAULIC, OPERATION L3: 24VDC (by EDS 1791-P-
C01:PC1 PRESSURE-TENSIONING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 1,15 stop mill SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC p0 = Nitrogen pre-charge
TRANSMITTER *p0 transformer) (450 bar) pressure see instruction
Hydac (7.1)
manual
C01:PC1 PRESSURE-TENSIONING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 release SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC p0 = Nitrogen pre-charge
MEASUREMENT 5 Hydac wire
Hydac (7.1)
manual
PIRSAHHH
TENSION HYDRAULIC, OIL 24VDC (by EDS 1791-P-
PRESSURE HL H4: pump off, safety stop GP/ 4…20mA 4-
C01:PZ1 PRESSURE - LIFTING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC
MEASUREMENT 240 lifting rollers Hydac wire
TRANSMITTER transformer) (450 bar)
Hydac (7.2)
PIRSAHHH
PRESSURE HL pump off, GP/ 4…20mA 4-
C01:PZ1 PRESSURE - LIFTING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 H3: 38 SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC
MEASUREMENT Maintenance lifting Hydac wire
Hydac (7.2)
PIRSAHHH
PRESSURE HL GP/ 4…20mA 4-
C01:PZ1 C01:PZ1 PRESSURE - LIFTING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 H2: 30 close bypass SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC
Hydac (7.2)
page11 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
PIRSAHHH
PRESSURE HL pump off, GP/ 4…20mA 4-
C01:PZ1 PRESSURE - LIFTING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 H: 12 SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC
MEASUREMENT Maintenance lifting Hydac wire
Hydac (7.2)
PIRSAHHH
PRESSURE HL switch to tensioning GP/ 4…20mA 4-
C01:PZ1 PRESSURE - LIFTING, PRESSURE bar 0 450 L: 10 SUB_PLC 600-009 HYDAC
MEASUREMENT mode after lowering Hydac wire
Hydac (7.2)
DIFFERENTIAL TENSION HYDRAULIC, FILTER PDAH

GP/
C01:PB1 C01:PB1 PRESSURE CONTAMINATION INDICATOR, bar H: alarm VD 5 D.0/L24 HYDAC NC contact
Hydac
MEASUREMENT DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH Hydac (8)
LSALL AN26-
LEVEL TENSION HYDRAULIK, OIL LEVEL, GP/
C01:LB1;LB2 C01:LB1 mm 0 490 L:390 alarm 37.2/2/490/390 Engler NC contact
MEASUREMENT FLOATER SWITCH Hydac
Hydac (16) /440
LSALL AN26-
LEVEL TENSION HYDRAULIK, OIL LEVEL, LL: no start permission GP/
C01:LB2 mm 0 490 37.2/2/490/390 Engler NC contact
MEASUREMENT FLOATER SWITCH 440 mill and pump Hydac
Hydac (16) /440
24VDC (by Temposonics power supply of Sensor

POSITION TENSIONING CYLINDER 1, POSITION, 4…20mA 4- and output of 4…20mA are
C01:ZZ1 ZISAHHHL mm -150 520 H3: open valves 28 SUB_PLC LD-S-B-R-PT- MTS GP arranged from the terminal
MEASUREMENT POSITION TRANSMITTER wire
transformer) 02-M760-2-A4 box of tension hydraulik

C01:ZZ1 ZISAHHHL mm -150 520 H2: stop lifting SUB_PLC LD-S-B-R-PT- MTS GP arranged from the terminal
C01:ZZ1

C01:ZZ1 ZISAHHHL mm -150 520 H1: alarm SUB_PLC LD-S-B-R-PT- MTS GP arranged from the terminal

C01:ZZ1 ZISAHHHL mm -150 520 L: alarm SUB_PLC LD-S-B-R-PT- MTS GP arranged from the terminal
Information to cabling: cable connection between position transmitter and SUB PLC must be handled by customer


C01:ZZ2

page12 of 26
GP Customer Rev.



C01:ZZ3


with Ethernet
Signal exchang Signal exchange with Pfeiffer hydraulic SUB_PLC and customers DCS for indication at control system
from DCS Input by operator in

50-HT.PC2 50-HT.PC2 TENSION HYDRAULIC, SETPOINT OPERATION PRESSURE SETPOINT CS Ethernet IP
to SUB-PLC control system
5 ANALOG SIGNALS, SIGNAL EXCHANGE SEE OVERVIEW OF

50-HT1. 50-HT1. from SUB-
XZ1-XZ5
SIGNAL EXCHANGE (AREND SUB- PLC HARDWARE XI GP Ethernet IP
XZ1-XZ5 PLC to DCS
ENGINEERING)
1 HARDWARE INTERLOCKING EMERGENCY STOP, SIGNAL

from SUB-
50-HT1.XB1 50-HT1.XB1 EXCHANGE, SEE OVERVIEW OF SIGNAL EXCHANGE XZH GP Ethernet IP
PLC to DCS
(AREND SUB- PLC HARDWARE ENGINEERING)
10 BINARY SIGNALS (ON SUB- PLC: 10DI), SIGNAL

50-HT1. 50-HT1. from DCS
XB2-XB11
EXCHANGE, SEE OVERVIEW OF SIGNAL EXCHANGE XSH CS Ethernet IP 01
XB2-XB11 to SUB-PLC
(AREND SUB- PLC HARDWARE ENGIEERING)
40 BINARY SIGNALS (ON SUB- PLC: 40 DO), SIGNAL

50-HT1. 50-HT1. from SUB-
XB10-XB49
EXCHANGE, SEE OVERVIEW OF SIGNAL EXCHANGE XSH GP Ethernet IP 01
XB12-XB51 PLC to DCS
(AREND SUB- PLC HARDWARE ENGINEERING)
page13 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
GROUP
GROUP 60 VERTICAL ROLLER MILL
60
MILL MAIN DRIVE:
TEMPERATURE MILL MAIN DRIVE, GPInc/

60-MD1.TZ1 60-MD1.TZ1 TISAHH °C H 140 alarm PT 100 1 PT100 as reserve
MEASUREMENT WINDING TEMPERATURE, PT100 Helmke
TEMPERATURE MILL MAIN DRIVE, HH GPInc/

60-MD1.TZ1 TISAHH °C stop mill drive PT 100
MEASUREMENT WINDING TEMPERATURE, PT100 150 Helmke





60-MD1.TZ4 60-MD1.TZ4 TISAHH °C H 85 alarm PT 100
MEASUREMENT BEARING TEMPERATURE, PT100 Helmke

60-MD1.TZ4 TISAHH °C HH 95 stop mill drive PT 100

60-MD1.TZ5 60-MD1.TZ5 TISAHH °C H 85 alarm PT 100

60-MD1.TZ5 TISAHH °C HH 95 stop mill drive PT 100
POWER
60-MD1.JZ1 60-MD1.JZ1 MILL MAIN DRIVE JIRSAHHL kW L alarm CS 4…20mA MCC
MEASUREMENT
POWER
60-MD1.JZ1 MILL MAIN DRIVE JIRSAHHL kW H alarm CS 4…20mA MCC
MEASUREMENT
POWER
60-MD1.JZ1 MILL MAIN DRIVE JIRSAHHL kW HH stop mill drive CS 4…20mA MCC
MEASUREMENT
60- VIBRATION MILL MAIN DRIVE, VIBRATION VIB1185AQS- GPInc/ 4…20mA

MD1.SZ1
60-MD1.SZ1 SIRAH mm/s 0 20 H 4,5 alarm 18-30VDC Status Pro
MEASUREMENT SENSOR 020 Helmke 2-wire
60-
XSAHHHH GPInc/ signal from starter to
MD1.XB1- 60-MD1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER H ready to start NO contact
XB10 HH Helmke DCS

60-MD1.XB2 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER HH no trip NO contact
HH Helmke DCS

60-MD1.XB3 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER HHH drive to Rmin NO contact
HH Helmke DCS
XSAHHHH short circuit GPInc/ signal from starter to

60-MD1.XB4 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER HHHH NO contact
HH contactor on Helmke DCS
XSAHHHH HHH GPInc/ signal from starter to

60-MD1.XB5 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER Rmin position NO contact
HH HH Helmke DCS
page14 of 26
GP Customer Rev.

60-MD1.XB6 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER Rmax position NO contact
HH HHH Helmke DCS

60-MD1.XB7 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER level OK NO contact
HHH HHHH Helmke DCS
HHH
60-MD1.XB8 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER HHHH temperature OK NO contact
HHHH Helmke DCS
H
HHH
60-MD1.XB9 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER HHHH automatic opertion NC contact
HHHHH Helmke DCS
HH
main motor 60-MD1 signal from DCS to
60-MD1.XB10 FEEDBACK SIGNALS MILL MAIN DRIVE,STARTER XSAH H CS NO contact
on starter
MILL GEAR INPUT SHAFT:
MILL, GEARBOX BASE PLATE,

60- VIBRATION 115/230 VAC Vibrocontrol 4…20mA
RM1.SZ1
60-RM1.SZ1 VERTICAL VIBRATION, VIBRATION SIR mm/s 0 10 VS 069 Bruel+Kjaer GP
MEASUREMENT or 24 VDC 920 2-wire
VELOCITY SENSOR
60- VIBRATION MILL, GEARBOX BASE PLATE, alarm = S normal 115/230 VAC Vibrocontrol
RM1.SB1
60-RM1.SB1 SSAHHH mm/s 0 10 H VS 069 Bruel+Kjaer GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT VERTICAL VIBRATION, CONTACT operation + 1 mm/s or 24 VDC 920
stop mill drive = S

60- VIBRATION MILL, GEARBOX BASE PLATE, 115/230 VAC Vibrocontrol
RM1.SB2
60-RM1.SB2 SSAHHH mm/s 0 10 HH normal operation + 2 VS 069 Bruel+Kjaer GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT VERTICAL VIBRATION, CONTACT or 24 VDC 920
mm/s
60- VIBRATION MILL, GEARBOX BASE PLATE, 115/230 VAC Vibrocontrol

RM1.SB3
60-RM1.SB3 SSAHHH mm/s 0 10 HHH ok relay VS 069 Bruel+Kjaer GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT VERTICAL VIBRATION, CONTACT or 24 VDC 920
GEAR BOX SERVICE DRIVE TO MILL:
ZSH
GEARBOX SERVICE DRIVE, CHAIN, XS6- Telemecaniq GP/
60-AD1.ZB1 60-AD1.ZB1 POSITION Flender H release service drive NC contact
PROXIMITY SWITCH 18B1MBL2 ue Flender
(890)
TSH
TEMPERATURE GEARBOX SERVICE DRIVE, WINDING GP/ included in service drive,
60-AD1.TB1 60-AD1.TB1 Flender °C H stop service drive evaluation in client´s MCC
MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE, 3 PTCs Flender
(891)
MILL INLET:
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE AT MILL INLET, PT100 TR10-EBD1 4…20mA

60-RM1.TZ1 60-RM1.TZ1 TIRSAHH °C 0 350 H alarm TMT 182 E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER BHSJHC000 2-wire
close hot gas

TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE AT MILL INLET, PT100 TR10-EBD1 4…20mA
60-RM1.TZ1 TIRSAHH °C 0 350 HH damper, stop hot TMT 182 E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER BHSJHC000 2-wire
gas generator
page15 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
GRINDING ROLLERS:
transmitter is included in
field frame (Bartec 07-
GRINDING ROLLER 1, 902250/33-415- TMT82- 4…20mA 3S03-2209/0002) Both
TEMPERATURE H Jumo/
60-RM1.TZ2 60-RM1.TZ2 OIL TEMPERATURE, DOUBLE-PT100 TISAHH °C 0 130 alarm 4…20mA loop 2001-1-6-1250- AAA2AB3A1 GP (HART) PT100 to be wired at 1 01
MEASUREMENT 110 E+H transmitter (internally, an
AND TRANSMITTER 42-500/000 A1A4 2-wire
average value is
calculated)
TEMPERATURE HH Jumo/
60-RM1.TZ2 OIL TEMPERATURE, DOUBLE-PT100 TISAHH °C 0 130 stop mill drive 4…20mA loop 2001-1-6-1250- AAA2AB3A1 GP (HART) PT100 to be wired at 1 01
average value is
calculated)
TEMPERATURE H Jumo/
average value is
calculated)
average value is
calculated)
TEMPERATURE H Jumo/
average value is
calculated)
average value is
calculated)
GRINDING ROLLER 1, 902250/33-415- TMT82-
TEMPERATURE H Jumo/
60-RM1.TZ5 60-RM1.TZ5
MEASUREMENT
OIL TEMPERATURE, PT100 AND TISAHH °C 0 130
110
alarm 4…20mA loop 1001-1-6-1250- AAA2AB3A1
E+H
GP Deleted 01
TRANSMITTER 80-500/000 A1A4

60-RM1.TZ5
MEASUREMENT
120
stop mill drive 4…20mA loop 1001-1-6-1250- AAA2AB3A1
E+H
GP Deleted 01

TEMPERATURE H Jumo/
60-RM1.TZ6 60-RM1.TZ6
MEASUREMENT
110
E+H
GP Deleted 01

60-RM1.TZ6
MEASUREMENT
120
E+H
GP Deleted 01

TEMPERATURE H Jumo/
60-RM1.TZ7 60-RM1.TZ7
MEASUREMENT
110
E+H
GP Deleted 01

60-RM1.TZ7
MEASUREMENT
120
E+H
GP Deleted 01
PRESSURE FRAME:
page16 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
PRESSURE FRAME, TORQUE transmitter is included in

TEMPERATURE H TMT 181- 4…20mA
60-RM1.TZ8 60-RM1.TZ8 SUPPORT 1, OIL TEMPERATURE, TIRSAHH °C 0 100 alarm 4…20mA loop SK125/60-So Leben / E+H GP field frame (Bartec 07-
MEASUREMENT 50 F41BA 2-wire 3S03-2209/0002)
PT100 AND TRANSMITTER

TEMPERATURE HH TMT 181- 4…20mA
60-RM1.TZ8 SUPPORT 1, OIL TEMPERATURE, TIRSAHH °C 0 100 stop mill drive 4…20mA loop SK125/60-So Leben / E+H GP field frame (Bartec 07-

TEMPERATURE H TMT 181- 4…20mA
60-RM1.TZ9 60-RM1.TZ9 SUPPORT 2, OIL TEMPERATURE, TIRSAHH °C 0 100 alarm 4…20mA loop SK125/60-So Leben / E+H GP field frame (Bartec 07-


60- TEMPERATURE H TMT 181- 4…20mA
RM1.TZ10
60-RM1.TZ10 SUPPORT 3, OIL TEMPERATURE, TIRSAHH °C 0 100 alarm 4…20mA loop SK125/60-So Leben / E+H GP field frame (Bartec 07-

PRESSURE FRAME, TORQUE

60- LEVEL H
RM1.LLB1
60-RM1.LB1 SUPPORT, COOLING SYSTEM, FILL LSH mm alarm Woerner GP/Hydac NO contact
MEASUREMENT 110
LEVEL IN TANK

60- TEMPERATURE H
RM1.TB1
60-RM1.TB1 SUPPORT, COOLING SYSTEM, TSH °C alarm Woerner GP/Hydac NO contact
MEASUREMENT 63
TEMPERATURE IN TANK

60- FLOW SMO-3107H-
RM1.FB1
60-RM1.FB1 SUPPORT, COOLING WATER, FLOW FISAL l/min 1 14 L alarm Kobold GP NC contact only with local indication
MEASUREMENT UO -R15
MONITOR
GROUP
GROUP 62 CONTROL CIRCUITS TO MILL
62
TEMPERATURE AFTER MILL,

TR10-
62- TEMPERATURE PT100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER, TIRCSAHH 4…20mA
RM1.TC1
62-RM1.TC1 °C 0 200 L release mill EBD1BHSJHC TMT 182 E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT ACTUAL VALUE L 2-wire
000
"CONTROL CIRCUIT A"

alarm, and close hot TR10-
TEMPERATURE PT100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER, TIRCSAHH 4…20mA
62-RM1.TC1 °C 0 200 H gas damper, open EBD1BHSJHC TMT 182 E&H GPInc
fresh air damper 000
"CONTROL CIRCUIT A"

(after 4…20min 120 TR10-
TEMPERATURE PT100 WITH HEAD TRANSMITTER, TIRCSAHH 4…20mA
62-RM1.TC1 °C 0 200 HH °C) stop mill main EBD1BHSJHC TMT 182 E&H GPInc
drive 000
"CONTROL CIRCUIT A"
MILL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE, Deltabar-S

DIFFERENTIAL
62- DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PDIRCSAH PMD 75- 4…20mA
RM1.PC1
62-RM1.PC1 PRESSURE mbar 0 80 L alarm E&H GPInc
TRANSMITTER, ACTUAL VALUE L 4AJ7DB1 2-wire
MEASUREMENT
"CONTROL CIRCUIT B" DAAU
MILL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE, Deltabar-S

DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE PDIRCSAH PMD 75- 4…20mA
62-RM1.PC1 PRESSURE mbar 0 80 H alarm E&H GPInc
TRANSMITTER, ACTUAL VALUE L 4AJ7DB1 2-wire
MEASUREMENT
"CONTROL CIRCUIT B" DAAU
page17 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
Cerabar-M
PRESSURE AHEAD TO MILL,
62- PRESSURE PIRCSAHH PMC51- 4…20mA
RM1.PC2
62-RM1.PC2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, ACTUAL mbar -20 5 L alarm E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT L BB21JA1CGJ 2-wire
VALUE "CONTROL CIRCUIT C"
GCJA
Cerabar-M
PRESSURE PIRCSAHH H PMC51- 4…20mA
62-RM1.PC2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, ACTUAL mbar -20 5 alarm E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT L -2 BB21JA1CGJ 2-wire
GCJA
Cerabar-M
PRESSURE PIRCSAHH HH PMC51- 4…20mA
62-RM1.PC2 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER, ACTUAL mbar -20 5 stop mill main drive E&H GPInc
MEASUREMENT L 0 BB21JA1CGJ 2-wire
GCJA
AIR FLOW AFTER FILTER, 2

FLOW PRESSURE SENSORS AND CONTROL 265. 4…20mA
62-RM1.FC1 62-RM1.FC1 FIRCAL m³/h 0 L alarm 85…264VAC McOn air Promecon GPInc
MEASUREMENT UNIT, ACTUAL VALUE "CONTROL 000 2-wire
CIRCUIT D"
GROUP
GROUP 65 WATER INJECTION
65
TEMPERATURE WATER INJECTION PUMP, DRIVE, evaluation by frequency

65-WP1.TB1 65-WP1.TB1 TSH °C 0 150 H stop drive GP converter
MEASUREMENT WINDING TEMPERATURE, 3 PTCs
WATER INJECTION PUMP, STATOR

TEMPERATURE H 4…20mA x: max. temperature of the
65-WP1.TZ1 65-WP1.TZ1 PROTECTOR, PT100 WITH HEAD TSAHH °C 0 100 alarm 4…20mA loop Netzsch GP medium in summer time
MEASUREMENT x+5 2-wire
TRANSMITTER
WATER INJECTION PUMP, STATOR

TEMPERATURE HH 4…20mA x: max. temperature of the
65-WP1.TZ1 PROTECTOR, PT100 WITH HEAD TSAHH °C 0 100 stop drive 4…20mA loop Netzsch GP medium in summer time
MEASUREMENT x + 10 2-wire
TRANSMITTER
WATER INJECTION DRIVE,

4…20mA
65-WP1.SC1 65-WP1.SC1 SPEED CONTROL ACTUAL SPEED, FREQUENCY SIC % 0 100 GP
4-wire
CONVERTER
WATER INJECTION,
input by operator in control
65-WP1.SC2 65-WP1.SC2 SPEED CONTROL SPEED SETPOINT, FREQUENCY SETPOINT CS system
CONVERTER
Proline Promag
interlocking, stop 4…20mA
FLOW WATER INJECTION, WATER FLOW, L 10W 32-
65-WI1.FC1 65-WI1.FC1 FICSAL m³/h 0 5 pump 85… 285V AC E&H GP 4-wire
MEASUREMENT FLOW TRANSMITTER 0,10 UA0A1
(time delayed) (HART)
AA0A4AA
Prosonic M
LEVEL WATER INJECTION TANK, FILL LEVEL, 4…20mA
65-WI1.LZ1 65-WI1.LZ1 LISAHLL mm 0 5000 H filling stop 4…20mA loop FMU40- E&H GP local indication
MEASUREMENT ULTRASONIC TRANSMITTER 2-wire
ARB2A2
Prosonic M
65-WI1.LZ1 LISAHLL mm 0 5000 L filling start 4…20mA loop FMU40- E&H GP local indication
ARB2A2
page18 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
Prosonic M
65-WI1.LZ1 LISAHLL mm 0 5000 LL pump stop 4…20mA loop FMU40- E&H GP local indication
ARB2A2
WATER INJECTION,
PRESSURE L Nautilus XML-
65-WI1.PB1 65-WI1.PB1 WATER PRESSURE, PAL bar 0,6 10 alarm Square D GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT 1,00 A010-A2-S11
PRESSURE SWITCH
WATER INJECTION,
PRESSURE L Nautilus XML-
65-WI1.PB2 65-WI1.PB2 COMPRESSED AIR, PAL bar 0,6 10 alarm Square D GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT 3,00 A010-A2-S11
PRESSURE SWITCH
GROUP
GROUP 70 MATERIAL FEED
70
DUST FILTER:
PRESSURE BAG FILTER, COMPRESSED AIR

70-BF1.PB1 70-BF1.PB1 PSAL bar L CS
MEASUREMENT SUPPLY, PRESSURE SWITCH
DIFFERENTIAL
BAG FILTER, DIFFERENTIAL
70-BF1.PZ1 70-BF1.PZ1 PRESSURE PDISAH mbar CS
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
MEASUREMENT
ROTARY FEEDER BELOW FILTER:

70-RF1.SB1 70-RF1.SB1 MOTION DETECTION SSAL Hz L alarm, drive stop CS
SPEED MONITOR
DISTRIBUTION GATE:
DISTRIBUTION GATE, POSITION, XS618B1PAM

70-DG1.ZB1 70-DG1.ZB1 END POSITION ZSH 0 1000 H position to mill GPInc NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
PROXIMITY SWITCH 12

70-DG1.ZB2 70-DG1.ZB2 END POSITION ZSL 0 1000 L position to reject box GPInc NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
PROXIMITY SWITCH 12
METAL DETECTOR:
70-MT1.XB1 70-MT1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNALS METAL DETECTOR, CONTROL UNIT XSAH H metal detected Model 1230 Eriez GPInc NO contact
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR:
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, SPEED Schneider GPInc/

70-BC1.SB1 70-BC1.SB1 MOTION DETECTION SSAL Hz 0 1000 L alarm, stop drive XS618B1PAL2 NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
MONITOR electric Gimas
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR,

Osi Sense Schneider GPInc/ change-
70-BC1.DB1 70-BC1.DB1 END POSITION MISALIGNMENT SWITCH, PROXIMITY ZSH H stop drive
XCRT115 electric Gimas over contact
SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH
page19 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, Preventa Schneider GPInc/ change-

70-BC1.RB1 70-BC1.RB1 EMERGENCY STOP HSH H stop drive
PULL ROPE SWITCH XY2CH13250 electric Gimas over contact
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, Preventa Schneider GPInc/ change-

BUCKET ELEVATOR:
TEMPERATURE BUCKET ELEVATOR, DRIVE, WINDING GPInc/ change-

70-BE1.TB2 70-BE1.TB2 TSH °C 0 150 H drive BE1 stop
MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE, PTCs Beumer over contact
CURRENT
70-BE1.IZ1 70-BE1.IZ1 BUCKET ELEVATOR, DRIVE IISAHH A H alarm CS 4…20mA
MEASUREMENT
CURRENT
70-BE1.IZ1 70-BE1.IZ1 BUCKET ELEVATOR, DRIVE IISAHH A HH drive BE1 stop CS 4…20mA
MEASUREMENT
LEVEL BUCKET ELEVATOR, BOOT LEVEL, 19…253VAC or GPInc/

70-BE1.LB1 70-BE1.LB1 LSAH H drive BE1 stop FTI55 dpdt includes electronic FEI54
MEASUREMENT ROD PROBE WITH EVALUATION UNIT 19…55VDC Beumer
BUCKET ELEVATOR, SPEED AT

TENSION BEARING, IGB3005- GPInc/ change-
70-BE1.SB1 70-BE1.SB1 MOTION DETECTION SSAL rpm L drive BE1 stop DD0116
PROXIMITY SWITCH, APOG/US Beumer over contact
SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
BUCKET ELEVATOR, SPEED,
H: IGB3005- GPInc/ change-
70-BE1.SB2 70-BE1.SB2 MOTION DETECTION PROXIMITY SWITCH, SSAH rpm drive BE1 stop DD0116
2 APOG/US Beumer over contact
SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
BUCKET ELEVATOR , OVERLOAD
TEMPERATURE FLUID COUPLING NJ10-22-N- KFU8-DW- GPInc/ change- also included: safety switch
70-BE1.TB1 70-BE1.TB1 TSAH H drive BE1 stop Voith BTS 12-50-140.
MEASUREMENT CONTROL,PROXIMITY SWITCH, E93-Y30629 1.D-209869 Beumer over contact
EVALUATION UNIT
BUCKET ELEVATOR, SLACK CHAIN IGB3005- GPInc/

70-BE1.ZB1 70-BE1.ZB1 END POSITION ZSAH H drive BE1 stop DC PNP
MONITORING, PROXIMITY SWITCH APOG/US Beumer
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR:
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, SPEED

70-BC2.SB1 70-BC2.SB1 MOTION DETECTION SSAL Hz L alarm, stop drive CS NO contact
MONITOR

change-
70-BC2.DB1 70-BC2.DB1 END POSITION MISALIGNMENT SWITCH, PROXIMITY ZSH H stop drive CS
over contact
SWITCH

change-
over contact
SWITCH

change-
over contact
SWITCH

change-
over contact
SWITCH
page20 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, change-

70-BC2.RB1 70-BC2.RB1 EMERGENCY STOP HSH H stop drive CS
PULL ROPE SWITCH over contact
FEEDING BELT CONVEYOR, change-

70-BC2.RB2 70-BC2.RB2 EMERGENCY STOP HSH H stop drive CS
PULL ROPE SWITCH over contact
WEIGH FEEDERS:
WEIGH FEEDER, SETPOINT, FEEDING

70-
WF1.FC2
70-WF1.FC2 FLOW CONTROL RATE CONTROL SETPOINT CS
CIRCUIT "B"
70- WEIGH FEEDER,
WF1.FC1
70-WF1.FC1 FLOW CONTROL FICRQ CS
ACTUAL FEEDING RATE
MOTION DETECTION WEIGH FEEDER, SPEED MONITOR SSAL Hz 0 3000 L alarm, drive stop CS
WEIGH FEEDER,
END POSITION ZSH Hz 0 …. L alarm, drive stop CS
BELT MISALIGNMENT SWITCH
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGHING SIGNAL WIC kg 0 200 CS
WEIGHING ELECTRONIC
HOPPER, BIN LOADING,

WEIGHING SIGNAL WISAHL % 0 100 H stop pre-feed CS
LOAD CELLS

WEIGHING SIGNAL WISAHL % 0 100 L start pre-feed CS
LOAD CELLS

WEIGHING SIGNAL WISAHL % 0 100 I continuous CS
LOAD CELLS

70-
WF2.FC2
CIRCUIT "B"
70- WEIGH FEEDER,
WF2.FC1
ACTUAL FEEDING RATE
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGHING ELECTRONIC

LOAD CELLS

LOAD CELLS

LOAD CELLS
page21 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
70-
WF3.FC2
CIRCUIT "B"
70- WEIGH FEEDER,
WF3.FC1
ACTUAL FEEDING RATE
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGHING ELECTRONIC

LOAD CELLS

LOAD CELLS

LOAD CELLS

70-
WF4.FC2
CIRCUIT "B"
70- WEIGH FEEDER,
WF4.FC1
ACTUAL FEEDING RATE
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGH FEEDER,
WEIGHING ELECTRONIC

LOAD CELLS

LOAD CELLS

LOAD CELLS
page22 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
GROUP
GROUP 71 GRINDING AID:
71
TEMPERATURE GRINDING AID PUMP, DRIVE,

71-WP1.TB1 71-WP1.TB1 TSH °C 0 150 H stop drive GP
MEASUREMENT WINDING TEMPERATURE, 3 PTCs
GRINDING AID PUMP, STATOR

TEMPERATURE 4…20mA
71-WP1.TZ1 71-WP1.TZ1 PROTECTOR, PT100 WITH HEAD TSAHH °C 0 100 H alarm 4…20mA loop Netzsch GP
MEASUREMENT 2-wire
TRANSMITTER
GRINDING AID PUMP, STATOR

TEMPERATURE 4…20mA
71-WP1.TZ1 PROTECTOR, PT100 WITH HEAD TSAHH °C 0 100 HH stop drive 4…20mA loop Netzsch GP
MEASUREMENT 2-wire
TRANSMITTER
GRINDING AID DRIVE, ACTUAL

71-WP1.SC1 71-WP1.SC1 SPEED CONTROL SIC % 0 100 GP
SPEED, FREQUENCY CONVERTER
GRINDING AID DRIVE, SPEED input by operator in control

71-WP1.SC2 71-WP1.SC2 SPEED CONTROL SETPOINT CS system
SETPOINT, FREQUENCY CONVERTER
Proline Promag
4…20mA
FLOW GRINDING AID, WATER FLOW, L interlocking stop 10W 32-
71-WI1.FC1 71-WI1.FC1 FICSAL m³/h 0 5 85… 285V AC E&H GP 4-wire time delayed
MEASUREMENT FLOW TRANSMITTER 0,10 pump UA0A1
(HART)
AA0A4AA
Prosonic M
LEVEL GRINDING AID TANK, FILL LEVEL, 4…20mA
71-WI1.LZ1 71-WI1.LZ1 LISAHLL mm 0 5000 H filling stop 4…20mA loop FMU40- E&H GP local indication
ARB2A2
Prosonic M
71-WI1.LZ1 LISAHLL mm 0 5000 L filling start 4…20mA loop FMU40- E&H GP local indication
ARB2A2
Prosonic M
71-WI1.LZ1 LISAHLL mm 0 5000 LL pump stop 4…20mA loop FMU40- E&H GP local indication
ARB2A2
PRESSURE GRINDING AID, MIXING WATER L Nautilus XML-

71-WI1.PB1 71-WI1.PB1 PAL bar 0,6 1 alarm Square D GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT PRESSURE, PRESSURE SWITCH 1,00 A010-A2-S11
PRESSURE GRINDING AID, FLUSHING WATER L Nautilus XML-

71-WI1.PB2 71-WI1.PB2 PAL bar 0,6 1 alarm Square D GP NC contact
MEASUREMENT PRESSURE, PRESSURE SWITCH 3,00 A010-A2-S11
Verriegelung,
GRINDING AID TANK 1 BALL COCK, alarm: if ball cock is not
71-WI1.ZB1 71-WI1.ZB1 END POSITION ZSAH H Freigabe CS NO contact open
POSITION "OPEN"
Mahlhilfepumpe
GRINDING AID TANK 1 BALL COCK, alarm: if ball cock is

71-WI1.ZB2 71-WI1.ZB2 END POSITION ZSAH H CS NO contact
POSITION "CLOSED" closed
FLOW
71-WI1.FC2 71-WI1.FC2 GRINDING AID MIXING WATER FLOW FIC l/IMP 0 100 MNK-10,0-H DELTAMESS GP contact
MEASUREMENT
FLOW GRINDING AID SETPOINT MIXING input by operator in control

71-WI1.FC3 71-WI1.FC3 SETPOINT CS system
MEASUREMENT WATER AMOUNT
page23 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
GROUP
GROUP 80 EXTERNAL CIRCULATION
80
DISTRIBUTION GATE:

80-DG1.ZB1 80-DG1.ZB1 END POSITION ZSH 0 1000 H position to hopper GPInc NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
PROXIMITY SWITCH 12
DISTRIBUTION GATE, POSITION, position to belt XS618B1PAM

80-DG1.ZB2 80-DG1.ZB2 END POSITION ZSL 0 1000 L GPInc NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
PROXIMITY SWITCH conveyor 12
DOUBLE PENDULUM FLAP:
DOUBLE PENDULUM FLAP, SPEED,

80-FV1.SB1 80-FV1.SB1 MOTION DETECTION SSAL Hz L alarm, stop drive DI 0001 IFM GP NO contact
PROXIMITY SWITCH
DOUBLE PENDULUM FLAP, SPEED,

80-FV1.SB2 80-FV1.SB2 MOTION DETECTION SSAL Hz L alarm, stop drive DI 0001 IFM GP NO contact
PROXIMITY SWITCH
BELT CONVEYOR:
Schneider GPInc/
80-BC2.SB1 80-BC2.SB1 MOTION DETECTION BELT CONVEYOR, SPEED MONITOR SSAL Hz 0 1000 L alarm, stop drive XS618B1PAL2 NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
electric Gimas
BELT CONVEYOR, MISALIGNMENT Osi Sense Schneider GPInc/ change-

80-BC2.DB1 80-BC2.DB1 END POSITION ZSH H stop drive
SWITCH, PROXIMITY SWITCH XCRT115 electric Gimas over contact



BELT CONVEYOR, Preventa Schneider GPInc/ change-


BELT CONVEYOR:
Schneider GPInc/
80-BC3.SB1 80-BC3.SB1 MOTION DETECTION BELT CONVEYOR, SPEED MONITOR SSAL Hz 0 1000 L alarm, stop drive XS618B1PAL2 NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
electric Gimas

page24 of 26
GP Customer Rev.





DISTRIBUTION GATE:
DISTRIBUTION GATE, POSITION, position to bucket XS618B1PAM

80-DG2.ZB1 80-DG2.ZB1 END POSITION ZSH 0 1000 H GPInc NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
PROXIMITY SWITCH elevator 12

80-DG2.ZB2 80-DG2.ZB2 END POSITION ZSL 0 1000 L position to reject box GPInc NO contact 3-wire DC PNP
PROXIMITY SWITCH 12
WEIGH FEEDER:

80-WF1.FC2 FLOW CONTROL SETPOINT CS via Ethernet 01
RATE
WEIGH FEEDER, GPInc/

80-WF1.FC1 FLOW CONTROL FICRQ via Ethernet 01
ACTUAL FEEDING RATE Schenck
GPInc/
MOTION DETECTION WEIGH FEEDER, SPEED MONITOR SSAL Hz 0 3000 L alarm, drive stop via Ethernet 01
Schenck

END POSITION ZSH Hz 0 …. L alarm, drive stop via Ethernet 01
BELT MISALIGNMENT SWITCH Schenck

WEIGHING SIGNAL WIC kg 0 200 via Ethernet 01
WEIGHING ELECTRONIC Schenck
METAL DETECTOR:
Bunting change-
80-MT1.XB1 80-MT1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNALS METAL DETECTOR, CONTROL UNIT XSAH H metal detected GPInc
Magnetics over contact
Bunting change-
80-MT1.XB2 80-MT1.XB2 FEEDBACK SIGNALS METAL DETECTOR, CONTROL UNIT XAH H error metal dector GPInc
Magnetics over contact
page25 of 26
GP Customer Rev.
HOPPER:
HOPPER WEIGHING, ANALOG DISOMAT

80-HP1.WZ1 80-HP1.WZ1 FEEDBACK SIGNALS WISAHL % 0 100 H start feeding hopper Schenck GPInc 4…20mA to customer´s DCS
OUTPUT OPUS
HOPPER WEIGHING, ANALOG DISOMAT

80-HP1.WZ1 80-HP1.WZ1 FEEDBACK SIGNALS WISAHL % 0 100 L stop feeding hopper Schenck GPInc 4…20mA to customer´s DCS
OUTPUT OPUS
HOPPER WEIGHING, DIGITAL DISOMAT

80-HP1.XB1 80-HP1.XB1 FEEDBACK SIGNALS XIH H fault alarm Schenck GPInc contact to customer´s DCS
OUTPUT OPUS

80-HP1.XB2 80-HP1.XB2 FEEDBACK SIGNALS XIH H high bin level Schenck GPInc contact to customer´s DCS
OUTPUT OPUS

80-HP1.XB3 80-HP1.XB3 FEEDBACK SIGNALS XIH H low bin level Schenck GPInc contact to customer´s DCS
OUTPUT OPUS
GROUP
GROUP 90 NO MEASURING POINTS CONNECTED TO DCS
90
page26 of 26
KAISERSLAUTERN Dismantling and disposal Edition 02.2015
12. Dismantling and disposal
12.1 Dismantling
12.1.1 General information
“Dismantling” means the taking apart of the grinding plant with a view to relocating
or scrapping it.
When recommissioning the grinding plant, special attention must be paid to
chapters 1 through 8 of the present operating instructions.
For proper dismantling, we recommend requesting the delegation of
manufacturers’ specialists.
12.1.2 Safety instructions
The grinding plant is to be dismantled by specialists only. These must have a

professional training, professional experience and special knowledge in terms of
- safety regulations,
- accident prevention regulations,
- applicable guidelines and rules (e.g. VDE regulations, DIN standards, etc.).
These specialists must be

- able to assess the work assigned to them and to recognize and avoid possible
risks,
- authorized by the safety manager of the plant to carry out the work and action
required.
Danger!
Any work on electric equipment like disconnecting the motors
from their electric connections must as a matter of principle be
done by electrical specialists only.
Danger!
Dismantling must not be started until after any work required
for putting the plant out of operation is done and after the go-
ahead is given by an authorized specialist.
Danger!
Tilting or falling parts may cause most serious injuries or even
casualty. Therefore secure any parts such that they cannot
slide or fall when being handled during dismantling.
Staying under suspended loads is hazardous to life and must
be avoided at any time.
ge141338-12.docx Page 1 / 3
12.2 Disposal
12.2.1 Parts and components
Parts and components of the grinding plant approaching the end of their lifetime,
for example as a result of wear, corrosion, mechanical load, fatigue and/or other
influences that are not directly recognizable, will be dismantled as described above
and will then be disposed of in a professional way in compliance with national and
international legal provisions and regulations. The same applies to consumables
such as oil, grease, etc.
Housing parts, castings, and other metal parts should be recycled separately.
Warning!
If parts that have come to their end of life are continued to be
used either deliberately or undeliberately, persons,
environment,
machines and plants may be endangered. Related instructions
by the plant operator must be observed and employed.
12.2.2 Lubricants
The various lubricants must be disposed of separately in compliance with the

related applicable regulations. Types and quantities of lubricants are referred to in
the related chapter (lubrication).
Caution!
When doing any work, observe the legal provisions on proper
disposal of consumables! Especially any type of grease, oil,
hydraulic oil and detergents containing solvents endanger the
groundwater. These substances must not get into the soil or
sewer!
Any substances harmful to environment must be collected, stored,
transported, and disposed of in appropriate containers!
12.2.3 Motors and gearboxes
• Housing parts, gear wheels, shafts, and roller bearings of gearboxes are to be
disposed of as steel scrap. This also applies to parts made of gray cast iron
unless these are collected separately.
• Partly made of nonferrous heavy metal, worm wheels are to be disposed of as
required.
• Depending on the materials they are made of and related regulations, the
stator, rotor, and connecting box are to be disposed of as steel scrap, electronic
scrap, aluminum, copper, and plastics, respectively.
Before taking the drive units apart, drain the lubricants and ensure disposal in
compliance with regulations.
ge141338-12.docx Page 2 / 3
12.2.4 Drive elements
• Chain wheels, drive chains, racks, gear wheels as well as ball and socket
connections are to be disposed of as steel scrap.
• Depending on what they are made of, drive belts and conveyor belts are to be
disposed of as plastics or rubber, respectively.
• Driving drums, pulleys, and carrying idlers are to be disposed of as steel scrap.
• Plummer block bearings and flange bearings are to be disposed of as steel
scrap. This also applies to parts made of gray cast iron unless these are
collected separately.
12.2.5 Pneumatic parts
Depending on the materials they are made of and related regulations, cylinders,
solenoid valves, screwed connections, and compressed air hoses are to be
disposed of as aluminum, nonferrous heavy metal, plastics, and electronic scrap,
respectively.
12.2.6 Electric parts
Depending on the materials they are made of and related regulations, terminal
boxes, initiators, light barriers, power track chains, and cables are to be disposed of
as aluminum, copper, plastics, and electronic scrap, respectively.
ge141338-12.docx Page 3 / 3

00 OpI 20141338

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

00 OpI 20141338

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TP-D – Wo / TK-CH-cs

GEBR. PFEIFFER SE KAISERSLAUTERN - 2015

for grinding plant with vertical roller mill

type MPS 3350 BC

Manufacturing year: 2015

Customer: Gebr. Pfeiffer Inc.

Code word: BARRANQUILLA 2 - CO

Manufacturer: Gebr. Pfeiffer SE

Telephone: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-0

Telefax: ++49 (0) 631 / 41 61-1 91

Foreword to the operating instructions

The instruction manual contains important information on how to operate the

The instruction manual is to be supplemented by the respective national rules and

The operating instructions must always be available wherever the machine is in

- operation including setting up, troubleshooting in the course of

- maintenance (servicing, inspection, repair) and/or

checked on: 18.02.2015

Rev00_EN_20141338.xlsx Tabelle1 1/1

1. Process data File 1

2. Fundamental safety instructions

4. Transport, Storage and erection

Clearance gauge drawings for mill

Clearance gauge drawings for classifier

Arrangement of sealing cord

Warranty conditions for mill gearbox

8.1 General instructions

8.2 Inspection and servicing

8.3 Lubrication instructions

8.4.10 Repair of torque support of pressure frame

9. Spare parts File 2

10. Lists and drawings

11. Plant components / Bought-out items

11.1 Suspension system

11.2 Drive for the rotary lock (30-RF1), with

11.4 Lift-and-Swing System (90-HT1), with

11.5 Torque support for pressure frame, with

11.6 Seal air system, with

11.8 Temperature monitoring of grinding roller bearing system (60-RM1.TZ2+TZ3+TZ4)

11.9 Mill drive for vertical roller mill (60-RM1), with

11.10 Hydraulic bolt tensioner, with

11.11 Vibration monitoring device mill gearbox (60-RM1.SB1-SB3)

11.12 Temperature monitoring of classifier bearing system

11.13 Drive for classifier (30-SR1), with

11.14 Drive for two-flap gate lock (80-FV1), with

11.15 Hot gas generator (35-HG1), with

12. Dismantling and disposal

1.1 Rating data

Surface moisture: 0.5%

Surface moisture: 0.5%

Surface moisture: 0.5%

For gas data refer to balance sheets:

With hot gas generator: 00131/21 592 to 00133/21 592

1.2 Process description

Two metering systems are provided:

2. Fundamental safety instructions

Danger! Any non-compliance with orders and prohibitions aiming at

Warning! Any non-compliance with orders and prohibitions aiming at

Caution! Any non-compliance with orders and prohibitions aiming at

2.2 Basic operation and designated use of the machine/plant

The machine/plant is built in accordance with state-of-the-art standards and

The machine/plant must not be used unless it is in a technically perfect state.

The machine/plant is designed exclusively for the purpose described in chapter 1 of

2.3 Organizational measures